Service Manual - Geniemanuals.gogenielift.com/Parts And Service Manuals/data/Service... · Service...
-
Upload
truongquynh -
Category
Documents
-
view
214 -
download
0
Transcript of Service Manual - Geniemanuals.gogenielift.com/Parts And Service Manuals/data/Service... · Service...
Service Manual
Part No. 122985
Rev D2
December 2017
Serial Number Range
from S8008-8000 to S8014-11875S-80S-85S-80X from S80X10-8500 to S80X14-11875
from S8508-8001 to S8514-11875
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Introduction
Important
Read, understand and obey the safety rules andoperating instructions in the appropriate operator'smanual on your machine before attempting anymaintenance or repair procedure.
This manual provides detailed scheduled maintenanceinformation for the machine owner and user. It alsoprovides troubleshooting fault codes and repairprocedures for qualified service professionals.
Basic mechanical, hydraulic and electrical skills arerequired to perform most procedures. However, severalprocedures require specialized skills, tools, liftingequipment and a suitable workshop. In these instances,we strongly recommend that maintenance and repair beperformed at an authorized Genie dealer service center.
Compliance
Machine ClassificationGroup B/Type 3 as defined by ISO 16368
Machine Design LifeUnrestricted with proper operation, inspection andscheduled maintenance.
Technical Publications
Genie has endeavored to deliver the highest degree ofaccuracy possible. However, continuous improvement ofour products is a Genie policy. Therefore, productspecifications are subject to change without notice.
Readers are encouraged to notify Genie of errors andsend in suggestions for improvement. Allcommunications will be carefully considered for futureprintings of this and all other manuals.
Contact Us:
http://www.genielift.come-mail: [email protected]
Serial Number Information
Genie offers the following ServiceManuals for these models:
Title Part No.
Genie S-80 and S-85 Service Manual
(from serial number 101 to 785) ..........34032
Genie S-80 and S-85 Service Manual
(from serial number 786 to 965) ..........52270
Genie S-80 and S-85 Service Manual
(from serial number 966 to 3081) ........72062
Genie S-80 and S-85 Service Manual
(from serial number 3082 to 3737) ......77832
Genie S-80 and S-85 Service Manual
(from serial number 3738 to 5380) ... 111165
Genie S-80 and S-85 Service Manual
(from serial number 5381 to 7999) ... 122149
Introduction
Copyright © 2011 Terex Corporation
122985 Rev D February 2012Seventh Edition, Fourth Printing
"Genie" and "S" are registered trademarks ofTerex South Dakota, Inc. in the USA and manyother countries.
Printed on recycled paper
Printed in U.S.A.
ii
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
Revision Date Section Procedure / Schematic Page / Description
D 2/2012 2 - Spec. 2-1
3 - Maint. 3-1, 3-51
4 - Repair 4-3 to 4-6, 4-18
D1 9/2015 3 - Maint. E-4
REFERENCE EXAMPLES:
2-1_Section 2_Specifications Page #.3-3_Section 3_Maintenance Procedure Page #.4-48_Section 4_Repair Procedure Page #.Fault Codes_Section 5.6-5_Section 6_Schematic Page #.
Electronic Version
Click on any procedure or page numberhighlighted in blue to view the update.
Revision History
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
REVISION HISTORY, CONTINUED
Revision Date Section Procedure / Schematic Page / Description
REFERENCE EXAMPLES:
2-1_Section 2_Specifications Page #.3-3_Section 3_Maintenance Procedure Page #.4-48_Section 4_Repair Procedure Page #.Fault Codes_Section 5.6-5_Section 6_Schematic Page #.
Electronic Version
Click on any procedure or page numberhighlighted in blue to view the update.
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X iii
Serial Number Legend
S80 08 - 12345
Model
Model year
Sequencenumber
PN - 77055
Country of manufacture: USA
This machine complies with:
Model: S-80
Serial number: S8008-12345
Electrical schematic number: ES503
Machine unladen weight:
Rated work load (including occupants): 500 lb / 227 kg
Maximum allowable inclination of the chassis:
0 deg
Gradeability: N/A
Maximum allowable side force : 150 lb / 670 N
Maximum number of platfrm occupants: 2
Model year: Manufacture date: 01/05/062006
Maximum wind speed : 28 mph/ 12.5 m/s
Maximum platform height : 80 ft/ 24.4 m
Maximum platform reach : 71 ft 6 in/ 21.8 m
Sequence number(stamped on chassis)
Serial label(located under cover)
Terex South Dakota500 Oak Wood roadPO Box 1150Watertown, SD 57201USA
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
This page intentionally left blank.
iv
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
DangerFailure to obey the instructions and safety rules inthis manual, and the Genie S-80 and Genie S-85Operator's Manual will result in death or seriousinjury.
Many of the hazards identified in the operator'smanual are also safety hazards when maintenanceand repair procedures are performed.
Do Not Perform MaintenanceUnless:
You are trained and qualified to perform
maintenance on this machine.
You read, understand and obey:
- manufacturer’s instructions and safety rules- employer’s safety rules and worksite
regulations- applicable governmental regulations
You have the appropriate tools, lifting
equipment and a suitable workshop.
Safety Rules
Section 1 • Safety Rules
v
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
SAFETY RULES
Section 1 - Safety Rules
vi
Personal SafetyAny person working on or around a machine mustbe aware of all known safety hazards. Personalsafety and the continued safe operation of themachine should be your top priority.
Read each procedure thoroughly. Thismanual and the decals on the machineuse signal words to identify the following:
Safety alert symbol—used to alertpersonnel to potential personalinjury hazards. Obey all safetymessages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury or death.
Used to indicate the presence ofan imminently hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin death or serious injury.
With safety alert symbol—used toindicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inminor or moderate injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inproperty damage.
Note: Used to indicate operation or maintenanceinformation.
Be sure to wear protective eye wear andother protective clothing if the situationwarrants it.
Be aware of potential crushing hazardssuch as moving parts, free swinging orunsecured components when lifting or
placing loads. Always wear approved steel-toedshoes.
Workplace SafetyBe sure to keep sparks, flames andlighted tobacco away from flammable andcombustible materials like battery gases
and engine fuels. Always have an approved fireextinguisher within easy reach.
Be sure that all tools and working areasare properly maintained and ready for use.Keep work surfaces clean and free of
debris that could get into machine components andcause damage.
Be sure any forklift, overhead crane orother lifting or supporting device is fullycapable of supporting and stabilizing the
weight to be lifted. Use only chains or straps thatare in good condition and of ample capacity.
Be sure that fasteners intended for onetime use (i.e., cotter pins and self-lockingnuts) are not reused. These components
may fail if they are used a second time.
Be sure to properly dispose of old oil orother fluids. Use an approved container.Please be environmentally safe.
Be sure that your workshop or work area isproperly ventilated and well lit.
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
Table of Contents
Introduction
Important Information ................................................................................................... ii
Serial Number Information............................................................................................ ii
Serial Number Legend ................................................................................................. iii
Section 1 Safety Rules
General Safety Rules .................................................................................................. v
Section 2 Rev Specifications
Machine Specifications .......................................................................................... 2 - 1
Performance Specifications ................................................................................... 2 - 2
Hydraulic Oil Specifications ................................................................................... 2 - 2
Hydraulic Component Specifications ...................................................................... 2 - 3
Valve Coil Resistance Specifications ..................................................................... 2 - 4
Continental TME27 Engine Specifications ............................................................. 2 - 5
Deutz TD2011L04i Engine Specifications............................................................... 2 - 6
Perkins 804D-33 Engine Specifications ................................................................. 2 - 7
Machine Torque Specifications .............................................................................. 2 - 8
Manifold Component Specifications ....................................................................... 2 - 8
Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications .................................................. 2 - 9
SAE and Metric Torque Specifications ................................................................. 2 - 10
vii
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 3 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 3 - 1
Pre-Delivery Preparation ........................................................................................ 3 - 3
Maintenance Inspection Report .............................................................................. 3 - 5
Checklist A Procedures
A-1 Inspect the Manuals and Decals .................................................................. 3 - 7
A-2 Perform Pre-operation Inspection ................................................................. 3 - 8
A-3 Perform Engine Maintenance ....................................................................... 3 - 8
A-4 Perform Function Tests ................................................................................ 3 - 9
A-5 Test the Oscillate Axle ................................................................................. 3 - 9
A-6 Check the High Pressure Hydraulic Filter Condition Indicator ..................... 3 - 10
A-7 Perform 30 Day Service ............................................................................. 3 - 10
A-8 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz and Continental Models .................... 3 - 11
A-9 Inspect the Fuel Filter/Water Separator - Diesel Models ............................. 3 - 11
A-10 Grease the Turntable Rotation Bearing and Rotate Gear ............................ 3 - 13
A-11 Perform Engine Maintenance ..................................................................... 3 - 14
A-12 Replace the Drive Hub Oil .......................................................................... 3 - 15
A-13 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models .......................................... 3 - 17
Checklist B Procedures
B-1 Inspect the Battery(s) ................................................................................. 3 - 18
B-2 Inspect the Electrical Wiring ....................................................................... 3 - 19
B-3 Test the Key Switch ................................................................................... 3 - 21
B-4 Check the Exhaust System ....................................................................... 3 - 21
viii
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 3 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued
B-5 Inspect the Engine Air Filter ....................................................................... 3 - 22
B-6 Check the Oil Cooler and Cooling Fins - Deutz Models............................... 3 - 23
B-7 Confirm the Proper Brake Configuration...................................................... 3 - 24
B-8 Inspect the Tires, Wheels and Lug Nut Torque ........................................... 3 - 24
B-9 Check the Drive Hub Oil Level and Fastener Torque .................................. 3 - 25
B-10 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM ............................................................ 3 - 26
B-11 Perform Engine Maintenance ..................................................................... 3 - 28
B-12 Check the Oscillate Directional Valve Linkage ........................................... 3 - 28
B-13 Test the Ground Control Override ............................................................... 3 - 29
B-14 Test the Platform Self-leveling ................................................................... 3 - 29
B-15 Test the Engine Idle Select Operation ........................................................ 3 - 30
B-16 Test the Fuel Select Operation - Gasoline/LPG Models ............................. 3 - 31
B-17 Test the Drive Enable System ................................................................... 3 - 32
B-18 Test the Drive Brakes ................................................................................ 3 - 33
B-19 Test the Drive Speed - Stowed Position ..................................................... 3 - 33
B-20 Test the Drive Speed - Raised or Extended Position .................................. 3 - 34
B-21 Test the Alarm Package (if equipped) and the Descent Alarm .................... 3 - 35
B-22 Inspect the Fuel and Hydraulic Tank Cap Venting Systems ....................... 3 - 36
B-23 Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis ................................................................... 3 - 37
B-24 Inspect the Boom Extend/Retract Cables ................................................... 3 - 37
Checklist C Procedures
C-1 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz and Perkins Models ......................... 3 - 39
C-2 Grease the Platform Overload Mechanism (if equipped) ............................. 3 - 39
C-3 Test the Platform Overload System (if equipped) ....................................... 3 - 40
C-4 Replace the Engine Air Filter Element - Deutz and Perkins Models ............ 3 - 43
C-5 Replace the Fuel Filter/ Water Separator Element - Diesel Models ............. 3 - 43
C-6 Check the Safety Envelope Limit Switches and Angle Sensor, S-80X ....... 3 - 45
ix
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued
Checklist D Procedures
D-1 Check the Boom Wear Pads ...................................................................... 3 - 48
D-2 Check the Free-wheel Configuration ........................................................... 3 - 49
D-3 Check the Turntable Rotation Bearing Bolts ............................................... 3 - 50
D-4 Inspect the Turntable Bearing Wear ........................................................... 3 - 51
D-5 Perform Engine Maintenance ..................................................................... 3 - 53
D-6 Replace the Hydraulic Filter Elements ........................................................ 3 - 53
D-7 Replace the Drive Hub Oil .......................................................................... 3 - 54
D-8 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz Models ............................................. 3 - 56
A Checklist E Procedures
E-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil ............................................................... 3 - 57
E-2 Perform Engine Maintenance - Perkins Models .......................................... 3 - 59
E-3 Perform Engine Maintenance - Deutz and Perkins Models ......................... 3 - 59
E-4 Remove and Replace the Boom Extend/Retract Cables ............................. 3 - 60
Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 4 - 1
Platform Controls
1-1 ALC-500 Circuit Board .................................................................................. 4 - 2
1-2 Joysticks ..................................................................................................... 4 - 3
Platform Components
2-1 Platform ....................................................................................................... 4 - 9
2-2 Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder ................................................................ 4 - 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
x
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures, continued
2-3 Platform Rotator ......................................................................................... 4 - 11
2-4 Calibrate the Platform Overload System .................................................... 4 - 13
Jib Boom Components, S-85
3-1 Jib Boom.................................................................................................... 4 - 16
3-3 Jib Boom Lift Cylinder ................................................................................ 4 - 17
Boom Components
4-1 Cable Track ................................................................................................ 4 - 18
4-2 Boom ......................................................................................................... 4 - 21
4-3 Boom Lift Cylinder ...................................................................................... 4 - 24
4-4 Boom Extension Cylinders ......................................................................... 4 - 25
4-5 Boom Extend/Retract Cables ..................................................................... 4 - 28
4-6 Platform Leveling Master Cylinder .............................................................. 4 - 32
Engines
5-1 RPM Adjustment ........................................................................................ 4 - 33
5-2 Flex Plate................................................................................................... 4 - 33
Ground Controls
6-1 Control Relays ............................................................................................ 4 - 38
Hydraulic Pumps
7-1 Function Pump ........................................................................................... 4 - 39
7-2 Drive Pump ................................................................................................ 4 - 40
xi
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures, continued
Manifolds
8-1 Function Manifold Components .................................................................. 4 - 42
8-2 Valve Adjustments - Function Manifold ...................................................... 4 - 44
8-3 Brake/Two-speed Manifold Components .................................................... 4 - 46
8-4 Turntable Rotation Manifold Components ................................................... 4 - 47
8-5 Platform Rotate Manifold Components ....................................................... 4 - 48
8-6 Platform Manifold Components, S-80 ......................................................... 4 - 49
8-7 Platform Manifold Components, S-85 ......................................................... 4 - 50
8-8 2WD Traction Manifold Components .......................................................... 4 - 51
8-9 4WD Traction Manifold Components (before serial number 8581) ............... 4 - 53
8-10 4WD Traction Manifold Components (after serial number 8580) .................. 4 - 55
8-11 Drive Oil Diverter Manifold Components (welder option) ............................. 4 - 57
8-12 Valve Adjustments - Traction Manifold ....................................................... 4 - 58
8-13 Valve Coils ................................................................................................. 4 - 59
Fuel and Hydraulic Tanks
9-1 Fuel Tank ................................................................................................... 4 - 61
9-2 Hydraulic Tank ........................................................................................... 4 - 62
Turntable Rotation Components
10-1 Turntable Rotation Drive Hub Assembly ..................................................... 4 - 64
2WD Steer Axle Components
11-1 Yoke and Hub ............................................................................................ 4 - 67
11-2 Steer Cylinder ............................................................................................ 4 - 68
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xii
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures, continued
4WD Steer Axle Components
12-1 Yoke and Drive Hub ................................................................................... 4 - 69
12-2 Drive Motor ................................................................................................ 4 - 70
12-3 Drive Hub ................................................................................................... 4 - 70
12-4 Steer Cylinders........................................................................................... 4 - 71
Non-steer Axle Components
13-1 Drive Motor ................................................................................................ 4 - 72
13-2 Drive Hub ................................................................................................... 4 - 72
Oscillating Axle Components
14-1 Oscillate Axle Cylinders ............................................................................. 4 - 73
14-2 Oscillate Directional Valve ......................................................................... 4 - 74
Section 5 Rev Fault Codes
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 5 - 1
Fault Codes - Control System ................................................................................ 5 - 2
Engine Fault Codes - Continental Models............................................................... 5 - 7
Section 6 Rev Schematics
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 6 - 1
Electrical Symbols Legend .................................................................................... 6 - 2
Hydraulic Symbols Legend .................................................................................... 6 - 3
Connector Pin Legend - View 1 .............................................................................. 6 - 6
Connector Pin Legend - View 2 .............................................................................. 6 - 7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xiii
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 6 Rev Schematics, continued
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04i Models ......................................................................... 6 - 10
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04i Models ................... 6 - 14
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04i Models ................... 6 - 15
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04i Models ......................................................................... 6 - 18
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04i Models ................... 6 - 19
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111) .............................. 6 - 22
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111) .............................. 6 - 26
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111) .............................. 6 - 27
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111) .............................. 6 - 30
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111) .............................. 6 - 31
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (after serial number 8110) ................................. 6 - 34
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (after serial number 8110) ................................. 6 - 38
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (after serial number 8110) ................................. 6 - 39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xiv
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
Section 6 Rev Schematics, continued
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (after serial number 8110) ................................. 6 - 42
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (after serial number 8110) ................................. 6 - 43
Electrical Schematic, S-80XDeutz TD2011L04i Models ......................................................................... 6 - 46
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04i Models ......................................................................... 6 - 50
Ground Control Box Switch panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04i Models ......................................................................... 6 - 51
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04i Models ......................................................................... 6 - 54
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04i Models ......................................................................... 6 - 55
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Perkins 804D-33 Models ............................................................................ 6 - 58
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Perkins 804D-33 Models ...................... 6 - 62
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Perkins 804D-33 Models ...................... 6 - 63
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),
Perkins 804D-33 Models ............................................................................ 6 - 66
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Perkins 804D-33 Models ...................... 6 - 67
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111) ................................. 6 - 70
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xv
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 6 Rev Schematics, continued
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111) ................................. 6 - 74
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111) ................................. 6 - 75
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111) ................................. 6 - 78
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111) ................................. 6 - 79
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110) .................................... 6 - 82
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110) .................................... 6 - 86
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110) .................................... 6 - 87
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110) .................................... 6 - 90
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110) .................................... 6 - 91
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models ............................................................................ 6 - 94
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models ............................................................................ 6 - 98
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models ............................................................................ 6 - 99
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models ...........................................................................6 - 102
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models ...........................................................................6 - 103
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xvi
September 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
Section 6 Rev Schematics, continued
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Continental TME27 Models .......................................................................6 - 106
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring DiagramS-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models .................6 - 110
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models .................6 - 111
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Continental TME27 Models .......................................................................6 - 114
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models .................6 - 115
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111) ............................6 - 118
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111) ............................6 - 122
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111) ............................6 - 123
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111) ............................6 - 126
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111) ............................6 - 127
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110) ...............................6 - 130
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110) ...............................6 - 134
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110) ...............................6 - 135
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xvii
September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 6 Rev Schematics, continued.................................................................................................
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110) ...............................6 - 138
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110) ...............................6 - 139
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models .......................................................................6 - 142
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models .......................................................................6 - 146
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models .......................................................................6 - 147
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models .......................................................................6 - 150
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models .......................................................................6 - 151
Continental TME27 Engine Harness....................................................................6 - 154
Platform Level Cutout, CTE Option .....................................................................6 - 155
Continental Options Schematic ...........................................................................6 - 158
Deutz and Perkins Options Schematic ................................................................6 - 159
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Wiring Diagram.........................................................6 - 162
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Electrical Schematic ................................................6 - 163
Belt Driven Generator Option ..............................................................................6 - 166
Relay and Fuse Panel Legend ............................................................................6 - 167
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models .....................................................................6 - 170
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models .....................................................................6 - 171
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Hydraulic Schematic ................................................6 - 173
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xviii
2 - 1
Section 2 • SpecificationsSeptember 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
Specifications
Machine Specifications
Rough Terrain and Non Marking Tires and Wheels
Tire size 18-625 FF
Tire ply rating 16
Overall tire diameter 40.7 in
103.3 cm
Tire pressure Foam filled
Wheel diameter 24.5 in
62.2 cm
Wheel width 15 in
38.1 cm
Tire weight, new foam-filled (minimum) 622 lbs
282 kg
High Floatation Tires and Wheels
Tire size 41/18LLx22.5
Tire ply rating 14
Tire pressure 70 psi
4.8 bar
Wheel diameter 22.5 in
57 cm
Wheel width 14 in
35.6 cm
Lugs and Lug Nut Torque
Wheel lugs 10 @ 3/4 -16
Lug nut torque, dry 420 ft-lbs
569 Nm
Lug nut torque, lubricated 320 ft-lbs
434 Nm
For operational specifications, refer to theOperator's Manual.
Fluid capacities
Fuel tank, 35 gallons
(Deutz and Perkins models) 132.5 liters
(Continental models) 30 gallons
113.5 liters
LPG tank 33.5 pounds
15.2 kg
Hydraulic tank 40 gallons
151.4 liters
Hydraulic system 50 gallons
(including tank) 189.3 liters
Turntable rotation drive hub 40 fl oz
(single fill port) 1.2 liters
Turntable rotation drive hub 43 fl oz
(Dual fill ports) 1.3 liters
Four wheel drive hubs 30.5 fl oz
0.90 liters
Two wheel drive hubs 23 fl oz
0.68 liters
Drive hub oil type:SAE 90 multipurpose hypoid gear oilAPI service classification GL5
2 - 2
Section 2 • Specifications September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic Oil Specifications
Hydraulic Oil Specifications
Hydraulic oil type Chevron Rando HD MV equivalent
Viscosity grade Multi-viscosity
Viscosity index 200
Cleanliness level, minimum 15/13
Water content, maximum 200 ppm
Chevron Rando HD MV oil is fully compatible andmixable with Shell Donax TG (Dexron III) oils.Genie specifications require hydraulic oils which are
designed to give maximum protection to hydraulic
systems, have the ability to perform over a wide
temperature range, and the viscosity index should
exceed 140. They should provide excellent antiwear,
oxidation, corrosion inhibition, seal conditioning, and
foam and aeration suppression properties.
Optional fluids
Biodegradable Petro Canada Environ MV46
Statoil Hydra Way Bio Pa 32
BP Biohyd SE-S
Fire resistant UCON Hydrolube HP-5046
Quintolubric 822
Mineral based Shell Tellus T32
Shell Tellus T46
Chevron Aviation A
Performance Specifications
Drive speed, maximum
Stowed position 40 ft / 7.9-8.5 sec
RT Tires 12.2 m / 7.9-8.5 sec
Stowed position 40 ft / 11-13 sec
Flotation Tires 12.2 m / 11-13 sec
Raised or extended position 40 ft / 40-45 sec
12.2 m / 40-45 sec
Braking distance, maximum
High range on paved surface 3 ft
90 cm
Gradeability Refer to the Operator’s Manual
Boom function speeds, maximumfrom platform controls
Jib boom up (S-85) 25 to 35 seconds
Jib boom down (S-85) 15 to 25 seconds
Boom up (ANSI, CSA, AS models) 57 to 65 seconds
Boom up (CE models) 75 to 83 seconds
Boom down (ANSI, CSA, AS models) 61 to 69 seconds
Boom down (CE models) 75 to 83 seconds
Boom extend 59 to 67 seconds
Boom retract 57 to 65 seconds
Turntable rotate, 360° 95 to 103 seconds
boom fully stowed
Turntable rotate, 360° 210 to 250 seconds
boom raised or extended
Platform rotate, 160° 8 to 12 seconds
Platform level up 50 to 60 seconds
Platform level down 40 to 50 seconds
2 - 3
Section 2 • SpecificationsSeptember 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic ComponentSpecifications
Drive pump
Type: bi-directional variable displacement piston pump
Displacement 0 to 2.8 cu in
0 to 46 cc
Flow rate @ 2300 rpm 0 to 30.3 gpm
0 to 114.7 L/min
Drive pressure, maximum 3750 psi
259 bar
Charge pump
Type: gerotor
Displacement 0.85 cu in
13.9 cc
Flow rate @ 2300 rpm 9 gpm
34.1 L/min
Charge pressure @ 2300 rpm 310 psi
Neutral position 21.4 bar
Function pump
Type: variable displacement piston pump
Displacement 0 to 2.3 cu in
0 to 38 cc
Flow rate @ 2300 rpm 0 to 23 gpm
0 to 87 L/min
Auxiliary pump
Type: fixed displacement gear pump
Displacement - static 0.151 cu in
2.47 cc
Continued use of Chevron AviationA hydraulic oil when ambienttemperatures are consistentlyabove 32°F / 0°C may result incomponent damage.
Note: Use Chevron Aviation A hydraulic oil whenambient temperatures are consistentlybelow 0°F / -18°C.
Note: Use Shell Tellus T46 hydraulic oil when oiltemperatures consistently exceed 205°F / 96°C.
Note: Genie specifications require additionalequipment and special installation instructions forthe approved optional fluids. Consult the GenieIndustries Service Department before use.
2 - 4
Section 2 • Specifications September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
SPECIFICATIONS
Valve Coil ResistanceSpecificationsNote: The following coil resistance specificationsare at an ambient temperature of 68°F / 20°C. Asvalve coil resistance is sensitive to changes in airtemperature, the coil resistance will typicallyincrease or decrease by 4% for each 18°F / -7.8°Cthat your air temperature increases or decreasesfrom 68°F / 20°C.
Valve coil resistance specifications
Proportional solenoid valve 3.7 Ω(schematic items SE)
Proportional solenoid valve 4.8 Ω(schematic items SR and SF)
2 position 3 way solenoid valve 4.1 Ω(schematic items SJ)
2 position 3 way solenoid valve 9 Ω(schematic items SK)
3 position 4 way solenoid valve 7.2 Ω(schematic items SI and SL)
Solenoid valve, NO, Poppet 5.6 Ω(schematic items SP and SQ)
Function manifold
System relief pressure 3200 psi
(measured at PTEST port) 221 bar
Boom down relief pressure 2400 psi
(measured at PTEST port) 165 bar
Boom extend relief pressure 2400 psi
(measured at PTEST port) 165 bar
Steer/axle extend 3.5 gpm
flow regulator 13.2 L/min
Oscillate relief pressure 950 psi
65.5 bar
Drive manifold
Hot oil relief pressure 280 psi
19.3 bar
Brake release pressure
Wheel drive hubs 240 psi
16.5 bar
Drive motors
Displacement per revolution, variable 0.9 to 2.7 cu in
(2 speed motor) 14.7 to 45 cc
Hydraulic filters
High pressure filter Beta 3 ≥ 200
High pressure filter 102 psi
bypass pressure 7 bar
Medium pressure filter Beta 3 ≥ 200
Medium pressure filter 51 psi
bypass pressure 3.5 bar
Hydraulic tank 10 micron with
return filter 25 psi / 1.7 bar bypass
2 - 5
Section 2 • SpecificationsSeptember 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
SPECIFICATIONS
Continental TME27 Engine
Displacement 164 cu in
2.68 liters
Number of cylinders 4
Bore and stroke 3.58 x 4.06 inches
91 x 103.2 mm
Horsepower 59.03 @ 2500 rpm
44 kW @ 2500 rpm
Firing order 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
Compression ratio 8.2:1
Compression pressurePressure (psi or bar) of the lowest cylinder must be at
least 75% of the highest cylinder.
Low idle - computer controlled 1600 rpm
Frequency 53.33 Hz
High idle - computer controlled 2500 rpm
Frequency 83.33 Hz
Valve clearance, warm
Intake 0.014 in
0.36 mm
Exhaust 0.018 in
0.46 mm
Lubrication system
Oil pressure 40-60 psi
2.8-4.1 bar
Oil capacity 7 quarts
(including filter) 6.65 liters
Oil viscosity requirements
Units ship with 15W-40.
Extreme operating temperatures my require the use of
alternative engine oils. For oil requirements, refer to the
Engine Operator Handbook on your machine.
Fuel Requirement
For fuel requirements, refer to the engine Operator's
Manual on your machine.
Electronic fuel pump
Fuel pressure, static 55 psi
3.8 bar
Fuel flow rate 0.42 gpm
1.59 L/min
Batteries
Type 12V DC
Group 31
Quantity 1
Cold cranking ampere 1000A
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 200 minutes
Alternator output 65A @ 13.8V DC
Fan belt deflection 1/2 inch
12 mm
2 - 6
Section 2 • Specifications September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Oil viscosity requirements
Units ship with 15W-40.
Extreme operating temperatures my require the use of
alternative engine oils. For oil requirements, refer to the
Engine Operator Handbook on your machine.
Oil temperature switch
Oil temperature switch point 284°F
140°C
Oil pressure switch
Oil pressure switch point 22 psi
1.5 bar
Fuel injection system
Injection pump make Bosch
Injection pump pressure, maximum15,000 psi/1034 bar
Injector opening pressure 3046 psi
210 bar
Fuel Requirement
For fuel requirements, refer to the engine Operator's
Manual on your machine.
Batteries
Type 12V DC
Group 31
Quantity 1
Cold cranking ampere 1000A
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 200 minutes
Alternator output 80A @ 14V DC
Fan belt deflection 3/8 to 1/2 inch
9 to 12 mm
Deutz TD2011L04i Engine
Displacement 189.6 cu in
3.1 liters
Number of cylinders 4
Bore and stroke 3.7 x 4.409 inches
94 x 112 mm
Horsepower
Continuous 69.1 @ 2500 rpm
Net intermittent 72.8 @ 2500 rpm
Continuous 51.5 KW @ 2500 rpm
Net intermittent 54.3 KW @ 2500 rpm
Firing order 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
Low idle 1300 rpm
Frequency 331.5 Hz
High idle 2350 rpm
Frequency 599.3 Hz
Compression ratio 17.5:1
Compression pressurePressure (psi or bar) of the lowest cylinder must be at
least 75% of the highest cylinder.
Governor centrifugal mechanical
Valve clearance, cold
Intake 0.012 in
0.3 mm
Exhaust 0.020 in
0.5 mm
Lubrication system
Minimum oil pressure, hot 21.8 psi
(at 1300 rpm) 1.5 bar
Oil capacity 12.8 quarts
(including filter) 12.1 liters
SPECIFICATIONS
2 - 7
Section 2 • SpecificationsSeptember 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
SPECIFICATIONS
Injection system
Injection pump make Zexel
Injection pump pressure 1707 to 1849 psi
117.7 to 127.5 bar
Injector opening pressure ~2000 psi
~138 bar
Fuel Requirement
For fuel requirements, refer to the engine Operator's
Manual on your machine.
Engine coolant
Capacity 12.5 quarts
11.8 liters
Batteries
Type 12V DC
Group 31
Quantity 1
Cold cranking ampere 1000A
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 200 minutes
Alternator output 90A, 12V DC
Fan belt deflection 3/8 to 1/2 in
9 to 12 mm
Perkins 804D-33 Engine
Displacement 201 cu in
3.3 liters
Number of cylinders 4
Bore and stroke 3.70 x 4.72 inches
94 x 120 mm
Horsepower 63 @ 2600 rpm
47 KW @ 2600 rpm
Firing order 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
Compression ratio 22:1
Compression pressure 300 to 500 psi
20.7 to 34.5 bar
Pressure (psi or bar) of lowest cylinder must be
within 50 psi / 3.45 bar of highest cylinder
Low idle 1650 rpm
Frequency 335.5 Hz
High idle 2300 rpm
Frequency 467.7 Hz
Governor mechanical all speed
Valve clearance, cold
Intake 0.0098 in
0.25 mm
Exhaust 0.0098 in
0.25 mm
Lubrication system
Oil pressure @ 2000 rpm 40-60 psi
2.8-4.1 bar
Oil capacity 10.6 quarts
(including filter) 10 liters
Oil viscosity requirements
Units ship with 15W-40.
Extreme operating temperatures my require the use of
alternative engine oils. For oil requirements, refer to the
Engine Operator Handbook on your machine.
2 - 8
Section 2 • Specifications September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
SPECIFICATIONS
Machine Torque Specifications
Platform rotator
1-8 center bolt, GR 5, lubricated 480 ft-lbs
651 Nm
3/8 -16 bolts, GR 8 35 ft-lbs*
*(use blue thread locking compound) 47 Nm*
Turntable rotate assembly
Rotate bearing mounting bolts, lubricated 180 ft-lbs
244 Nm
Rotate drive hub mounting bolts, lubricated 80 ft-lbs
108 Nm
Backlash plate mounting bolts, lubricated 280 ft-lbs
379 Nm
Drive motor and hubs
Drive hub mounting bolts, dry 210 ft-lbs
284 Nm
Drive hub mounting bolts, lubricated 160 ft-lbs*
*(use blue thread locking compound) 217 Nm
Drive motor mounting bolts, dry 110 ft-lbs
149 Nm
Drive motor mounting bolts, lubricated 80 ft-lbs*
*(use blue thread locking compound) 108 Nm
Drive hub oil plug, O-ring seal 13 ft-lbs
18 Nm
Manifold ComponentSpecifications
Plug torque
SAE No. 2 50 in-lbs / 6 Nm
SAE No. 4 14 ft-lbs / 18.9 Nm
SAE No. 6 23 ft-lbs / 31.2 Nm
SAE No. 8 36 ft-lbs / 48.8 Nm
SAE No. 10 62 ft-lbs / 84.1 Nm
SAE No. 12 84 ft-lbs / 113.9 Nm
2 - 9
Section 2 • SpecificationsSeptember 2015
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X
Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque SpecificationsYour machine is equipped with Parker Seal-Lok®
fittings and hose ends. Genie specifications requirethat fittings and hose ends be torqued tospecification when they are removed and installedor when new hoses or fittings are installed.
SAE O-ring Boss Port(tube fitting - installed into Aluminum)
SAE Dash size Torque
-4 14 ft-lbs / 18.9 Nm
-6 23 ft-lbs / 31.2 Nm
-8 36 ft-lbs / 48.8 Nm
-10 62 ft-lbs / 84.1 Nm
-12 84 ft-lbs / 113.9 Nm
-16 125 ft-lbs / 169.5 Nm
-20 151 ft-lbs / 204.7 Nm
-24 184 ft-lbs / 250 Nm
SAE O-ring Boss Port(tube fitting - installed into Steel)
SAE Dash size Torque
-4 15 ft-lbs / 20.3 Nm
-6 35 ft-lbs / 47.5 Nm
-8 60 ft-lbs / 81.3 Nm
-10 100 ft-lbs / 135.6 Nm
-12 135 ft-lbs / 183 Nm
-16 200 ft-lbs / 271 Nm
-20 250 ft-lbs / 334 Nm
-24 305 ft-lbs / 414 Nm
Seal-Lok® fittings
1 Replace the O-ring. The O-ring must be replacedanytime the seal has been broken. The O-ringcannot be re-used if the fitting or hose end hasbeen tightened beyond finger tight.
Note: The O-rings used in the Parker Seal Lok®fittings and hose ends are custom-size O-rings.They are not standard SAE size O-rings. They areavailable in the O-ring field service kit (Genie partnumber 49612).
2 Lubricate the O-ring before installation.
3 Be sure that the face seal O-ring is seated andretained properly.
4 Position the tube and nut squarely on the faceseal end of the fitting and tighten the nut fingertight.
5 Tighten the nut or fitting to the appropriatetorque per given size as shown in the table.
6 Operate all machine functions and inspect thehoses and fittings and related components toconfirm that there are no leaks.
Seal-Lok® Fittings(hose end)
SAE Dash size Torque
-4 18 ft-lbs / 24.4 Nm
-6 30 ft-lbs / 40 Nm
-8 40 ft-lbs / 55 Nm
-10 60 ft-lbs / 80 Nm
-12 85 ft-lbs / 115 Nm
-16 110 ft-lbs / 150 Nm
-20 140 ft-lbs / 190 Nm
-24 180 ft-lbs / 245 Nm
SPECIFICATIONS
2 - 10
Section 2 • Specifications September 2015
S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Size
(mm)in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm
5 16 1.8 21 2.4 41 4.63 54 6.18 58 6.63 78 8.84 68 7.75 91 10.3
6 19 3.05 36 4.07 69 7.87 93 10.5 100 11.3 132 15 116 13.2 155 17.6
7 45 5.12 60 6.83 116 13.2 155 17.6 167 18.9 223 25.2 1.95 22.1 260 29.4
ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm8 5.4 7.41 7.2 9.88 14 19.1 18.8 25.5 20.1 27.3 26.9 36.5 23.6 32 31.4 42.6
10 10.8 14.7 14.4 19.6 27.9 37.8 37.2 50.5 39.9 54.1 53.2 72.2 46.7 63.3 62.3 84.4
12 18.9 25.6 25.1 34.1 48.6 66 64.9 88 69.7 94.5 92.2 125 81 110 108 147
14 30.1 40.8 40 54.3 77.4 105 103 140 110 150 147 200 129 175 172 234
16 46.9 63.6 62.5 84.8 125 170 166 226 173 235 230 313 202 274 269 365
18 64.5 87.5 86.2 117 171 233 229 311 238 323 317 430 278 377 371 503
20 91 124 121 165 243 330 325 441 337 458 450 610 394 535 525 713
22 124 169 166 225 331 450 442 600 458 622 612 830 536 727 715 970
24 157 214 210 285 420 570 562 762 583 791 778 1055 682 925 909 1233
LUBED DRY LUBED DRYLUBED DRY LUBED DRY
LUBEDDRYLUBED
Class 12.9Class 4.6
DRYLUBED
METRIC FASTENER TORQUE CHART• This chart is to be used as a guide only unless noted elsewhere in this manual •
LUBED DRY
Class 10.9Class 8.8
DRY
SPECIFICATIONS
SIZE THREAD
in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm20 80 9 100 11.3 110 12.4 140 15.8 130 14.728 90 10.1 120 13.5 120 13.5 160 18 140 15.8
ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm ft-lbs Nm
18 13 17.6 17 23 18 24 25 33.9 21 28.424 14 19 19 25.7 20 27.1 27 36.6 24 32.516 23 31.2 31 42 33 44.7 44 59.6 38 51.524 26 35.2 35 47.4 37 50.1 49 66.4 43 58.314 37 50.1 49 66.4 50 67.8 70 94.7 61 82.720 41 55.5 55 74.5 60 81.3 80 108.4 68 92.113 57 77.3 75 101.6 80 108.4 110 149 93 12620 64 86.7 85 115 90 122 120 162 105 14212 80 108.4 110 149 120 162 150 203 130 17618 90 122 120 162 130 176 170 230 140 18911 110 149 150 203 160 217 210 284 180 24418 130 176 170 230 180 244 240 325 200 27110 200 271 270 366 280 379 380 515 320 43316 220 298 300 406 310 420 420 569 350 4749 320 433 430 583 450 610 610 827 510 69114 350 474 470 637 500 678 670 908 560 7598 480 650 640 867 680 922 910 1233 770 104412 530 718 710 962 750 1016 990 1342 840 11397 590 800 790 1071 970 1315 1290 1749 1090 147712 670 908 890 1206 1080 1464 1440 1952 1220 16547 840 1138 1120 1518 1360 1844 1820 2467 1530 207412 930 1260 1240 1681 1510 2047 2010 2725 1700 23046 1460 1979 1950 2643 2370 3213 3160 4284 2670 362012 1640 2223 2190 2969 2670 3620 3560 4826 3000 4067
LUBEDDRYLUBED
SAE FASTENER TORQUE CHART
Grade 5
DRYLUBED
• This chart is to be used as a guide only unless noted elsewhere in this manual •A574 High Strength Black Oxide BoltsGrade 8
LUBED
1/4
LUBED DRY LUBED DRY
1 1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
10.9 12.98.84.6
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 1
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Observe and Obey:
Maintenance inspections shall be completed by
a person trained and qualified on themaintenance of this machine.
Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be
completed daily, quarterly, six months, annuallyand every two years as specified on theMaintenance Inspection Report. The frequencyand extent of periodic examinations and testsmay also depend on national regulations.
Failure to perform each procedureas presented and scheduled couldresult in death, serious injury orsubstantial machine damage.
Immediately tag and remove from service a
damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction
before operating machine.
Use only Genie approved replacement parts.
Machines that have been out of service for a
period longer than three months must completethe quarterly inspection.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each
procedure with the machine in the followingconfiguration:
• Machine parked on a firm, level surface
• Boom in the stowed position
• Turntable rotated with the boom betweenthe non-steer (yellow arrow) wheels
• Turntable secured with the turntablerotation lock pin
• Key switch in the off position with thekey removed
• Wheels chocked
• All external AC power supply disconnectedfrom the machine
About This Section
This section contains detailed procedures for eachscheduled maintenance inspection.
Each procedure includes a description, safetywarnings and step-by-step instructions.
Symbols Legend
Safety alert symbol—used to alertpersonnel to potential personalinjury hazards. Obey all safetymessages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury or death.
Used to indicate the presence ofan imminently hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin death or serious injury.
With safety alert symbol—used toindicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may resultin minor or moderate injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inproperty damage.
Note: Used to indicate operation or maintenanceinformation.
Indicates that a specific result is expected after
performing a series of steps.
Indicates that an incorrect result has occurredafter performing a series of steps.
3 - 2 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
Maintenance Symbols Legend
Note: The following symbols have been used inthis manual to help communicate the intent of theinstructions. When one or more of the symbolsappear at the beginning of a maintenanceprocedure, it conveys the meaning below.
Indicates that tools will be required toperform this procedure.
Indicates that new parts will be requiredto perform this procedure.
Indicates that a cold engine will berequired to perform this procedure.
Indicates that a warm engine will berequired to perform this procedure.
Indicates that dealer service is requiredto perform this procedure.
Pre-delivery Preparation Report
The pre-delivery preparation report containschecklists for each type of scheduled inspection.
Make copies of the Pre-delivery PreparationReport to use for each inspection. Store completedforms as required.
Maintenance Schedule
There are five types of maintenance inspectionsthat must be performed according to a schedule—daily, quarterly, six months, annual, and two year.To account for repeated procedures, theScheduled Maintenance Procedures Section andthe Maintenance Inspection Report have beendivided into five subsections—A, B, C, D and E.Use the following chart to determine whichgroup(s) of procedures are required to perform ascheduled inspection.
Inspection Checklist
Daily or every 8 hours A
Quarterly or every 250 hours A + B
Six month or every 500 hours A + B + C
Annual or every 1000 hours A + B + C + D
Two year or every 2000 hours A + B + C + D + E
Maintenance Inspection Report
The maintenance inspection report containschecklists for each type of scheduled inspection.
Make copies of the Maintenance Inspection Reportto use for each inspection. Maintain completedforms for a minimum of four years or in compliancewith employer, jobsite and governmentalregulations and requirements.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Terex South Dakota, Inc USA500 Oak Wood RoadPO Box 1150Watertown, SD 57201-6150(605) 882-4000
Copyright © 2011 Terex Corporation. Genie® is a registered trademark of Terex SouthDakota, Inc. 133192 Rev D
Genie UKThe Maltings, Wharf Road
Grantham, LincolnshireNG31- 6BH England
(44) 1476-584333
Pre-DeliverPre-DeliverPre-DeliverPre-DeliverPre-Delivery Preparationy Preparationy Preparationy Preparationy Preparation
Pre-Delivery Preparation Y N R
Pre-operation inspectioncompleted
Maintenance items completed
Function tests completed
Model
Serial number
Date
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Instructions
Use the operator’s manual on your machine.
The Pre-delivery Preparation consists of completingthe Pre-operation Inspection, the Maintenance itemsand the Function Tests.
Use this form to record the results. Place a check inthe appropriate box after each part is completed.Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual.
If any inspection receives an N, remove the machinefrom service, repair and reinspect it. After repair, placea check in the R box.
LegendY = yes, completedN = no, unable to completeR = repaired
Comments
Fundamentals
It is the responsibility of the dealer to perform thePre-delivery Preparation.
The Pre-delivery Preparation is performed prior to eachdelivery. The inspection is designed to discover ifanything is apparently wrong with a machine before it isput into service.
A damaged or modified machine must never be used.If damage or any variation from factory deliveredcondition is discovered, the machine must be taggedand removed from service.
Repairs to the machine may only be made by aqualified service technician, according to themanufacturer's specifications.
Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be performedby qualified service technicians, according to themanufacturer's specifications and the requirementslisted in the responsibilities manual.
3 - 4 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
This page intentionally left blank.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 5
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
Instructions• Make copies of this report to use for
each inspection.
• Select the appropriate checklist(s) for
the type of inspection to be
performed.
Daily or 8 hourInspection: A
Quarterly or 250 hourInspection: A+B
Six Month or 500 hourInspection: A+B+C
Annual or 1000 hourInspection: A+B+C+D
2 Year or 2000 hourInspection: A+B+C+D+E
• Place a check in the appropriate box
after each inspection procedure is
completed.
• Use the step-by-step procedures in
this section to learn how to perform
these inspections.
• If any inspection receives an “N”, tag
and remove the machine from
service, repair and re-inspect it. After
repair, place a check in the “R” box.
LegendY = yes, acceptable
N = no, remove from service
R = repaired
Model
Serial number
Date
Hour meter
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Maintenance Inspection Report
Checklist B Y N R
B-1 Battery(s)
B-2 Electrical wiring
B-3 Key switch
B-4 Exhaust system
B-5 Engine air filter
B-6 Oil cooler and fins-
Deutz models
B-7 Brake configuration
B-8 Tires, wheels and
lug nut torque
B-9 Drive hub maintenance
B-10 Engine RPM
B-11 Engine maintenance
B-12 Oscillate directional
Control
B-13 Ground control
override
B-14 Platform self-leveling
B-15 Engine idle select
B-16 Fuel select operation
B-17 Drive enable system
B-18 Drive brakes
B-19 Drive speed-stowed
B-20 Drive speed-raised
or extended
B-21 Alarm package and
descent alarm
B-22 Fuel and hydraulic tank
venting systems
B-23 Hydraulic oil analysis
B-24 Inspect the Boom
Extend/Retract Cables
Checklist A Y N R
A-1 Inspect the manuals
and decals
A-2 Pre-operation
inspection
A-3 Engine maintenance
A-4 Function tests
A-5 Oscillate axle
A-6 Filter condition indicator
Perform after 40 hours:
A-7 30 day service
Perform after 50 hours:
A-8 Engine maintenance -
Deutz and Continental
models
Perform every 100 hours:
A-9 Inspect filter/separator -
Diesel models
A-10 Grease rotation
bearing
A-11 Engine maintenance
Perform after 150 hours:
A-12 Replace Drive Hub oil
Perform every 200 hours:
A-13 Engine maintenance -
Perkins models
Comments
3 - 6 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
Checklist C Y N R
C-1 Engine maintenance
C-2 Grease platform
overload (if equipped)
C-3 Test the platform
overload (if equipped)
C-4 Air filter element
C-5 Replace filter/separator
Deutz and Perkins
models
C-6 Safety envelope
S-80X
Checklist D Y N R
D-1 Boom wear pads
D-2 Free-wheel
configuration
D-3 Turntable rotation
bearing bolts
D-4 Turntable bearing wear
D-5 Engine maintenance
D-6 Replace hydraulic filters
D-7 Drive hub oil
Perform every 1500 hours:
D-8 Engine maintenance -
Deutz models
MAINTENANCE INSPECTION REPORT
Checklist E Y N R
E-1 Hydraulic oil
E-2 Engine maintenance -
Perkins models
Perform every 3000 hours:
E-3 Engine maintenance -
Deutz and Perkins
models
Perform every 10 years:
E-4 Replace the Boom
Extend/Retract Cables
Instructions• Make copies of this report to use for
each inspection.
• Select the appropriate checklist(s) for
the type of inspection to be
performed.
Daily or 8 hourInspection: A
Quarterly or 250 hourInspection: A+B
Six Month or 500 hourInspection: A+B+C
Annual or 1000 hourInspection: A+B+C+D
2 Year or 2000 hourInspection: A+B+C+D+E
• Place a check in the appropriate box
after each inspection procedure is
completed.
• Use the step-by-step procedures in
this section to learn how to perform
these inspections.
• If any inspection receives an “N”, tag
and remove the machine from
service, repair and re-inspect it. After
repair, place a check in the “R” box.
LegendY = yes, acceptable
N = no, remove from service
R = repaired
Comments
Model
Serial number
Date
Hour meter
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 7
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
Checklist A Procedures
A-1Inspect the Manuals and DecalsGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed daily.
Maintaining the operator’s and safety manuals ingood condition is essential to safe machineoperation. Manuals are included with eachmachine and should be stored in the containerprovided in the platform. An illegible or missingmanual will not provide safety and operationalinformation necessary for a safe operatingcondition.
In addition, maintaining all of the safety andinstructional decals in good condition is mandatoryfor safe machine operation. Decals alert operatorsand personnel to the many possible hazardsassociated with using this machine. They alsoprovide users with operation and maintenanceinformation. An illegible decal will fail to alertpersonnel of a procedure or hazard and couldresult in unsafe operating conditions.
1 Check to make sure that the operator's andsafety manuals are present and complete in thestorage container on the platform.
2 Examine the pages of each manual to be surethat they are legible and in good condition.
Result: The operator's manual is appropriate for
the machine and all manuals are legible and ingood condition.
Result: The operator's manual is notappropriate for the machine or all manuals arenot in good condition or is illegible. Remove themachine from service until the manual isreplaced.
3 Open the operator's manual to the decalsinspection section. Carefully and thoroughlyinspect all decals on the machine for legibilityand damage.
Result: The machine is equipped with all
required decals, and all decals are legible andin good condition.
Result: The machine is not equipped with allrequired decals, or one or more decals areillegible or in poor condition. Remove themachine from service until the decals arereplaced.
4 Always return the manuals to the storagecontainer after use.
Note: Contact your authorized Genie distributor orGenie Industries if replacement manuals or decalsare needed.
3 - 8 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-2Perform Pre-operationInspectionGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed daily.
Completing a pre-operation inspection is essentialto safe machine operation. The pre-operationinspection is a visual inspection performed by theoperator prior to each work shift. The inspection isdesigned to discover if anything is apparently wrongwith a machine before the operator performs thefunction tests. The pre-operation inspection alsoserves to determine if routine maintenanceprocedures are required.
Complete information to perform this procedure isavailable in the appropriate operator's manual.Refer to the Operator's Manual on your machine.
A-3Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed daily or every 8 hours, whichever comesfirst.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number 111332
Continental TME27 Owner's ManualGenie part number 111901
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 9
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-4Perform Function TestsGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed daily.
Completing the function tests is essential to safemachine operation. Function tests are designed todiscover any malfunctions before the machine isput into service. A malfunctioning machine mustnever be used. If malfunctions are discovered, themachine must be tagged and removed fromservice.
Complete information to perform this procedure isavailable in the appropriate operator's manual.Refer to the Operator's Manual on your machine.
A-5Test the Oscillate Axle
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed daily.
Proper axle oscillation is essential to safe machineoperation. If the axle oscillation system is notoperating correctly, the stability of the machine iscompromised and it may tip over.
Tip-over hazard. Failure to performthis procedure on a firm, levelsurface will compromise thestability of the machine and couldresult in the machine tipping over.
1 Start the engine from the platform controls.
2 Drive the right steer tire up onto a6 inch / 15 cm block or curb.
Result: The three remaining tires should stay in
firm contact with the ground and the chassisshould remain level at all times.
3 Drive the left steer tire up onto a 6 inch / 15 cmblock or curb.
Result: The three remaining tires should stay in
firm contact with the ground and the chassisshould remain level at all times.
4 Drive both steer tires up onto a6 inch / 15 cm block or curb.
Result: The non-steer tires should stay in firmcontact with the ground.
Note: If the chassis does not remain level duringthe test, refer to Repair Procedure 14-2, How to SetUp the Directional Valve Linkage.
3 - 10 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-6Check the High PressureHydraulic Filter ConditionIndicatorGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed daily or every 8 hours, whichever comesfirst.
Maintaining the high pressure hydraulic filter ingood condition is essential to good systemperformance and safe machine operation. The filtercondition indicator will show when the hydraulic flowis bypassing a clogged filter. If the filter is notfrequently checked and replaced, impurities willremain in the hydraulic system and causecomponent damage.
1 Open the engine side turntable cover.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 Change the engine idle to high rpm (rabbitsymbol).
4 Visually inspect the filter condition indicator.
Result: The filter condition indicator should be
operating with the plunger in the green area.
Result: If the indicator displays the plunger inthe red area, this indicates that the hydraulicfilter is being bypassed and the filter should bereplaced. See D-6, Replace the HydraulicFilters.
A-7Perform 30 Day Service
The 30 day maintenance procedure is a one timesequence of procedures to be performed after thefirst 30 days or 40 hours of usage, whichevercomes first. After this interval, refer to themaintenance tables for continued scheduledmaintenance.
1 Perform the following maintenance procedures:
• A-10 Grease the Turntable Rotation Bearingand Rotate Gear
• B-8 Inspect the Tires, Wheels andLug Nut Torque
• B-9 Check the Drive Hub Oil Level andFastener Torque
• B-24 Inspect the Boom Extend/RetractCables
• D-4 Check the Turnable Rotation BearingBolts
• D-7 Replace the Hydraulic Filter Elements
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 11
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-8Perform Engine Maintenance -Deutz and Continental Models
Engine specifications require that this one-timeprocedure be performed after the first 50 hours ofoperation.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures forcommissioning new and overhauled engines andadditional engine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
Continental TME27 Owner's ManualGenie part number 111901
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
A-9Inspect the Fuel Filter/WaterSeparator - Diesel Models
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 100 hours or monthly, whichevercomes first.
Proper maintenance of the fuel filter/water separatoris essential for good engine performance. Failure toperform this procedure can lead to poor engineperformance and/or hard starting, and continueduse may result in component damge. Extremelydirty conditions may require this procedure beperformed more often.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Perform thisprocedure in an open, well-ventilated area away from heaters,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have an approvedfire extinguisher within easy reach.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engine off.
Perkins Models:
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Open the engine side turntable cover and locatethe fuel filter/water separator next to thehydraulic return filter on the bulkhead.
3 Inspect the filter bowl for water buildup.
Result: If water is present in the filter bowl
continue with steps 4 through 8.
3 - 12 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
4 Loosen the vent plug located on the fuel filter/water separator head.
a vent plugb drain plugc filter bowld separator head
5 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom ofthe bowl. Allow the water to drain into a suitablecontainer until fuel starts to come out.Immediately tighten the drain plug.
6 Tighten the vent plug.
Note: If the fuel filter/water separator is completelydrained, you must prime the fuel filter/waterseparator before starting the engine. See C-6,Replace The Fuel Filter/Water Separator Element -Perkins Models, for instructions on how to primethe fuel filter/water separator.
7 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
8 Start the engine from the ground controls andcheck the fuel filter/water separator and ventplug for leaks.
Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuelleak is discovered, keep anyadditional personnel from enteringthe area and do not operate themachine. Repair the leakimmediately.
Deutz Models:
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray.Swing the enginetray out and away from the machine.
3 Install the fastener that was just removedthrough the engine tray and into the engine trayanchor hole in the turntable.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
4 Locate the fuel filter/water separator next to theoil filter.
c
b
d
a
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 13
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
5 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom ofthe filter. Allow the water to drain into a suitablecontainer until fuel starts to come out.Immediately tighten the drain plug.
Note: Do not completely drain the filter.
a fuel filter/water separatorb drain valve
6 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
7 Start the engine from the ground controls andcheck the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.
Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuelleak is discovered, keep anyadditional personnel from enteringthe area and do not operate themachine. Repair the leakimmediately.
8 Swing the engine back to its original positionand install the engine pivot plate retainingfastener.
A-10Grease the Turntable RotationBearing and Rotate Gear
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 100 hours of operation. Performthis procedure more often if dusty conditions exist.
Frequent application of lubrication to the turntablebearing and rotate gear is essential to goodmachine performance and service life. Continueduse of an improperly greased bearing and gear willresult in component damage.
1 Locate the grease fitting on the platform end ofthe tank side bulkhead.
2 Pump grease into the turntable rotation bearing.Rotate the turntable in incrementsof 4 to 5 inches / 10 to 13 cm at a time andrepeat this step until the entire bearing has beengreased.
3 Apply grease to each tooth of the drive gear,located under the turntable.
Grease Specification
Chevron Ultra-duty grease, EP NLGI 2 (lithium based)
or equivalent
a
b
3 - 14 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-11Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 100 hours.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number 111332
Continental TME27 Owner's ManualGenie part number 111901
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 15
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-12Replace the Drive Hub Oil
Manufacturer specifications require that this one-timeprocedure be performed after the first 150 hours.
Replacing the drive hub oil is essential for goodmachine performance and service life. Failure toreplace the drive hub oil after the initial 150 hours ofuse may cause the machine to perform poorly andcontinued use may cause component damage.
Drive hubs:
1 Select the drive hub to be serviced. Drive themachine until one of the two plugs is at the lowestpoint.
2 Remove both plugs and drain the oil into a suitablecontainer.
3 Drive the machine until one plug is at the top andthe other is at 90 degrees.
a. models with o-ring plugs
4 Fill the hub with oil from the top hole until the oillevel is even with the bottom of the side plughole. Install the plugs.
5 Install the plugs into the drive hub. Torque toSpecification. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
6 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other drive hub.
7 Check the torque of the drive hub mountingbolts. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Turntable rotate drive hub:
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must bereplaced and then torqued to specification duringinstallation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with theturntable rotation lock pin.
Note: The turntable rotation lock pin is located nextto the boom rest pad.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the turntable rotate drive motor. Cap thefittings on the drive motor.
3 Attach a suitable lifting device to the lifting eyeslocated near the drive motor.
a
3 - 16 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
4 Remove the drive hub mounting bolts. Carefullyremove the turntable rotate drive hub assemblyfrom the machine.
Crushing hazard. The turntablerotate drive hub assembly couldbecome unbalanced and fall if notproperly supported by the liftingdevice.
5 Remove the plug the drive hub. Drain the oilfrom the hub into a suitable container.
Single fill port rotatora motorb fill portc drive hub mounting boltsd drive hub
Dual fill port rotatora motorb drive hubc drive hub mounting boltsd fill ports
6 Install the drive hub assembly onto the machine.Torque the drive hub mounting bolts tospecification. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
7 Fill the drive hub with oil. Refer to Section 2,Specifications. Apply pipe thread sealant to theplug. Install the plug.
8 Adjust turntable rotation gear backlash. Refer toRepair Procedure 10-1, How to Adjust theTurntable Rotation Gear Backlash.
AB
a
c
b
da
AB b
d c
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 17
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
A-13Perform Engine Maintenance -Perkins Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 200 hours.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
3 - 18 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
Checklist B Procedures
B-1Inspect the Battery(s)
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper battery condition is essential to goodengine performance and operational safety.Improper fluid levels or damaged cables andconnections can result in engine componentdamage and hazardous conditions. A singlebattery configuraton is standard. A dual batteryoption is available, where one battery is used tostart the engine and the other is used to power thecontrol system and auxiliary power unit. The twobatteries are charged by the alternator through abattery separator.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith hot or live circuits could resultin death or serious injury. Removeall rings, watches and otherjewelry.
Bodily injury hazard. Batteriescontain acid. Avoid spilling orcontacting battery acid. Neutralizebattery acid spills with baking sodaand water.
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Be sure that the battery cable connections arefree of corrosion.
Note: Adding terminal protectors and a corrosionpreventative sealant will help eliminate corrosionon the battery terminals and cables.
3 Be sure that the battery hold downs and cableconnections are tight.
4 Be sure that the battery separator wireconnections are tight (if equipped).
5 Fully charge the battery(s) and allow thebattery(s) to rest at least 6 hours.
6 Remove the battery vent caps and check thespecific gravity of each battery cell with ahydrometer. Note the results.
7 Check the ambient air temperature and adjustthe specific gravity reading for each cell asfollows:
• Add 0.004 to the reading of each cell forevery 10° / 5.5° C above 80° F / 26.7° C.
• Subtract 0.004 from the reading of each cell forevery 10° / 5.5° C below 80° F / 26.7° C.
Result: All battery cells display an adjusted
specific gravity of 1.277 or higher. The batteryis fully charged. Proceed to step 11.
Result: One or more battery cells display aspecific gravity of 1.217 or below. Proceed tostep 8.
8 Perform an equalizing charge, OR fully chargethe battery(s) and allow the battery(s) to rest atleast 6 hours.
9 Remove the battery vent caps and check thespecific gravity of each battery cell with ahydrometer. Note the results.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 19
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
10 Check the ambient air temperature and adjustthe specific gravity reading for each cell asfollows:
• Add 0.004 to the reading of each cell forevery 10° / 5.5° C above 80° F / 26.7° C.
• Subtract 0.004 from the reading of each cell forevery 10° / 5.5° C below 80° F / 26.7° C.
Result: All battery cells display a specific gravity
of 1.277 or greater. The battery is fully charged.Proceed to step 11.
Result: The difference in specific gravityreadings between cells is greater than 0.1 ORthe specific gravity of one or more cells is lessthan 1.177. Replace the battery.
11 Check the battery acid level. If needed,replenish with distilled water to 1/8 inch / 3 mmbelow the bottom of the battery fill tube. Do notoverfill.
12 Install the vent caps and neutralize anyelectrolyte that may have spilled.
a b
B-2Inspect the Electrical Wiring
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Maintaining electrical wiring in good condition isessential to safe operation and good machineperformance. Failure to find and replace burnt,chafed, corroded or pinched wires could result inunsafe operating conditions and may causecomponent damage.
Electrocution/ burn hazard.Contact with hot or live circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
1 Open the turntable cover at the engine side ofthe machine.
2 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener.Swing the engine tray out away from themachine.
a engine tray anchor holeb engine tray retaining fastener
3 - 20 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
3 Locate the engine tray anchor hole on theturntable.
4 Install the bolt that was just removed into theanchor hole to secure the engine tray frommoving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe bolt into the engine pivot plateto secure it from moving couldresult in death or serious injury.
5 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed,corroded, pinched and loose wires:
• Engine wiring harness
6 Open the turntable cover at the ground controlsside of the machine.
7 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed,corroded, pinched and loose wires:
• Battery area wiring
• Inside the ground control box
• Hydraulic manifold wiring
• Hydraulic oil cooler wiring
8 Inspect for a liberal coating of dielectric greasein the following locations:
• All wire harness connectors toground control box
9 Start the engine from the ground controls andraise the boom above the turntable covers.
10 Inspect the turntable area for burnt, chafed andpinched cables.
11 Lower the boom to the stowed position and turnthe engine off.
12 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed,corroded, pinched and loose wires:
• Cable track on the boom
• Cables on the boom and jib boom
• Jib, rotate, level manifold
• Inside of the platform control box
13 Inspect for a liberal coating of dielectric greasein the following location:
• All wire harness connectors toplatform control box
14 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener fromthe engine tray anchor hole at the pivot end ofthe engine tray.
15 Swing the engine tray in towards the machine.
16 Install the engine tray retaining fasteners.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe bolt into the engine pivot plateto secure it from moving couldresult in death or serious injury.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 21
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-3Test the Key SwitchGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper key switch action and response is essentialto safe machine operation. The machine can beoperated from the ground or platform controls andthe activation of one or the other is accomplishedwith the key switch. Failure of the key switch toactivate the appropriate control panel could cause ahazardous operating situation.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
2 Turn the key switch to ground control, start theengine and then turn the key switch to platformcontrol.
3 Check all machine function from the groundcontrols.
Result: All machine functions should notoperate.
4 Turn the key switch to ground control.
5 Check all machine function from the platformcontrols.
Result: All machine functions should notoperate.
6 Turn the key switch to the off position.
Result: The engine should stop and no functions
should operate.
B-4Check the Exhaust System
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Maintaining the exhaust system is essential togood engine performance and service life. Runningthe engine with a damaged or leaking exhaustsystem can cause component damage and unsafeoperating conditions.
Bodily injury hazard. Do notinspect while the engine is running.Remove the key to secure fromoperation.
Burn hazard. Beware of hot enginecomponents. Contact with hotengine components may result insevere burns.
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
3 - 22 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
2 Be sure that all nuts and bolts are tight.
3 Inspect all welds for cracks.
4 Inspect for exhaust leaks; i.e., carbon builduparound seams and joints.
5 Swing the engine pivot plate in towards themachine.
6 Install the bolts that were just removed into theoriginal holes to secure the engine pivot plate.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe bolts into the engine pivot plateto secure it from moving couldresult in death or serious injury.
B-5Inspect the Engine Air Filter -Continental, Deutz and PerkinsModels
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Maintaining the engine air filter in good condition isessential to good engine performance and servicelife. Failure to perform this procedure can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engine off.
1 Locate the engine air filter assembly.
2 Release the latches from the air cleaner canisterend cap. Remove the end cap.
3 Remove the filter element.
4 Clean the inside of the canister and the end capwith a damp cloth.
5 Inspect the air filter element. If needed, blowfrom the inside out using low pressure drycompressed air, or carefully tap out dust.Replace the filter if needed.
6 Install the filter element.
7 Install the air filter canister end cap and securethe end cap latches.
Note: Be sure the discharge valve is pointing downwhen the cap is instaled.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 23
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-6Check the Oil Cooler andCooling Fins - Deutz Models
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Maintaining the oil cooler in good condition isessential for good engine performance. Operating amachine with a damaged oil cooler may result inengine damage. Also, restricting air flow throughthe oil cooler will affect the performance of thecooling system.
Bodily injury hazard. Do notinspect while the engineis running. Remove the key tosecure from operation.
Burn hazard. Beware of hot enginecomponents. Contact with hotengine components may result insevere burns.
Oil cooler:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out and away from the machine.
2 Install the fastener that was just removedthrough the engine tray and into the engine trayanchor hole in the turntable.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
3 Remove the fasteners from the engine sidecover, then remove the cover.
4 Inspect the oil cooler for leaks and physicaldamage.
a oil coolerb cylinder head cooling finsc fan blower fins
5 Clean the oil cooler of debris and foreignmaterial.
Cooling and fan blower fins:
6 Inspect the fan blower fins for physical damage.
7 Clean the fan blower fins of debris and foreignmaterial.
8 Inspect the head cooling passages and fins forphysical damage or foreign material, using aflashlight.
9 Clean the cylinder head cooling passages ofdebris and foreign material.
10 Install the engine side cover.
11 Swing the engine back to its original positionand install the engine pivot plate retainingfastener.
cba
3 - 24 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-7Confirm the ProperBrake Configuration
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper brake configuration is essential to safeoperation and good machine performance.Hydrostatic brakes and hydraulically-released,spring-applied individual wheel brakes can appearto operate normally when they are actually not fullyoperational.
1 Check each drive hub disconnect cap to be sureit is in the engaged position.
B-8Inspect the Tires, Wheelsand Lug Nut Torque
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Maintaining the tires and wheels in goodcondition, including proper wheel fastener torque, isessential to safe operation and good performance.Tire and/or wheel failure could result in a machinetip-over. Component damage may also result ifproblems are not discovered and repaired in atimely fashion.
Bodily injury hazard. An over-inflated tire can explode and couldresult in death or serious injury.
Tip-over hazard. Do not usetemporary flat tire repair products.
Note: The tires on some machines are foam filledand do not need air added to them.
1 Check all tire treads and sidewalls for cuts,cracks, punctures and unusual wear.
2 Check each wheel for damage, bends andcracked welds.
3 Check each lug nut for proper torque. Refer toSection 2, Specifications.
4 Check the pressure in each air-filled tire. Add airas necessary. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
disengaged position
engaged position
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 25
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-9Check Drive Hub Oil Level andFastener Torque
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours.
Failure to maintain proper drive hub oil levels maycause the machine to perform poorly and continueduse may cause component damage.
Drive hubs:
1 Drive the machine to rotate the hub until one ofthe plugs is located on top and the other one isat 90 degrees.
a models with o-ring plugs
2 Remove the plug located at 90 degrees andcheck the oil level.
Result: The oil level should be even with the
bottom of the side plug hole.
3 If necessary, remove the top plug and add oiluntil the oil level is even with the bottom of theside plug hole.
4 Install the plugs into the drive hub. Torque toSpecification. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
5 Check the torque of the drive hub mountingfasteners. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
6 Repeat steps 1 through 5 for the other drivehubs.
Turntable rotate drive hub:
Single fill port rotator:
1 Remove the plug located on the top of the huband check the oil level.
Result: The oil level should be visible below the
bottom of the fill port.
Single fill port rotatora motorb fill portc drive hub mounting boltsd drive hub
a
AB b
d c
a
3 - 26 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
Dual fill port rotator:
2 Remove one of the plugs located on the side ofthe hub and check the oil level.
Result: The oil level should be even with thebottom of the plug hole.
Dual fill port rotatora motorb drive hubc drive hub mounting boltsd fill ports
3 If necessary, add oil. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
4 Apply pipe thread sealant to the plug, andinstall the plug in the drive hub.
5 Check the torque of the turntable rotate drivehub mounting fasteners. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
AB
a
c
b
d
B-10Check and Adjust theEngine RPM
Maintaining the engine rpm at the proper setting forboth low and high idle is essential to good engineperformance and service life. The machine will notoperate properly if the rpm is incorrect andcontinued use may cause component damage.
Continental models:
Note: The engine rpm is controlled by the ECM andcan only be adjusted by re-programming the ECM.If rpm adjustment or service is required, pleasecontact the Genie Industries Service Department.
Deutz TD2011L04i models:
1 Connect a tachometer to the engine. Start theengine from the ground controls and check therpm. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 27
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
ba
f de
c
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
Deutz modelsa high idle adjustmentb low idle adjustment
Skip to step 4 if the low idle rpm is correct.
2 Loosen the locknut on the low idle adjustmentscrew.
3 Adjust the low idle adjustment screw until lowidle meets specification. Tighten the locknut.
4 Push and hold the function enable/high speedbutton. Note the engine rpm on the display.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
If the high idle is correct, disregard adjustmentstep 5.
5 Loosen the yoke lock nut. Turn the high idleadjustment nut and solenoid bootcounterclockwise to increase the rpm orclockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten theyoke lock nut and recheck the rpm.
Note: Be sure the solenoid fully retracts whenactivating high idle.
Perkins models:
1 Connect a tachometer to the engine. Start theengine from the ground controls and check therpm. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Skip to step 3 if the low idle rpm is correct.
2 Loosen the low idle lock nut. Turn the low idleadjustment screw clockwise to increase the rpmor counterclockwise to decrease the rpm.Tighten the low idle lock nut and confirm therpm.
Perkins modelsa solenoid bootb yoke lock nutc low idle adjustment screwd low idle lock nute yokef high idle adjustment nut
3 Move the function enable/rpm select toggleswitch to the high idle (rabbit symbol) position.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
If high idle rpm is correct, disregard adjustmentstep 4.
4 Loosen the yoke lock nut. Turn the high idleadjustment nut and solenoid bootcounterclockwise to increase the rpm orclockwise to decrease the rpm. Tighten theyoke lock nut and recheck the rpm.
Note: Be sure the solenoid fully retracts whenactivating high idle.
ba
3 - 28 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-11Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number 111332
Continental TME27 Owner's ManualGenie part number 111901
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
B-12Check the Oscillate DirectionalValve Linkage
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper axle oscillation is essential to safe machineoperation. If the oscillate directional valve linkage isnot operating correctly, the stability of the machineis compromised and it may tip over.
1 Remove the drive chassis cover from thenon-steer end of the machine.
2 Locate the oscillate directional valve inside ofthe non-steer axle and inspect the linkage forthe following:
• Lock nut is tight against yoke
• Yoke clevis pins are installed
• Cotter pins are installed through clevis pins
• Linkage is properly attached todirectional valve
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 29
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-13Test the Ground ControlOverrideGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
A properly functioning ground control override isessential to safe machine operation. The groundcontrol override function is intended to allow groundpersonnel to operate the machine from the groundcontrols whether or not the red Emergency Stopbutton at the platform controls is in the on or offposition. This function is particularly useful if theoperator at the platform controls cannot return theboom to the stowed position.
1 Push in the red Emergency Stop button at theplatform controls to the off position.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 At the ground controls, operate each boomfunction through a partial cycle.
Result: All boom functions should operate.
B-14Test the Platform Self-levelingGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Automatic platform self-leveling throughoutthe full cycle of boom raising and lowering isessential for safe machine operation. Theplatform is maintained at level by the platformleveling slave cylinder which operates in a closedloop hydraulic circuit with the master cylinderlocated at the base of the boom.A platform self-leveling failure creates an unsafeworking condition for platform and groundpersonnel.
1 Start the engine from the ground controls.
2 Hold the function enable toggle switch to eitherside and adjust the platform to a level positionusing the platform level toggle switch.
3 Raise and lower the boom through a full cycle.
Result: The platform should remain level atall times to within ±5 degrees.
3 - 30 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-15Test the Engine Idle SelectOperationGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
A properly operating engine idle select switchis essential to good engine performance and safemachine operation. There are three settings.
Low idle (turtle symbol) allows the operator tocontrol individual boom functions only.
Functon enable button high idle (rabbit symbol)allows the operator to control multiple boomfunctions simultaneously. This setting maintains aconsistent high idle.
Foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and footswitch symbols) should be used for normalmachine operation. This setting activates high idleonly when the foot switch is pressed down.
1 Turn the key switch to ground control.
2 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
3 Start the engine from the ground controls.
4 Move and hold the function button in and movethe idle switch to the high idle (rabbit symbol)position.
Result: The engine rpm should change to high
idle.
5 Release the function enable button.
Result: The engine rpm should change to low
idle.
6 Turn the key switch to platform controls.
7 Move the engine idle select toggle switch to lowidle (turtle symbol).
Result: The engine rpm should remain at low
idle.
8 Move the engine idle select toggle switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switchsymbol).
Result: The engine rpm should not change to
high idle.
9 Press down the foot switch.
Result: The engine rpm should change to highidle.
high idle.
10 Press down the foot switch.
Result: The engine rpm should change to high
idle.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 31
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-16Test the Fuel Select Operation -Gasoline/LPG Models
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
The ability to select and switch betweengasoline and LPG fuels as needed is essential tosafe machine operation. A fuel selection can bemade whether the engine is running or not.Switching malfunctions and/or the failure of theengine to start and run properly in both fuelmodes and through all idle speeds can indicate fuelsystem problems that could develop into ahazardous situation.
Note: Perform this test after checking the gasolineand LPG fuel levels, and warming the engine tonormal operating temperature.
1 Move the fuel select toggle switch to gasolineand then move the engine idle select switch tofoot switch activated high idle (rabbit and footswitch symbol).
2 Start the engine from the platform controls andallow it to run at low idle.
3 Press down the foot switch to allow the engineto run at high idle.
Result: The engine should start promptly and
operate smoothly in low and high idle.
4 Release the foot switch and shut the engine offby pushing the red Emergency Stop button in tothe off position.
5 Move the fuel select toggle switch to LPG.
6 Start the engine and allow it to run at low idle.
7 Press down the foot switch to allow the engineto run at high idle.
Result: The engine should start promptly and
operate smoothly in low and high idle.
Note: The engine may hesitate momentarily andthen continue to run on the selected fuel if the fuelsource is switched while the engine is running.
Blue
Yellow
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-17Test the Drive Enable SystemGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper drive enable system operation isessential to safe machine operation. When theboom is past the non-steering wheels, drivemovement is stopped and theindicator light turns on. The driveenable switch must be held toeither side to reactivate the drivefunction and should alert theoperator that the machine maymove in the opposite direction that the drive andsteer controls are moved. An improperly functioningdrive enable system may allow the machine to bemoved into an unsafe position.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Start the engine from the platform controls.
2 Press down the foot switch.
3 Rotate the turntable until the boom moves pastone of the the non-steer wheels.
Result: The drive enable indicator light should
turn on and remain on while theboom is anywhere in the rangeshown.
4 Slowly move the drive controlhandle off center.
Result: The drive function should not operate.
5 Rotate the turntable until the boom moves pastthe other non-steer wheel.
Result: The drive enable
indicator light should come onand remain on while the boomis anywhere in the range shown.
6 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch toeither side and slowly move the drive controlhandle off center.
Result: The drive function should operate.
Collision hazard. Always use thecolor-coded direction arrows on theplatform controls and the drivechassis to identify the direction oftravel.
Note: When the drive enable system is in use, themachine may drive in the opposite direction that thedrive and steer control handle is moved.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-18Test the Drive Brakes
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper brake action is essential to safe machineoperation. The drive brake function should operatesmoothly, free of hesitation, jerking and unusualnoise. Hydraulically-released individual wheelbrakes can appear to operate normally when theyare actually not fully operational.
Collision hazard. Be sure that themachine is not in free-wheel orpartial free-wheel configuration.See B-7, Confirm the Proper BrakeConfiguration.
Note: Select a test area that is firm, level and freeof obstructions.
Note; Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Mark a test line on the ground for reference.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Choose a point on the machine (i.e., contactpatch of a tire) as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the test line.
4 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the test line. Release the drivecontroller when your reference point on themachine crosses the test line.
5 Measure the distance between the test line andyour machine reference point. Refer toSection 2, Specifications.
Note: The brakes must be able to hold the machineon any slope it is able to climb.
B-19Test the Drive Speed -Stowed Position
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper drive function movement is essential to safemachine operation. The drive function shouldrespond quickly and smoothly to operator control.Drive performance should also be free of hesitation,jerking and unusual noise over the entireproportionally controlled speed range.
Note: Select a test area that is firm, level and freeof obstructions.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Create start and finish lines by marking two lineson the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Choose a point on the machine (i.e., contactpatch of a tire) as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
4 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
5 Continue at full speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point crosses the finishline. Refer to Section 2, PerformanceSpecifications.
Note: To adjust the speed, refer to Repairprocedure 1-2, How to Adjust the Joystick Max-outSetting.
3 - 34 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-20Test the Drive Speed -Raised or Extended Position
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Proper drive function movement is essential to safemachine operation. The drive function shouldrespond quickly and smoothly to operator control.Drive performance should also be free of hesitation,jerking and unusual noise over the entireproportionally controlled speed range.
Select a test area that is firm, level and free ofobstructions.
1 Create start and finish lines by marking two lineson the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Move the engine idle select toggle switch tofoot switch activated high idle (rabbit and footswitch symbol).
4 Press down the foot switch and raise the boom10° above horizontal.
5 Choose a point on the machine (i.e. contactpatch of a tire), as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
6 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
7 Continue at full speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point crosses the finishline. Refer to Section 2, PerformanceSpecifications.
Note: To adjust the speed, refer to Repairprocedure 1-2, How to Adjust the Joystick Max-outSetting.
8 Press down the foot switch and lower the boomto the stowed position.
9 Extend the boom 3 feet / 90 cm.
10 Choose a point on the machine (i.e., contactpatch of a tire), as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
11 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
12 Continue at top speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point crosses the finishline. Refer to Section 2, PerformanceSpecifications.
Note: To adjust the speed, refer to Repairprocedure 1-2, How to Adjust the Joystick Max-outSetting.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 35
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-21Test the Alarm Package(if equipped) and the DescentAlarmGenie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
The alarm package includes:
• Travel alarm
• Flashing beacons
Alarms and beacons are installed to alert operatorsand ground personnel of machine proximity andmotion. The alarm package is installed on theturntable rear cover. Beacons are installed on bothturntable covers.
Note: The alarms and beacons will operate with theengine running or not running.
1 Turn the key switch to ground controls and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition at both the ground and platformcontrols.
Result: Both flashing beacons should be on and
flashing.
2 Move and hold the function enable button toeither side and activate the boom toggle switchin the down position, hold for a moment andthen release it.
Result: The descent alarm should sound when
the toggle switch is held down.
3 Turn the key switch to platform controls.
Result: The flashing beacons should be on
and flashing.
4 Press down the foot switch. Move the boomcontroller to the down position, hold for amoment and then release it.
Result: The descent alarm should sound when
the controller is held down.
5 Press down the foot switch. Move the drivecontroller off center, hold for a moment and thenrelease it. Move the drive controller off center inthe opposite direction, hold for a moment andthen release it.
Result: The travel alarm should sound when the
drive controller is moved off center in eitherdirection.
3 - 36 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-22Inspect the Fuel and HydraulicTank Cap Venting Systems
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first. Perform this procedure more often ifdusty conditions exist.
Free-breathing fuel and hydraulic tank caps areessential for good machine performance andservice life. A dirty or clogged tank cap may causethe machine to perform poorly and continued usemay cause component damage. Extremely dirtyconditions may require that the caps be inspectedmore often.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Perform thisprocedure in an open, well-ventilated area away from heaters,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have an approvedfire extinguisher within easy reach.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engine off.
Note: This procedure applies to diesel equippedmachines only.
1 Remove the cap from the fuel tank.
2 Check for proper venting.
Result: Air passes through the fuel tank cap.Procced to step 4.
Result: If air does not pass through the cap,clean or replace the cap. Proceed to step 3.
When checking for positive tank cap venting, airshould pass freely through the cap.
3 Using a mild solvent, carefully wash the capventing system. Dry using low pressurecompressed air. Repeat this procedurebeginning with step 2.
4 Install the fuel tank cap onto the fuel tank.
5 Remove the breather cap from the hydraulictank.
6 Check for proper venting.
Result: Air passes through the hydraulic tank
cap. Procced to step 8.
Result: If air does not pass through the cap,clean or replace the cap. Proceed to step 7.
Note: When checking for positive tank cap venting,air should pass freely through the cap.
7 Using a mild solvent, carefully wash the capventing system. Dry using low pressurecompressed air. Repeat this procedurebeginning with step 6.
8 Install the breather cap onto the hydraulic tank.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 37
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-23Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil isessential for good machine performance andservice life. Dirty oil and suction strainers maycause the machine to perform poorly and continueduse may cause component damage. Extremelydirty conditions may require oil changes to beperformed more frequently.
Note: Before replacing the hydraulic oil, the oil maybe tested by an oil distributor for specific levels ofcontamination to verify that changing the oil isnecessary. If the hydraulic oil is not replaced atthe two year inspection, test the oil quarterly.Replace the oil when it fails the test.
B-24Inspect the BoomExtend/Retract Cables
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 250 hours or quarterly, whichevercomes first.
The boom extend/retract cables are responsible forthe extension and retraction of the number 3 boomtube. Inspecting for foreign objects, damage and/orimproper adjustment of the boom extend/retractcables and related components on a regular basisis essential to good machine performance and safemachine operation. The boom extend and retractfunctions should operate smoothly and be free ofhesitation, jerking and unusual noise.
1 Raise the boom to horizontal and fully extendthe boom.
2 After the boom is fully extended, lower the boomuntil the platform is at chest height. Turn themachine off.
3 Remove the boom end cover retaining fastenersand remove the cover.
4 Remove the retaining fasteners from the accesscovers located on the side of the boom at theplatform end of the machine. Remove thecovers.
3 - 38 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
5 Visually inspect the cables and componentsthrough both inspection holes for the following:
• Frayed or broken wire strands
• Kinks in the cables
• Corrosion
• Paint or foreign materials on the cable
• Split or cracked cable ends
• Cables are on all pulleys
• Extend cable break limit switch arm iscentered in the pivot plate
• Cables have equal tension
• Cables at end of adjustment range
• No broken or damaged pulleys
• No unusual or excessive pulley wear
• All fasteners in place and secure
Note: A flashlight and inspection mirror may benecessary to thoroughly inspect the above items.
Note: A pulley groove gauge should be used tocheck the condition of the pulleys.
6 Install the cover at the pivot end of the boom.
7 Install the access panels on the sides of theboom.
8 Start the engine from the ground controls andfully retract and lower the boom to the stowedposition.
9 Turn the key switch to the platform controls.
10 Extend the boom approximately 2 feet / 0.6 m.
11 Retract the boom. While retracting the boom,visually inspect the number 2 and number 3boom tubes.
Result: The number 2 boom tube should not
move more than 1/2 inch / 13 mm before thenumber 3 boom tube begins to retract.
Note: If the number 2 boom tube moves more than1/
2 inch / 13 mm before the number 3 boom tube
begins to retract, the boom extend/retract cablesneed to be adjusted. See Repair Procedure 4-5,How to Adjust the Boom Extend/Retract Cables.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 39
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
Checklist C Procedures
C-1Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 500 hours.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life.Failure to perform the maintenance procedurescan lead to poor engine performance andcomponent damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number 111332
Continental TME27 Owner's ManualGenie part number 111901
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
C-2Grease the Platform OverloadMechanism (if equipped)
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 500 hours or six months,whichever comes first. Perform this procedure moreoften if dusty conditions exist.
Application of lubrication to the platform overloadmechanism is essential to safe machine operation.Continued use of an improperly greased platformoverload mechanism could result in the system notsensing an overloaded platform condition and willresult in component damage.
1 Locate the grease fittings on each pivot pin ofthe platform overload assembly.
2 Thoroughly pump grease into each greasefitting.
Grease Specification
Chevron Ultra-duty grease, EP NLGI 2 (lithium based)
or equivalent
3 - 40 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
C-3Test the Platform OverloadSystem (if equipped)
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 500 hours or six months,whichever comes first.
Testing the platform overload system regularly isessential to safe machine operation. Continued useof an improperly operating platform overloadsystem could result in the system not sensing anoverloaded platform condition. Machine stablitycould be compromised resulting in the machinetipping over.
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine on afirm, level surface.
1 Turn the key switch to platform control. Start theengine and level the platform.
2 Determine the maximum platform capacity.Refer to the machine serial plate.
3 Remove all weight, tools and accessories fromthe platform.
Note: Failure to remove all weight, tools andaccessories from the platform will result in aninaccurate test.
4 Using a suitable lifting device, place a testweight equal to that of the available capacity atone of the locations shown.Refer to Illustration 1.
Result: The platform overload indicator lights
should be off at both the ground and platformcontrols and the alarm should not sound.
Result: The platform overload indicator lights areon and the alarm is sounding. Calibrate theplatform overload system. Refer to RepairProcedure 2-4, How to Calibrate the PlatformOverload System (if equipped).
Illustration 1
5 Carefully move the test weight to eachremaining location. Refer to Illustration 1.
Result: The platform overload indicator lights
should be off at both the ground and platformcontrols and the alarm should not sound.
Result: The platform overload indicator lights areon and the alarm is sounding. Calibrate theplatform overload system. Refer to RepairProcedure 2-4, How to Calibrate the PlatformOverload System (if equipped).
6 Using a suitable lifting device, place anadditional 50 lbs / 23 kg of weight onto theplatform.
Result: The alarm should sound and the engine
should shut off. The platform overload indicatorlights should be flashing at both the ground andplatform controls.
Result: The alarm does not sound, the enginedoes not shut off and the platform overloadindicator lights are not flashing. Calibrate theplatform overload system. Refer to RepairProcedure 2-4, How to Calibrate the PlatformOverload System (if equipped).
Note: There may be a 2 second delay before theoverload indicator lights flash, the alarm soundsand the engine shuts off.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 41
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
Timer Relay
OrangeWire
Terminal 5
7 Using a suitable lifting device, remove the testweights, restart the engine and carefully movethe test weights to each remaining location onthe platform. Refer to Illustration 1.
Result: The alarm should sound, the engine
should shut off and the platform overloadindicator lights should be flashing at both theground and platform controls.
Result: The alarm does not sound and theplatform overload indicator lights are notflashing. Calibrate the platform overloadsystem. Refer to Repair Procedure 2-4, How toCalibrate the Platform Overload System (ifequipped).
Note: There may be a 2 second delay before theoverload indicator lights flash, the alarm soundsand the engine shuts off.
8 Test all machine functions from the platformcontrols.
Result: All platform control functions should not
operate.
9 Turn the key switch to ground control.
10 Test all machine functions from the groundcontrols.
Result: All ground control functions should not
operate.
11 Activate the auxiliary power toggle switch.
12 Using auxiliary power, test all machine functionsfrom the ground controls.
Result: All ground control functions should
operate.
13 Using a suitable lifting device, lift the additionaltest weight from the platform.
Result: The platform overload indicator lightsshould turn off at both the ground and platformcontrols and the alarm should not sound.
14 Start the engine and test all machine functionsfrom the ground controls.
Result: All ground control functions should
operate normally.
15 Turn the key switch to platform control.
16 Test all machine functions from the platformcontrols.
Result: All platform control functions should
operate.
Note: If the platform overload system is notoperating properly, Refer to Repair Procedure 2-4,How to Calibrate the Platform Overload System (ifequipped).
17 Push in the red Emergency stop button at theplatform to shut off engine.
18 Using a suitable lifting device, remove all testweights from the platform.
19 Pull out the red Emergency stop button to the onposition at the platform controls.
20 Remove the fasteners securing the lid to theplatform controls. Using Illustration 2 as aguide, locate the timer relay inside the platformcontrol box. Tag and disconnect the red wirefrom terminal 5 on the timer relay.
Illustration 2
3 - 42 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
Valve Power LED
ALC 500 Board
21 Using Illustration 3 as a guide, locate D31 ValvePower LED on the ALC500 printed circuit board.
Illustration 3
22 Step on the footswitch at the platform.
Result: The Valve Power LED should not
illuminate.
Result: The Valve Power LED is illuminated.Remove the machine from service and contactthe Genie Service Department.
23 Securely install the red wire, disconnected instep 20, onto terminal 5 of the relay timer.
24 Step on the footswitch at the platform.
Result: The Valve Power LED should illuminate.
Result: The Valve Power LED is not illuminated.Remove the machine from service and contactthe Genie Service Department.
25 Using a suitable lifting device, place a testweight equal to that of the available capacity atthe center location shown in Illustration 1.
26 Using a suitable lifting device, place anadditional 50 lbs / 23 kg of weight onto theplatform.
Result: The alarm should sound and the Valve
Power LED should not light. The platformoverload indicator lights should be flashing atboth the ground and platform controls.
27 Working from outside the platform and standingnext to the platform rotator, locate the orangewire, which enters into the base of the platformcontrol box from the load sense switch andlocate the wire terminal at the end of the wire.Tag and disconnect the connectors.Refer to Illustration 2.
28 Using a multimeter set to read resistance(ohms), securely install a lead from themultimeter to the connector on the orange wire,and securely connect the other multimeter leadto a ground point in the control box.
Result: The readout on the multimeter should
indicate zero resistance.
Result: The readout on the multimeter showsresistance. Remove the machine from serviceand contact the Genie Service Department.
29 Using a suitable lifting device, remove all weightfrom the platform. Note the result on themultimeter.
Result: The readout on the multimeter should
indicate infinite resistance.
Result: The readout on the multimeter showszero resistance. Remove the machine fromservice and contact the Genie ServiceDepartment.
31 Turn off the multimeter and remove the leadsfrom the machine. Securely connect the wiresdisconnected in step 27.
32 Close the platform control box. Install andsecurely tighten the fasteners. Do notovertighten.
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 43
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
C-4Replace the Engine Air FilterElement
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 500 hours or six months,whichever comes first.
Maintaining the engine air filter in good condition isessential to good engine performance and servicelife. Failure to perform this procedure can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engine off.
1 Release the latches on the air cleaner cap.Remove the end cap from the air cleanercanister.
2 Remove the filter element.
3 Use a damp cloth to wipe the filter sealingsurface and the inside of the outlet tube. Makesure that all contaminant is removed before thefilter is inserted.
4 Check new filter element gasket for damagebefore installing.
5 Install the new filter element.
6 Install the end cap on the canister and secure.
Note: Be sure the discharge slot is pointing down.
C-5Replace the Fuel Filter/WaterSeparator Element -Diesel Models
Note: Genie specifications require that thisprocedure be performed every 500 hours or sixmonths, whichever comes first.
Regular replacement of the fuel filter/waterseparator is essential for good engine performance.Failure to perform this procedure can lead to poorengine performance and/or hard starting, andcontinued use may result in component damge.Extremely dirty conditions may require thisprocedure be performed more often.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Perform thisprocedure in an open, well-ventilated area away from heaters,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have an approvedfire extinguisher within easy reach.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engine off.
Perkins Models:
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Open the engine side turntable cover and locatethe fuel filter/water separator next to thehydraulic return filter on the bulkhead.
3 Inspect the filter bowl for water buildup.
Result: If water is present in the filter bowl
continue with steps 4 through 8.
3 - 44 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
c
b
d
a
4 Loosen the vent plug located on the fuel filter/water separator head.
a vent plugb drain plugc filter bowld separator head
5 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom ofthe bowl. Allow the water to drain into a suitablecontainer until fuel starts to come out.Immediately tighten the drain plug.
6 Tighten the vent plug.
Note: If the fuel filter/water separator is completelydrained, you must prime the fuel filter/waterseparator before starting the engine. See C-6,Replace The Fuel Filter/Water Separator Element -Perkins Models, for instructions on how to primethe fuel filter/water separator.
7 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
8 Start the engine from the ground controls andcheck the fuel filter/water separator and ventplug for leaks.
Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuelleak is discovered, keep anyadditional personnel from enteringthe area and do not operate themachine. Repair the leakimmediately.
Deutz Models:
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray.Swing the enginetray out and away from the machine.
3 Install the fastener that was just removedthrough the engine tray and into the engine trayanchor hole in the turntable.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
4 Locate the fuel filter/water separator next to theoil filter. for leaks.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 45
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
5 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom ofthe filter. Allow the water to drain into a suitablecontainer until fuel starts to come out.Immediately tighten the drain plug.
Note: Do not completely drain the filter.
a fuel filter/water separatorb drain valve
6 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
7 Start the engine from the ground controls andcheck the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.
Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuelleak is discovered, keep anyadditional personnel from enteringthe area and do not operate themachine. Repair the leakimmediately.
8 Swing the engine back to its original positionand install the engine pivot plate retainingfastener.
C-6Check the Safety Envelope LimitSwitches and Angle Sensor,S-80XNote: Genie specifications require that thisprocedure be performed every 500 hours or sixmonths, whichever comes first.
Testing the safety envelope system regularly isessential to safe machine operation. Continued useof an improperly operating safety envelope couldresult in the system not restricting the range ofmotion. Machine stablity could be compromisedresulting in the machine tipping over.
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine on afirm, level surface with all weight, tools andequipment removed from the platform.
Note: Start this procedure with the boom fullyretracted and in the stowed position.
Ground controls:
1 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
a
b
3 - 46 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
3 Turn and hold the function enable switch to therestricted maximum platform capacity and raisethe primary boom until it is fully elevated.
a restricted maximum platformcapacity
b unrestricted maximum platformcapacity
4 Extend the primary boom until it is fullyextended.
5 Lower the primary boom until it stops.
Result: The boom will automatically stop after
10 degrees.
Result: The primary boom does not stop after 10degrees. Check limit switches LST3O andLST3S.
6 Turn the key switch to the off position and pushin the red Emergency Stop button.
Note: The follwing step can be done using ameasuring tape or a digital protractor (Genie partnumber 58377).
7 Measuring Tape:
Measure the distance between the center of thepivot pins as shown, 201.75 inches / 512 cm± 2.0 inch / 5 cm.
Digital Protractor:
Place the digital protractor on the turntablechassis and reset the protractor to 0°. Place theprotractor on top of the primary boom. Theprotractor should display 58° ± 2°.
Result: The primary boom angle is not withinspecifications.Consult Genie Industries ServiceDepartment.
Measure betweenthe centers of thesepivot pins
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
1000 lbs /454 kg
500 lbs /227 kg
ba
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 47
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
Platform controls:
Note: Start this procedure with the boom fullyretracted and in the stowed position.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position and start the engine.
2 Select the restricted maximum platform capacitywith the toggle switch.
a restricted maximum platformcapacity
b unrestricted maximum platformcapacity
3 Raise the primary boom until it is fully elevated.
4 Extend the primary boom until it is fullyextended.
5 Lower the primary boom until it stops.
Result: The boom will automatically stop after10 degrees and the unrestricted platformcapacity light will flash.
Result: The primary boom does not stop after 10degrees. Calibrate the boom angle sensor. Referto Repair Procedure 1-2, How to Calibrate theBoom angle Sensor.
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
500 lbs /227 kg
1000 lbs /454 kg
a b
6 Move the primary boom down joystick off centerand retract the primary boom until theunrestricted platform capacity light stopsflashing.
Result: Primary boom down should return to
normal operation.
7 Lower the primary boom 5 feet / 1.5 m andactivate primary boom extend.
Result: Primary boom extend will stop and the
unrestricated platform capacity light will startflashing.
8 Activate primary boom extend and raise theprimary boom until the unrestricated platformcapacity light stops flashing.
Result: Primary boom extend should return to
normal operation.
9 Return the machine to the fully stowed position.
3 - 48 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
Checklist D Procedures
D-1Check the Boom Wear Pads
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 1000 hours or annually,whichever comes first.
Maintaining the boom wear pads in good conditionis essential to safe machine operation. Wear padsare placed on boom tube surfaces to provide a lowfriction, replaceable wear pad between movingparts. Improperly shimmed wear pads or continueduse of extremely worn wear pads may result incomponent damage and unsafe operatingconditions.
Note: If the wear pads are still within specification,refer to Repair Procedure 4-2, How to Shim theBoom.
1 Start the engine from the ground controls.
2 Raise the end of the boom to a comfortableworking height (chest high), then extend theboom 1 foot / 30 cm.
3 Measure each wear pad. Replace the wear padif it is less than specification. If the wear pad isstill within specification, shim as necessary toobtain zero clearance and zero drag.
a boom 1b boom 2c boom 3
b ca
4 Extend and retract the boom through the entirerange of motion to check for tight spots thatmay cause binding or scraping of the boom.
Note: Always maintain squareness between theouter and inner boom tubes.
Boom wear pad specifications Minimum
Boom number one
Bottom wear pads 1/2 inch
(extension end of boom) 12.7 mm
Top and side wear pads 5/8 inch
(extension end of boom) 15.9 mm
Boom number two
Top, bottom and side wear pads 1/2 inch
(extension end of boom) 12.7 mm
Bottom wear pads 1/2 inch
(pivot end of boom) 12.7 mm
Top and side wear pads 5/8 inch
(pivot end of boom) 15.9 mm
Boom number three
Top, bottom and side wear pads 1/2 inch
(pivot end of boom) 12.7 mm
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 49
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
disengaged position
engaged position
disengaged position
engaged position
D-2Check the Free-wheelConfiguration
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 1000 hours or annually, whichevercomes first.
Proper use of the free-wheel configuration isessential to safe machine operation. The free-wheelconfiguration is used primarily for towing. Amachine configured to free-wheel without operatorknowledge could result in death or serious injuryand property damage.
Collision hazard. Select a work sitethat is firm and level.
Component damage hazard. If themachine must be towed, do notexceed 2 mph / 3.2 km/h.
Non-steer wheels: All models
1 Chock the steer wheels to prevent the machinefrom rolling.
2 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity(20,000 lbs / 10,000 kg) under the drive chassisbetween the non-steer wheels.
3 Lift the wheels off the ground and place blocksunder the drive chassis for support.
4 Disengage the drive hubs by turning over thedrive hub disconnect caps on eachnon-steer wheel hub.
5 Manually rotate each non-steer wheel.
Result: Each non-steer wheel should rotate with
minimum effort.
6 Re-engage the drive hubs by turning overthe hub disconnect caps. Rotate each wheel tocheck for engagement. Lift the machine andremove the blocks.
Collision hazard. Failure tore-engage the drive hubs couldresult in death or serious injury andproperty damage.
Steer wheels: 4WD models
7 Chock the non-steer wheels to prevent themachine from rolling.
8 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity(20,000 lbs / 10,000 kg) under the drive chassisbetween the steer wheels.
9 Lift the wheels off the ground and then placeblocks under the drive chassis for support.
10 Disengage the drive hubs by turning over thedrive hub disconnect caps on each steer wheelhub.
3 - 50 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
11 Manually rotate each steer wheel.
Result: Each steer wheel should rotate with
minimum effort.
12 Re-engage the drive hubs by turning overthe drive hub disconnect caps. Rotate eachwheel to check for engagement. Lift themachine and remove the blocks.
Collision hazard. Failure tore-engage the drive hubs couldresult in death or serious injury andproperty damage.
All models:
13 Turn the valve in a clockwise direction to besure it is fully closed.
Note: The free-wheel valve is located on the bottomof the drive pump, and should always remainclosed.
a drive pumpb screwdriverc lift pumpd free-wheel valve
D-3Check the Turntable RotationBearing Bolts
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 1000 hours or annually, whichevercomes first.
Maintaining proper torque on the turntable bearingbolts is essential to safe machine operation.Improper bolt torque could result in an unsafeoperating condition and component damage.
1 Start the engine from the platform controls andextend the axles.
2 Turn the key switch to ground controls.
3 Raise the boom and place a safety chock on thelift cylinder rod. Carefully lower the boom ontothe lift cylinder safety chock.
Crushing hazard. Keep handsaway from cylinder and all movingparts when lowering the boom.
Note: The lift cylinder safety chock is availablethrough Genie Service Parts.
4 Remove the center turntable cover retainingfasteners. Remove the cover.
a
d
c
b
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 51
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
5 Confirm that each turntable mounting bolt istorqued in sequence to specification. Refer toSection 2, Specifications.
Bolt torque sequence
6 Install the center turntable cover and tighten theretaining fasteners.
7 Raise the boom and remove the safety chock.
8 Lower the boom to the stowed position.
9 Confirm that each bearing mounting bolt underthe drive chassis is torqued in sequence tospecification. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
D-4Inspect for Turntable BearingWear
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 1000 hours or annually, whichevercomes first.
Periodic inspection of turntable bearing wear isessential to safe machine operation, good machineperformance and service life. Continued use of aworn turntable bearing could create an unsafeoperating condition, resulting in death or seriousinjury and component damage.
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine on afirm, level surface and the boom in the stowedposition.
1 Grease the turntable bearing. See A-12, Greasethe Turntable Rotation Bearing and Rotate Gear.
2 Torque the turntable bearing bolts tospecification. See D-4, Check the TurntableRotation Bearing Bolts.
3 Start the machine from the ground controls andraise the boom to full height. Do not extend theboom.
3 - 52 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
a
b
c
d
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
4 Place a dial indicator between the drive chassisand the turntable at a point that is directlyunder, or inline with, the boom and no more than1 inch / 2.5 cm from the bearing.
Note: To obtain an accurate measurement, placethe dial indicator no more than 1 inch /2.5 cm from the turntable rotation bearing.
a turntableb dial indicatorc drive chassisd turntable rotation bearing
5 At the dial indicator, adjust it to "zero" theindicator.
6 Fully extend the boom and lower to a horizontalposition.
7 Note the reading on the dial indicator.
Result: The measurement is less than
0.063 inch / 1.6 mm. The bearing is good.
Result: The measurement is more than0.063 inch / 1.6 mm. The bearing is worn andneeds to be replaced.
8 Fully retract the boom and raise the boom to fullheight. Visually inspect the the dial indicator tobe sure the needle returns to the "zero" position.
9 Remove the dial indicator and rotate theturntable 90°.
10 Repeat steps 4 through 9 until the rotationbearing has been checked in at least fourequally spaced areas 90° apart.
11 Lower the boom to the stowed position and turnthe machine off.
12 Remove the dial indicator from the machine.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 53
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
D-5Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 1000 hours.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number 111332
Continental TME27 Owner's ManualGenie part number 111901
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
D-6Replace the Hydraulic Filters
Genie requires that this procedure be performedevery 1000 hours or annually, whichever comesfirst. Perform this procedure more often if dustyconditions exist.
Replacement of the hydraulic filters is essential forgood machine performance and service life. A dirtyor clogged filter may cause the machine to performpoorly and continued use may cause componentdamage. Extremely dirty conditions may requirethat the filters be replaced more often.
Bodily injury hazard. Beware of hotoil. Contact with hot oil may causesevere burns.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engine off.
Hydraulic return filter:
1 Open the ground controls side turntable coverand locate the hydraulic return filter housing ontop of the hydraulic tank.
2 Remove the cap from the filter housing.
3 Lift the handle on the filter element and rotatethe element counterclockwise to release theelement from the housing.
4 Remove the filter element from the filterhousing.
5 Install the new filter element into the filterhousing.
6 Push the filter element down to be sure theO-ring on the element is fully seated into thehousing.
7 Rotate the filter element clockwise to lock it inplace.
3 - 54 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
8 Install the filter housing cap.
9 Use a permanent ink marker to write the dateand number of hours from the hour meter on theoil filter housing.
Medium and high pressure filters:
Note: The medium pressure filter is for the chargepump and the high pressure filter is for all machinefunctions except the drive circuit and oscillatingaxle circuit.
10 Open the engine side turntable cover and locatethe two filters.
Note: The high pressure filter is located toward thebulkhead with a condition indicator. The mediumpressure filter is located nearest the operator.
11 Place a suitable container under the filters.
12 Remove the filter housing by using a wrench onthe nut provided on the bottom of the housings.
13 Remove the filter element from the housings.
14 Inspect the housing seals and replace them ifnecessary.
15 Install the new medium and high pressure filterelements into the housings and tighten themsecurely.
16 Clean up any oil that may have spilled during theinstallation procedure.
17 Use a permanent ink marker to write the dateand number of hours from the hour meter on theoil filter housings.
18 Start the engine from the ground controls.
19 Inspect the filter housings and relatedcomponents to be sure that there are no leaks.
D-7Replace the Drive Hub Oil
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 1000 hours or annually, whichevercomes first.
Replacing the drive hub oil is essential for goodmachine performance and service life. Failure toreplace the drive hub oil at yearly intervals maycause the machine to perform poorly and continueduse may cause component damage.
Drive hubs:
1 Select the drive hub to be serviced. Drive themachine until one of the two plugs is at thelowest point.
2 Remove both plugs and drain the oil into asuitable container.
3 Drive the machine until one plug is at the topand the other is at 90 degrees.
a. models with o-ring plugs
4 Fill the hub with oil from the top hole until the oillevel is even with the bottom of the side plughole. Install the plugs.
5 Install the plugs into the drive hub. Torque toSpecification. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
a
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 55
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
6 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other drive hub.
7 Check the torque of the drive hub mountingbolts. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Turntable rotate drive hub:
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring on the fitting and/or hose end must bereplaced and then torqued to specification duringinstallation. Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with theturntable rotation lock pin.
Note: The turntable rotation lock pin is located nextto the boom rest pad.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the turntable rotate drive motor. Cap thefittings on the drive motor.
3 Attach a suitable lifting device to the lifting eyeslocated near the drive motor.
4 Remove the drive hub mounting bolts. Carefullyremove the turntable rotate drive hub assemblyfrom the machine.
Crushing hazard. The turntablerotate drive hub assembly couldbecome unbalanced and fall if notproperly supported by the liftingdevice.
5 Remove the plug the drive hub. Drain the oilfrom the hub into a suitable container.
Single fill port rotatora motorb fill portc drive hub mounting boltsd drive hub
a
AB b
d c
3 - 56 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
Dual fill port rotatora motorb drive hubc drive hub mounting boltsd fill ports
6 Install the drive hub assembly onto the machine.Torque the drive hub mounting bolts tospecification. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
7 Fill the drive hub with oil. Refer to Section 2,Specifications. Apply pipe thread sealant to theplug. Install the plug.
8 Adjust turntable rotation gear backlash. Refer toRepair Procedure 10-1, How to Adjust theTurntable Rotation Gear Backlash.
AB
a
c
b
d
D-8Perform Engine Maintenance -Deutz Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 1500 hours of operation.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 57
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
E-1Test or Replace theHydraulic Oil
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 2000 hours or every two years,whichever comes first.
Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil isessential for good machine performance andservice life. Dirty oil and suction strainers maycause the machine to perform poorly andcontinued use may cause component damage.Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changesto be performed more frequently.
Note: Before replacing the hydraulic oil, the oil maybe tested by an oil distributor for specific levels ofcontamination to verify that changing the oil isnecessary. If the hydraulic oil is not replaced atthe two year inspection, test the oil quarterly.Replace the oil when it fails the test.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Remove the fuel tank. Refer to RepairProcedure 9-1, How to Remove the Fuel Tank.
open closed
Checklist E Procedures
2 Models without hydraulic tank shutoff valves:Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tankand completely drain the tank into a suitablecontainer. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Models with hydraulic tank shutoff valves:Close the two hydraulic tank valves located atthe hydraulic tank.
Component damage hazard. Theengine must not be started with thehydraulic tank shutoff valves in theCLOSED position or componentdamage will occur. If the tankvalves are closed, remove the keyfrom the key switch and tag themachine to inform personnel of thecondition.
3 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tank
and completely drain the tank into a suitablecontainer. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
4 Tag, disconnect and plug the two suction hosesthat are attached to the hydraulic tankshutoff valves.
5 Disconnect and plug the T-fitting located at thereturn filter with the two hoses connected to it.Cap the fitting on the return filter housing.
6 Disconnect and plug the supply hose for theauxiliary power unit. Cap the fitting on thehydraulic tank.
3 - 58 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
7 Remove the retaining fasteners from thehydraulic tank hold down straps. Remove thehold down straps from the hydraulic tank.
8 Support the hydraulic tank with 2 lifting straps.Place one lifting strap at each end of the tankand attach the lifting straps to an appropriatelifting device.
9 Remove the hydraulic tank from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The hydraulictank may become unbalanced andfall if it is not properly supportedand secured to the lifting device.
10 Remove the suction strainers from the tank andclean them using a mild solvent.
11 Rinse out the inside of the tank using a mildsolvent.
12 Install the suction strainers using pipe threadsealant on the threads.
13 Install the drain plug using pipe thread sealanton the threads.
14 Install the hydraulic tank onto the machine.
15 Install the two suction hoses and the supplyhose for the auxiliary power unit.
16 Fill the tank with hydraulic oil until the level iswithin the top 2 inches / 5 cm of the sightgauge. Do not overfill.
17 Clean up any oil that may have spilled.
18 Open the hydraulic tank shutoff valves (ifequipped).
Component damage hazard.Be sure to open the two hydraulictank shutoff valves and prime thepump after installing the hydraulictank. Refer to Repair Procedure7-2, How to Prime the Pump.
Note: Always use pipe thread sealant wheninstalling the drain plug and strainers.
19 Operate all machine functions through a fullcycle and check for leaks.
Note: Genie specifications require additionalequipment and special installation instructions forthe approved optional fluids. Consult the GenieIndustries Service Department before use.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 3 - 59
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance ProceduresSeptember 2015
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
E-2Perform Engine Maintenance -Perkins Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 2000 hours.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number 111332
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
E-3Perform Engine Maintenance -Deutz and Perkins Models
Engine specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 3000 hours.
Proper engine maintenance, following the enginemanufacturer's maintenance schedule, is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Failureto perform the maintenance procedures can lead topoor engine performance and component damage.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information are available in the:
Deutz TD2011 Operation ManualGenie part number 139320
Perkins 804D-33 Operation and Maintenance ManualGenie part number 111332
To access the engine:
1 Remove the engine tray retaining fastenerlocated under the engine tray. Swing the enginetray out away from the machine and secure itfrom moving.
Crushing hazard. Failure to installthe fastener into the engine trayanchor hole to secure the enginetray from moving could result indeath or serious injury.
3 - 60 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures September 2015
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
E-4Replace the Boom Extend/Retract Cables
Genie specifications require that this procedure beperformed every 10 years.
The boom extend/retract cables are responsible forthe extension and retraction of the number 3 boomtube. Replacement of the boom extend/retractcables is essential to good machine performanceand safe machine operation. The boom extend/retract functions should operate smoothly and befree of hesitation, jerking and unusual noise.
1 Replace the boom extend/retract cables. SeeRepair Procedure 4-5, How to Replace theBoom Extend/Retract Cables.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 1
September 2015
Repair Procedures
About This SectionMost of the procedures in this section should onlybe performed by a trained service professionalin a suitably equipped workshop. Select theappropriate repair procedure after troubleshootingthe problem.
Perform disassembly procedures to the pointwhere repairs can be completed. Then tore-assemble, perform the disassembly steps inreverse order.
Symbols Legend
Safety alert symbol—used to alertpersonnel to potential personalinjury hazards. Obey all safetymessages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury or death.
Used to indicate the presence ofan imminently hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin death or serious injury.
With safety alert symbol—used toindicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may resultin minor or moderate injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inproperty damage.
Note: Used to indicate operation or maintenanceinformation.
Indicates that a specific result is expected afterperforming a series of steps.
Indicates that an incorrect result has occurredafter performing a series of steps.
Observe and Obey:Repair procedures shall be completed by aperson trained and qualified on the repair of thismachine.
Immediately tag and remove from service adamaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunctionbefore operating the machine.
Before Repairs Start:Read, understand and obey the safety rules andoperating instructions in the appropriateoperator's manual on your machine beforeattempting any maintenance or repair procedure.
Be sure that all necessary tools and parts areavailable and ready for use.
Use only Genie approved replacement parts.
Read each procedure completely and adhereto the instructions. Attempting shortcuts mayproduce hazardous conditions.
Unless otherwise specified, perform eachrepair procedure with the machine in thefollowing configuration:
• Machine parked on a firm, level surface
• Boom in the stowed position
• Turntable rotated with the boom betweenthe non-steering wheels
• Turntable secured with the turntablerotation lock pin
• Key switch in the off position with thekey removed
• Wheels chocked
• All external AC power supply disconnectedfrom the machine
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 2 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
The platform control box contains one printedcircuit board. The ALC-500 circuit board inside theplatform control box controls all proportionalmachine functions from the platform. The joystickcontrollers at the platform controls utilize HallEffect technology and require no adjustment. Theoperating parameters of the joysticks are stored inmemory at the ECM circuit board at the platformcontrols. If a joystick error occurs or if a joystick isreplaced, it will need to be calibrated before thatparticular machine function will operate. See 1-2,How to Calibrate a Joystick.
Each joystick controller should operate smoothlyand provide proportional speed control over itsentire range of motion.
a ALC-500 circuit boardb drive/steer joystick controllerc primary boom up/down,
extend/retract andturntable rotate right/leftjoystick controller
1-1ALC-500 Circuit Board
Note: When the ALC-500 circuit board is replaced,the joystick controllers will need to be calibrated.See 1-2, How to Calibrate a Joystick.
How to Remove the ALC-500Circuit Board1 Push in the Emergency Stop button to the off
position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
2 Remove the platform control box lid retainingfasteners. Open the control box lid.
3 Locate the ALC-500 circuit board mounted tothe inside of the platform control box.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
4 Attach a grounded wrist strap to the groundscrew inside the platform control box.
Component damage hazard.Electrostatic discharge (ESD) candamage printed circuit boardcomponents. Maintain firm contactwith a metal part of the machinethat is grounded at all times whenhandling printed circuit boards ORuse a grounded wrist strap.
5 Carefully disconnect the wire connectors fromthe circuit board.
6 Remove the ALC-500 circuit board mountingfasteners.
7 Carefully remove the ALC-500 circuit board fromthe platform control box.
Platform Controls
bc
a
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 3
September 2015
PLATFORM CONTROLS
1-2Joysticks
How to Calibrate a JoystickThe joysticks on this machine utilize digital HallEffect technology for proportional control. If ajoystick is disconnected or replaced, it must becalibrated before that particular machine functionwill operate.
Note: The joystick must be calibrated before thethreshold, max-out or ramping can be set.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engine off.
1 Open the platform control box.
2 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
3 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do notstart the engine.
4 Select a joystick to calibrate.
5 Disconnect the wire harness connector from thejoystick for approximately 10 seconds or untilthe alarm sounds. Connect the wire harnessconnector to the joystick.
6 Move the joystick full stroke in either directionand hold for 5 seconds.
7 Return the joystick to the neutral position, pausefor a moment, then move the joystick full strokein the opposite direction. Hold for 5 seconds.
Result: The alarm should sound indicatingsuccessful joystick calibration.
Result: The alarm does not sound. Check theelectrical connections or replace the joystick.
8 Repeat this procedure for each joystickcontrolled machine function including the thumbrocker steer switch.
Note: No machine fuction should operate whileperforming the joystick calibration procedure.
How to Adjust the JoystickMax-out SettingThe max-out setting of a joystick controls themaximum speed of a joystick-controlled machinefunction. Whenever a hydraulic cylinder, drivemotor or hydraulic pump is replaced, the max-outsetting should be adjusted to maintain optimumperformance. The max-out settings on the joystickcan be changed to compensate for hydraulic pumpwear to maintain peak performance from themachine.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
2 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do notstart the engine.
3 Push in the platform controls red EmergencyStop button to the off position.
4 Do not press down the foot switch.
5 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch inthe right position and pull out the redEmergency Stop button to the on position.
6 When the alarm sounds, release the driveenable toggle switch.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 4 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
PLATFORM CONTROLS
7 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggleswitch in the right direction 4 times.
Result: There should be a pause and the alarmshould sound 4 times indicating that themachine is in max-out calibration mode.
Result: The alarm does not sound. Repeat steps3 through 7.
8 Start the engine from the platform controls andpress down the foot switch.
9 Start a timer and activate the machine functionthat needs to be adjusted. Record the time ittakes for that function to complete a full cycle(ie; boom up).
10 Compare the machine function time with thefunction times listed in Section 2,Specifications. Determine whether the functiontime needs to increase or decrease.
11 While the joystick is activated, adjust the max-out setting to achieve the proper function cycletime. Momentarily move the drive enable toggleswitch in the right direction to increase thefunction speed or momentarily move the driveenable toggle switch in the left direction todecrease the function speed.
Note: Each time the drive enable toggle switch ismomentarily moved, the function speed will changein 2% increments.
12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each joystickcontrolled machine function.
13 Return the joystick to the neutral position andwait for approximately 10 seconds to allow thesettings to be saved.
Result: The alarm should sound indicating thatthe settings have been saved in memory.
Result: The alarm does not sound. Theminimum or maximum adjustment has beenobtained. No changes can be saved.
Note: Do not operate any machine function duringthe 10 second waiting time.
14 Cycle the red Emergency Stop button off, thenback on.
How to Adjust the JoystickRamp Rate SettingThe ramp rate setting of a joystick controls the timeat which it takes for the joystick to reach maximumoutput, when moved out of the neutral position. Theramp rate settings of a joystick can be changed tocompensate for hydraulic pump wear to maintainpeak performance from the machine.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
2 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do notstart the engine.
3 Push in the platform controls red EmergencyStop button to the off position.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 5
September 2015
PLATFORM CONTROLS
4 Do not press down the foot switch.
5 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch inthe right position and pull out the redEmergency Stop button to the on position.
6 When the alarm sounds, release the driveenable toggle switch.
7 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggleswitch in the right direction 6 times.
Result: There should be a pause and the alarmshould sound 6 times indicating that themachine is in ramp rate calibration mode.
Result: The alarm does not sound. Repeat steps3 through 7.
8 Start the engine from the platform controls andpress down the foot switch.
9 Start a timer and simultaneously move thejoystick in either direction full stroke. Note howlong it takes the function to reach maximumspeed. This is the ramp rate.
10 Compare the function ramp rate time with thetable below and determine whether the ramprate time needs to increase or decrease.
11 Release the foot switch.
12 While the joystick is activated, set the ramprate. Momentarily move the drive enable toggleswitch in the right direction to increase the timeor momentarily move the drive enable toggleswitch in the left direction to decrease the time.
Note: Each time the drive enable toggle switch ismomentarily moved, the time will change in 5%increments.
13 Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each joystickcontrolled machine function.
14 Return the joystick to the neutral position andwait for approximately 10 seconds to allow thesettings to be saved.
Result: The alarm should sound indicating thatthe settings have been saved in memory.
Note: Do not operate any machine function duringthe 10 second waiting time.
15 Cycle the red Emergency Stop button off, thenback on.
Ramp rate (factory settings)
Turntable rotateaccelerate 3 seconds
decelerate 2 second
Boom up/downaccelerate 3 secondsdecelerate 1 second
Boom extend/retractaccelerate 2.5 seconds
decelerate 1 second
Driveaccelerate 4 seconds
decelerate to neutral 0.5 second
decelerate, change of direction 0.75 second
decelerate, coasting 1 second
decelerate, braking 1 seconddecelerate, shift from low to high speed 1 second
decelerate, shift from high to low speed 4 seconds
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 6 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
PLATFORM CONTROLS123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
How to Adjust the JoystickThreshold SettingThe threshold setting of a joystick is the minimumoutput at which a function proportional valve canopen and allow the function to operate.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
2 Turn the key switch to platform control. Do notstart the engine.
3 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to theoff position at the platform controls.
4 Do not press down the foot switch.
5 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch inthe right position and pull out the redEmergency Stop button to the on position.
6 When the alarm sounds, release the driveenable toggle switch.
7 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggleswitch in the right direction 8 times.
Result: There should be a pause and the alarmshould sound 8 times indicating that themachine is in threshold calibration mode.
Result: The alarm does not sound. Repeat steps3 through 7.
8 Start the engine from the platform controls andpress down the foot switch.
9 Select a boom function joystick to set thethreshold.
10 Slowly move the joystick off center in eitherdirection just until the function begins to move.
11 Slowly move the joystick back to the neutralposition. Just before the function stops moving,move the drive enable toggle switch to eitherside to set the threshold.
Result: The alarm should sound indicating asuccessful calibration.
12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each boomjoystick-controlled machine function (boom up/down, boom extend/retract and turntable rotate).
13 Return the joystick to the neutral position andwait for approximately 10 seconds.
Result: The alarm should sound indicating thatthe settings have been saved in memory.
Note: Do not operate any machine function duringthe 10 second waiting time.
14 Cycle the red Emergency Stop button off, thenback on.
Function speeds (factory settings)
Boom up 89 to 93 seconds
Boom down 90 to 94 seconds
Boom extend 73 to 79 seconds
Boom retract 79 to 84 seconds
Turntable rotate, 360°
boom fully stowed 95 to 103 seconds
Drive speeds (factory settings)
Stowed- high speed 7.9 to 8.5 seconds
Non-stowed 40 to 45 seconds
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 7
September 2015
How to Calibrate the BoomAngle SensorThe boom angle sensor controls the maximumangle that the boom can attain.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at the ground controls.
2 Turn the key switch to platform controls.
3 Move and hold the drive enable toggle switch tothe right and pull out the red Emergency Stopbutton to the on position.
4 When the alarm sounds, release the driveenable toggle switch.
5 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggleswitch to the right 12 times.
Result: There should be a pause and the alarmshould sound 12 times indicating that themachine is in Angle Sensor calibration mode.
6 Start the engine from the platform controls andpress down the foot switch.
7 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggleswitch to the right 1 time to set the stowedposition.
Note: The alarm will not sound indicating thesetting.
8 Raise the primary boom to the fully elevatedposition.
Note: Manually reduce the boom speed as itreaches the fully elevated position.
9 Momentarily activate the drive enable toggleswitch to the right 1 time to set the elevatedposition.
Result: The alarm will sound indicating that theangle sensor has been calibrated.
10 Release the joystick and the foot switch andwait for 10 seconds.
Result: The alarm will sound indicating that thesettings have been saved and is leavingcalibration mode.
11 Cycle the red Emergency Stop button off, thenback on. Start the machine and return to thestowed position.
PLATFORM CONTROLS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 8 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
This page intentionally left blank.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 9
September 2015
Platform Components
2-1Platform
How to Remove the Platform1 Remove the cable clamp from the top of the
platform mounting weldment.
2 Remove the mounting fasteners from the powerto platform outlet box bracket. Lay the outletbox and bracket assembly off to the side. Donot disconnect the wiring.
3 Remove the foot switch mounting fasteners.
4 Remove the cover plate from the bottom of thefoot switch to access the foot switch wireterminals.
5 Tag and disconnect the foot switch wiring fromthe foot switch. Remove the cable from theback of the platform.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
6 Remove the platform control box mountingfasteners. Lower the control box and set itaside.
Component damage hazard.Cables can be damaged if theyare kinked or pinched.
Note: If your machine is equipped with an airline toplatform option, the airline must be disconnectedfrom the platform before removal.
7 Support and secure the platform to anappropriate lifting device.
8 Remove the platform mounting fasteners andremove the platform from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The platformcould become unstable and fallwhen it is removed from themachine if not properly supported.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 10 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
2-2Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder
The slave cylinder and the rotator pivot are thetwo primary supports for the platform. The slavecylinder keeps the platform level through theentire range of boom motion. It operates in aclosed-circuit hydraulic loop with the mastercylinder. The slave cylinder is equipped withcounterbalance valves to prevent movement inthe event of a hydraulic line failure.
How to Remove the PlatformLeveling Slave CylinderNote: Before cylinder removal is considered, bleedthe slave cylinder to be sure there is no air in theclosed loop.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Extend the primary boom until the slave cylinderbarrel-end pivot pin is accessible.
2 Raise the primary boom slightly and placeblocks under the platform for support.
3 Lower the primary boom until the platform isresting on the blocks just enough to support theplatform.
Note: Do not rest the entire weight of the boom onthe blocks.
4 Remove the pin retaining fastener from theslave cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a softmetal drift to drive the rod-end pivot pin out.
Crushing hazard. The jib boomcould fall when the slave cylinderrod-end pivot pin is removed if notproperly supported.
5 Remove the external snap rings from the barrel-end pivot pin.
6 Use a soft metal drift to drive the barrel-endpivot pin out.
7 Carefully pull the cylinder out of the primaryboom to access the hydraulic hoses.
8 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the slave cylinder. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
How to Bleed the Slave CylinderNote: Do not start the engine. Use auxiliary powerfor this procedure.
1 Raise the primary boom to a horizontal position.
2 Move the platform level toggle switch up anddown through two platform leveling cycles toremove any air that might be in the system.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 11
September 2015
2-3Platform Rotator
The platform rotator is a hydraulically activatedhelical gear assembly used to rotate the platform160 degrees.
How to Remove thePlatform Rotator
Component damage hazard. Markthe platform mounting weldmentand the rotator flange beforeremoving the platform mountingweldment. The platform mountingweldment must be replaced in theexact same position on the rotatorflange as it was before removal. Ifa new rotator is installed or therotator is disassembled, properalignment can be achieved byrotating the rotator all the way tothe left and then installing theplatform mounting weldment allthe way in the left position.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1,How to Remove the Platform.
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the platform rotator manifold. Cap thefittings on the rotator.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
3 S-85: Support the jib boom leveling arms andthe platform mounting weldment with anappropriate lifting device. Do not apply anylifting pressure.
4 Remove the mounting bolts from the platformmounting weldment. Remove the center boltand slide the platform mounting weldment off ofthe platform rotator.
Crushing hazard. The platformmounting weldment could becomeunbalanced and fall if not properlysupported when removed from themachine.
5 Support the platform rotator with an appropriatelifting device. Do not apply any lifting pressure.
S-80:
6 Support the rod end of the platform levelingslave cylinder. Protect the cylinder rod fromdamage.
7 Remove the pivot pin retaining fasteners fromboth the slave cylinder rod-end pivot pin andthe rotator pivot pin.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 12 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
8 Use a soft metal drift to remove both pivot pins.Remove the platform rotator from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The platformrotator may become unbalancedand fall if not properly supported.
Note: When installing the platform rotatorfasteners, torque the fasteners to specifications.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
S-85:
9 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom and jib boom leveling arms to platformrotator pivot pins. Do not remove the pins.
10 Support the jib boom leveling arms.
11 Use a soft metal drift to drive both pins out, thenremove the platform rotator from the machine.
Bodily injury hazard. The jib boomleveling arms may fall if notproperly supported.
12 Lower the jib boom leveling arms.
Crushing hazard. The platformrotator may become unbalancedand fall if not properly supported.
Note: When installing the platform rotatorfasteners, torque the fasteners to specifications.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
How to Bleed the PlatformRotatorNote: This procedure will require two people. Donot start the engine. Use auxiliary power for thisprocedure.
1 Move the function enable toggle switch to eitherside and activate the platform rotate toggleswitch to the right then the left through twoplatform rotation cycles, then hold the switch tothe right position until the platform is fullyrotated to the right.
2 Place a suitable container underneath theplatform rotator.
3 Open the top bleed screw on the rotator, but donot remove it.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 13
September 2015
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
4 Move the function enable button to either sideand hold the platform rotate toggle switch to theleft position until the platform is fully rotated tothe left. Continue holding the toggle switch untilair stops coming out of the bleed screw. Closethe bleed screw.
Crushing hazard. Keep clear ofthe platform during rotation.
5 Open the bottom bleed screw on the rotator, butdo not remove it.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
6 Move the function enable toggle switch to eitherside and hold the platform rotate toggle switchto the right position until the platform is fullyrotated to the right. Continue holding the toggleswitch until air stops coming out of the bleedscrew. Close the bleed screw.
Crushing hazard. Keep clear ofthe platform during rotation.
7 Clean up any hydraulic oil that may havespilled.
8 Rotate the platform fully in both directions andinspect the bleed screws for leaks.
2-4Platform Overload System
How to Calibrate the PlatformOverload System (if equipped)
Calibration of the platform overload system isessential to safe machine operation. Continueduse of an improperly calibrated platform overloadsystem could result in the system failing to sensean overloaded platform. The stability of themachine is compromised and it could tip over.
Note: Perform this procedure with the machine ona firm, level surface.
1 Turn the key switch to platform control. Start theengine and level the platform.
2 Determine the maximum platform capacity.Refer to the machine serial plate.
3 Remove all weight, tools and accessories fromthe platform.
Note: Failure to remove all weight, tools andaccessories from the platform will result in anincorrect calibration.
4 Using a suitable lifting device, place a testweight equal to the maximum platform capacityat the center of the platform floor.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 14 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
5 Move the platform up and down by hand, so itbounces approximately 2.5 to 5 cm / 1 to 2inches. Allow the platform to settle.
Result: The overload indicator lights are off andthe alarm does not sound. Proceed to step 6.
Result: The overload indicator lights areflashing at the platform and ground controls,and the alarm is sounding. Slowly tighten theload spring adjustment nut in a clockwisedirection in 10° increments until the overloadindicator light turns off, and the alarm does notsound. Proceed to step 8.
Note: The platform will need to be moved up anddown and allowed to settle between eachadjustment.
Note: There may be a 2 second delay before theplatform overload indicator light and alarmresponds.
6 Move the platform up and down by hand, so itbounces approximately 2.5 to 5 cm / 1 to 2inches. Allow the platform to settle.
Result: The overload indicator lights are off atthe platform and ground controls, and the alarmdoes not sound. Slowly loosen the load springadjustment nut in a counterclockwise directionin 10° increments until the overload indicatorlight flashes at both the platform and groundcontrols, and the alarm sounds.Proceed to step 7.
Result: The overload indicator lights areflashing at the platform and ground controls,and the alarm is sounding. Repeat thisprocedure beginning with step 5.
Note: The platform will need to be moved up anddown and allowed to settle between eachadjustment.
Note: There may be a 2 second delay before theplatform overload indicator lights and alarmresponds.
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
7 Move the platform up and down by hand, so itbounces approximately 2.5 to 5 cm / 1 to 2inches. Allow the platform to settle.
Result: The overload indicator lights are off andthe alarm does not sound. Proceed to step 8.
Result: The overload indicator lights areflashing at the platform and ground controls,and the alarm is sounding. Repeat thisprocedure beginning with step 5.
Note: There may be a 2 second delay before theplatform overload indicator light and alarmresponds.
8 Add an additional 10 lb / 4.5 kg test weight tothe platform.
Result: The overload indicator light is flashing atboth the ground and platform controls, and thealarm is sounding. Proceed to step 9.
Result: The overload indicator light is off at boththe ground and platform controls, and the alarmdoes not sound. Remove the additional 10 lb /4.5 kg test weight. Repeat this procedurebeginning with step 6.
Note: There may be a 2 second delay before theplatform overload indicator light and alarmresponds.
9 Test all machine functions from the platformcontrols.
Result: All platform control functions should notoperate.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 15
September 2015
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
10 Turn the key switch to ground control.
11 Test all machine functions from the groundcontrols.
Result: All ground control functions should notoperate.
12 Using a suitable lifting device, lift the test weightoff the platform floor.
Result: The platform overload indicator lightshould be off at both the ground and platformcontrols and the alarm should not sound.
Note: There may be a 2 second delay before theoverload indicator lights and alarm turn off.
13 Test all machine functions from the groundcontrols.
Result: All ground control functions shouldoperate normally.
14 Turn the key switch to platform control.
15 Test all machine functions from the platformcontrols.
Result: All platform control functions shouldoperate normally.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 16 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
Jib Boom Components, S-85
3-1Jib Boom
How to Remove the Jib BoomNote: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Removethe Platform.
Note: Models equipped with platform overoadsystem: If the platform overload components aredisassembled and/or removed from the platformsupport, the platform overload system will need tobe calibrated. See 2-4, How to Calibrate thePlatform Overload System.
2 Models equipped with platform overloadsystem: Tag and disconnect the electricalconnector from the platform load sense module.
3 Remove the hose and cable cover from the sideof the jib boom.
4 Remove the hose and cable clamp from the jibboom pivot pin. Lay all hoses and cables to theside.
Component damage hazard.Hoses and cables can becomedamaged if they are kinked orpinched.
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom liftcylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
6 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe jib boom assembly.
7 Place blocks under the platform levelingcylinder for support. Protect the cylinder rodfrom damage.
8 Remove the pin retaining fastener from theslave cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a softmetal drift to remove the pin.
Crushing hazard. The jib boomcould fall when the slave cylinderrod-end pivot pin is removed if notproperly attached to the overheadcrane.
9 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jibboom bellcrank to primary boom pivot pin.
10 Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin andcarefully remove the jib boom assembly fromthe primary boom.
Crushing hazard. The jib boomcould become unbalanced and fallwhen removed from the machine ifnot properly attached to theoverhead crane.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 17
September 2015
JIB BOOM COMPONENTS, S-85
3-2Jib Boom Lift Cylinder
How to Remove the Jib BoomLift CylinderNote: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Raise the jib boom slightly and place blocksunder the platform mounting weldment. Thenlower the jib boom until the platform is restingon the blocks just enough to support theplatform.
Note: Do not rest the entire weight of the boom onthe blocks.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom liftcylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
3 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do notremove the pin.
4 Use a soft metal drift to tap the jib boom liftcylinder rod-end pivot pin half way out. Thenlower one of the leveling arms to the ground.Tap the pin the other direction and lower theopposite leveling arm. Do not remove the pin.
5 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe lug at the rod end of the jib boom liftcylinder.
6 Remove the pin retaining fastener from the jibboom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin. Use asoft metal drift to remove the pin.
7 Use a soft metal drift to remove the jib boom liftcylinder rod-end pin. Remove the cylinder fromthe machine.
Crushing hazard. The jib boom liftcylinder could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedwhen removed from the machine.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 18 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
4-1Cable Track
The boom cable track guides cables and hosesrunning up the boom. It can be repaired link by linkwithout removing the cables and hoses that runthrough it. Removing the entire boom cable track isnecessary when performing major repairs thatinvolve removing the boom.
How to Remove the Cable TrackNote: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Open the platform control box.
2 Tag and disconnect the foot switch wiring fromthe terminal strip inside the platform controlbox.
3 Loosen the squeeze connector and remove thefoot switch cable from the control box.
4 Disconnect the wire connectors from the bottomof the platform control box.
Note: When installing the wire connectors to thebottom of the platform control box, match the colorof the connectors to those on the control box to besure they are installed in the correct location.
5 Remove the mounting fasteners from the powerto platform outlet box bracket. Lay the outletbox and bracket assembly off to the side.
Boom Components
6 S-80: Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulichoses from the counterbalance valve manifoldlocated on the platform rotator. Cap the fittingson the manifold.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
7 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the platform leveling slave cylinder at theplatform manifold and cap the fittings.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
8 Remove the timing link/timing link cam pin andgently rest the timing link against thecounterweight.
9 S-85:Remove the hose and cable cover from theside of the jib boom.
10 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the jib boom/platform rotate selectmanifold. Cap the fittings on the manifold.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 19
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
11 Tag, disconnect and plug the wiring from the jibboom/platform rotate select manifold.
12 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the jib boom lift cylinder. Cap the fittingson the cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
All models:
13 From the ground controls, raise the boom to ahorizontal position.
14 Remove the fasteners from the drive speed limitswitch bracket (LS1RS) mounted on the side ofthe boom at the platform end of the boom. Donot remove the limit switch from the bracket.
15 Remove the cotter pin from the upper cabletrack at the platform end of the boom.
Note: Always replace the cotter pin with a new one.
16 Remove the cable track guide fasteners fromthe cable track guides at the platform end of theboom. Remove the cable track guides from theboom.
17 Remove the cable clamp from the pivot end ofthe boom.
18 Place blocks between the upper and lower cabletracks and secure the upper and lower trackstogether.
Crushing hazard. If the upper andlower cable tracks are not properlysecured together, the cable trackcould become unbalanced and fallwhen removed from the machine.
19 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe cable track.
20 Remove the mounting fasteners that attach thelower cable track to the boom.
21 Remove the cable track from the machine andplace it on a structure capable of supporting it.
Crushing hazard. The cable trackcould become unbalanced and fallif not properly attached to theoverhead crane.
Component damage hazard.Cables and hoses can bedamaged if they are kinked orpinched.
Component damage hazard. Thecable track can be damaged if it istwisted.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 20 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
How to Repair the Cable TrackComponent damage hazard.The boom cable track can bedamaged if it is twisted.
Note: A cable track repair kit is available throughthe Genie Industries Service Parts Department,part no. 77896. The kit includes a 4-link section ofcable track.
1 Visually inspect the cable track and determinewhich 4 link section needs to be replaced.
2 Carefully remove the snap rings from each endof the damaged section of cable track.
3 Remove the retaining fasteners from the upperblack rollers from the 4-link section of cabletrack to be replaced. Remove the rollers.
4 Lift up the hoses and cables and carefullyremove the damaged 4-link section of cabletrack.
Component damage hazard.Hoses and cables can bedamaged if they are kinked orpinched.
5 Remove the upper rollers from the replacementsection of cable track.
6 Lift up the hoses and cables and carefully insertthe new 4 link section of cable track.
Component damage hazard.Hoses and cables can bedamaged if they are kinked orpinched.
7 Connect the ends of the replacement cabletrack section to the existing cable track usingthe snap rings.
8 Install the rollers onto the new section of cabletrack.
9 Operate the boom extend/retract functionthrough a full cycle to ensure smooth operationof the new section of cable track.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 21
September 2015
4-2Boom
How to Shim the Boom1 Measure each wear pad.
Note: Replace the pad if thickness is less thanminimum specification. If thickness is more thanminimum specification, perform the followingprocedure. Refer to Section 3, D-1, Check theBoom Wear Pads.
2 Extend the boom until the wear pads areaccessible.
3 Loosen the wear pad mounting fasteners.
4 Install the new shims under the wear pad toobtain zero clearance and zero drag.
5 Tighten the mounting fasteners.
6 Extend and retract the boom through an entirecycle. Check for tight spots that could causebinding or scraping.
Note: Always maintain squareness between theouter and inner boom tubes.
BOOM COMPONENTS
How to Remove the BoomTIp-over hazard. This procedurerequires the removal of theturntable counterweight. Failure toremove the counterweight beforeremoving the boom assembly willresult in the machine tipping over.Do not remove the boom withoutfirst removing the counterweight.
TIp-over hazard. When installingthe boom onto the machine, theboom assembly must be firstinstalled prior to the installation ofthe counterweight. If thecounterweight is installed beforethe boom assembly, the machinewill tip over resulting in death orserious injury.
TIp-over hazard. The turntablecounterweight is essential formachine stability. Failure to installthe counterweight after installingthe boom assembly willcompromise machine stabilityresulting in the machine tippingover. Death or serious injury willresult.
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
1 Remove the jib boom. See 3-1, How to Removethe Jib Boom.
2 Remove the cable track. See 4-1, How toRemove the Cable Track.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 22 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
3 Raise the boom until the short and long link armto boom pivot pins are above the turntablecovers.
4 Place a block of wood measuring4 x 4 x 60 inches / 10 x 10 x 152 cm under thelong link arm, across the turntable covers.
5 Slowly lower the boom until the long link armcontacts the wood block. Do not rest the entireweight of the boom on the block. Turn themachine off.
Component damage hazard. Theturntable covers can becomedamaged if the weight of the boomis allowed to rest on the block.
6 Place wood blocks between the short link armand the turntable weldment for support.
7 Insert a 1.125 x 12 inches / 32 x 300 mmeye-bolt through each hole located on the topsurface of the counterweight. Secure the eye-bolts in position with flat washers and nuts.
8 Securely attach lifting straps or chains with aminimum rating of 5 tons / 5000 kg to the liftingpoints on the top of the turntable counterweight.Attach the lifting straps or chains to a5 ton / 5000 kg overhead crane.
Note: A spreader bar and other hardware may beneeded to safely remove the counterweight.
9 Slowly operate the overhead crane to applytension to the lifting straps. Do not attempt to liftthe machine with the overhead crane.
10 Locate and remove the counterweight retainingfastener at the center of the counterweight.Carefully lift the counterweight upwards andremove the counterweight from the machine.Set the counterweight on the ground. Do notleave the counterweight suspended above theground.
Crushing hazard. The turntablecounterweight will fall if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane resulting in deathor serious injury. Keep personnelaway from the area whenremoving the counterweight.
11 Attach lifting straps from a 5 ton / 5000 kgoverhead crane to each end of the boom.Support the boom. Do not apply any liftingpressure.
12 Support and secure the rod end of the boom liftcylinder to a second overhead crane or similarlifting device.
13 Remove the lift cylinder rod-end pivot pinretaining fasteners. Use a soft metal drift toremove the pin.
Crushing hazard. The boom couldfall if not properly supported whenthe lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin isremoved.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 23
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
14 Using auxiliary power, activate the boom downfunction so the cylinder will retract. Retract thecylinder just enough until the rod end of thecylinder will clear the mounting bracket on theboom. Turn the machine off.
Crushing hazard. The boom liftcylinder could fall if not properlysupported and secured to thelifting device.
15 Using the overhead crane, carefully lower theboom lift cylinder and allow it to rest on theboom rest pad. Protect the cylinder rod fromdamage.
16 Remove the boom end cover retainingfasteners and remove the cover.
17 Tag, disconnect and plug the boom extensioncylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
18 Tag and disconnect the electrical connector forthe cable break limit switch.
19 Tag and disconnect all boom wire harnesselectrical connectors located at the pivot end ofthe boom.
20 Support the platform leveling master cylinder.Remove the master cylinder rod-end pivot pinretaining fasteners. Place a rod through the pinand twist to remove. Carefully lower the mastercylinder down.
21 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the bulkhead fittings at the pivot end of theboom. Cap the bulkhead fittings.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
22 Remove the external snap rings from both boompivot pins at the short and long link arms. Donot remove the pins.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 24 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
23 Using the overhead crane, adjust the boom asnecessary to relieve pressure from the pivotpins.
24 Use a soft metal drift to remove each boompivot pin. Carefully remove the boom assemblyfrom the machine and place it on a structurecapable of supporting it.
Crushing hazard. The boom couldfall if not properly supported by theoverhead crane when each boompivot pin is removed.
Crushing hazard. The long andshort link arms may fall if notproperly supported when theboom pivot pins are removed.
4-3Boom Lift Cylinder
The boom lift cylinder raises and lowers the boom.The boom lift cylinder is equipped withcounterbalance valves to prevent movement in theevent of a hydraulic line failure.
How to Remove the BoomLift Cylinder
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Raise the boom to a horizontal position.
2 Attach a 5 ton / 5000 kg overhead crane to theboom at the platform end for support. Do not liftthe boom.
3 Support and secure both ends of the boom liftcylinder to a second overhead crane or similarlifting device.
4 Remove the pin retaining fastener from theboom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a softmetal drift to remove the pin.
Crushing hazard. The boom willfall if not properly supported whenthe primary boom rod-end pivotpin is removed.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 25
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
5 Using auxiliary power, activate the boom downfunction so the cylinder will retract. Retract thecylinder just enough until the rod end of thecylinder will clear the mounting bracket on theboom. Turn the machine off.
6 Tag, disconnect and plug the boom lift cylinderhydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
7 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theboom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pins. Do notremove the pins.
8 Use a slide hammer to remove the barrel-endpivot pins.
Crushing hazard. The boom liftcylinder could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedand secured to the lifting device.
9 Move the boom lift cylinder towards thecounterweight end of the machine. Rotate theboom lift cylinder until the barrel-end pivot pinbores will clear the boom linkage.
10 Carefully remove the boom lift cylinder from themachine.
Crushing hazard. The boom liftcylinder could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedand secured to the lifting device.
4-4Boom Extension Cylinder
The boom extension cylinder is located inside theboom assembly and incorporates cables andpulleys that are responsible for extending thenumber 3 boom tube. The primary boom extensioncylinder is equipped with counterbalance valves toprevent movement in the event of a hydraulic linefailure.
How to Remove the BoomExtension Cylinder
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom fullyretracted.
1 Raise the boom to a horizontal position.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 26 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
2 Remove the boom end cover retainingfasteners and remove the cover.
3 Remove the access covers from both sides ofthe boom at the pivot end.
4 Fully loosen the lock nuts on the extend cables.Do not remove the nuts.
5 Loosen the retract cable nut at the platform endof the boom. Pull the cable rod from the supportand let it hang down.
6 Remove the cable guard fasteners and removethe cable guard.
7 Locate the retaining plates that secure theretract cables to the inside of the number 3boom tube.
8 Remove the cable retaining plates and pull theretract cables off of the pulleys. Lay the cablesflat and out of the way.
9 Remove the fasteners from the retaining blocksfrom the extension cylinder saddle. Remove theblocks.
Note: Access the fasteners through the accesshole in the outer boom tube at the pivot end.
10 Disconnect the wire connector to the extendcable break limit switch.
11 Remove the retaining fasteners that secure theextend cable mounting plates to the inside ofthe number 1 boom tube.
ba
a cable guardb retaining block
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 27
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
a extend cable lock nutsb extend cable mounting platec extend cable mounting plate fastenerd extend cable bracket
12 Pull back on the extend cable mounting plateuntil it clears the blocks welded to the inside ofthe number 1 boom tube.
dcba
13 Lift up the extend cable mounting plate and pushthe extend cables towards the platform to createslack in the cables. Rest the cable and bracketassembly on top of the extend cylinder.
14 Locate the lower extend cable bracket on thebottom of the number 3 boom tube.
15 Remove the lower extend cable bracketmounting fasteners and pull back on thebracket to release it from the number 3 boomtube.
16 While pushing the lower extend cable brackettowards the platform, pull the extend cablemounting plate towards the pivot end of theboom.
17 Secure the extend cable bracket and cables tothe cylinder to prevent them from falling offwhen removing the cylinder.
18 Remove the external snap rings from theextension cylinder pin at the pivot end of theboom.
19 Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.
20 Tag, disconnect and plug the boom extensioncylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 28 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
21 Attach a lifting strap from a 5 ton / 5000 kgoverhead crane to the lug at the rod end of theboom extension cylinder.
22 Lift the boom extension cylinder with the craneuntil it clears the cylinder saddle inside thenumber 2 boom tube.
23 Carefully support and slide the extensioncylinder out of the boom.
Crushing hazard. The extensioncylinder could fall when removedfrom the boom if not properlysupported.
Component damage hazard. Becareful not to damage the cablebreak limit switch.
Component damage hazard. Becareful not to damage thecounterbalance valves on theprimary boom extension cylinderwhen removing the cylinder fromthe boom.
Note: During removal of the extension cylinder, theoverhead crane strap will need to be carefullyadjusted for proper balancing.
4-5Boom Extend/Retract Cables
How to Adjust the Boom Extend/Retract CablesThe boom extend/retract cables are responsible forthe extension and retraction of the number 3 boomtube. Proper adjustment of the boom extend/retractcables and related components on a regular basisis essential to good machine performance and safemachine operation. The boom extend and retractfunctions should operate smoothly and be free ofhesitation, jerking and unusual noise.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boom in ahorizontal position.
1 Start the engine from the Ground Controls.
2 Raise the boom to a horizontal position
3 Fully retract the boom.
4 Stop the engine.
5 Remove the boom end cover retainingfasteners and remove the cover.
6 Inspect the threaded ends of the boom extendcables. The threads must be clean and in goodcondition with no damaged threads.
BOOM COMPONENTS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 29
September 2015
Illustration 1
6.375 inches / 16.2 cm
BOOM COMPONENTS
7 Locate the retract cable adjustment nut on thebottom of the number 1 boom tube at theplatform end of the boom. Loosen the nut, butdo not remove the nut.
8 Locate the extend cable adjustment nuts on thecounterweight end of boom tube #1. Refer toIllustration 2. Loosen the nylock nuts and jamnuts on the cable tension equalizer bracket. Donot remove the nuts.
9 Adjust the extend cable adjustment nut to obtain6 3/8 inches/16.2 cm to 6 1/2 inches/16.5 cmbetween the platform end of boom tube #2 andboom tube #3. Refer to illustration 1. Thereshould be approximately 1/2 inch of exposedthreads on the adjustment bolts. Refer toIllustration 2.
Note: If the cables have been replaced, be sure theadjustment nuts have been replaced. Do not re-use the existing nuts.
10 Extend the boom until there is approximately 3feet / 1 m of travel left. Do not fully extend theboom.
11 Locate the retract cable adjustment nut on thebottom of the number 1 boom tube at theplatform end of the boom.
12 Using a dial type torque wrench, torque theretract cable adjustment nut to 32-36 ft lbs /43-49 Nm using gentle and steady torque.
13 Retract and extend the boom approximately3 feet / 1 m two times and stop during theextension cycle. This will create slack in theretract cables.
Note: Be sure to not fully extend the boom. Stopwhen there is approximately 3 feet / 1 m oftravel left.
14 Repeat steps 12 and 13 two to three times.
15 Fully extend the boom then retract the boomapproximately 12 inches / 30 cm.
16 At the pivot end of the boom, visually inspectthe boom extend cables for even cable droop orsag.
Note: If the boom extend cables are uneven,tighten the boom extend cable adjustment nut atthe pivot end of the boom for the appropriate cable.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 30 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
17 Visually inspect the cable break limit switch armto be sure the wheel of the limit switch arm iscentered in the notch of the pivot plate.
Note: If the boom extend cables are adjustedevenly, the wheel of the limit switch arm should becentered in the notch of the pivot plate.
Illustration 2
a cable break limit switchb extend cable adjustment nutc extend cable pivot plate
18 Install the boom end cover at the pivot end ofthe boom.
19 Fully retract and lower the boom to the stowedposition.
How to Replace the BoomExtend/Retract CablesNote: The cable pulleys must also be replacedwhen replacing the cables.
1 Remove the boom extension cylinder. SeeSection 4-4, How to Remove the BoomExtension Cylinder.
Boom extend cables:
2 Remove the cables from the lower boom extendcable bracket that attaches to the number 3boom tube.
3 Remove the rue rings and clevis pins from theboom extend cables located near the extendcable break limit switch.
4 Remove the external snap rings from the boomextend cable pulley pivot pin. Use a soft metaldrift to remove the pin.
Note: When driving the pivot pin out, be sure todrive it from the shaped end of the pin.
5 Remove the pulley and boom extend cablesfrom the extension cylinder assembly. Discardthe old cables and pulleys.
6 Route the new boom extend cables through theboom extend pulley bracket.
7 Install the new boom extend cable pulley, pivotpin and snap rings.
Note: Be sure the boom extend cables are routedthrough the grooves of the pulley and the upperwear pad on the extension cylinder.
a
cb
BOOM COMPONENTS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 31
September 2015
8 Install the boom extend cable clevis pins andrue rings to the pivot plate near the cable breaklimit switch.
9 Install the boom extend cables to the lowerextend cable bracket that mounts to the number3 boom tube.
Boom retract cables:
10 Remove the rue rings and clevis pins from theboom retract cables at the platform end of theboom.
11 Attach the cable pulling tool or a rope to one ofthe boom retract cables at the pivot end of theboom.
Note: A cable pulling tool is available throughGenie Service Parts Department (Genie part no.94510)
12 At the platform end of the boom, pull on theboom retract cable that has the rope attachedto it.
13 Pull the old cable completely out of the boomtube. Remove the rope. Discard the old boomretract cable.
14 Securely attach the rope to the same end of thenew boom retract cable.
15 At the pivot end of the boom, carefully pull therope with the new retract cable attached.
16 Pull the new cable towards the pivot end of theboom until the end of the cable is at the end ofthe boom tube. Remove the rope.
17 Repeat steps 14 through 19 for the other boomretract cable.
18 At the platform end of the boom, install theretract cables, clevis pins and rue rings to theadjustment plate.
19 Remove and discard the old boom retractpulleys from the pivot end of the boomextension cylinder.
20 Install the new boom retract pulleys to the pivotend of the boom extension cylinder.
21 Install the boom extension cylinder assemblyinto the boom.
Note: Before lowering the extension cylinder intothe saddles of the number 1 boom tube, wrap theboom retract cables around the pulleys.
22 Adjust the boom extend/retract cables.See Section 4-5, How to Adjust the BoomExtend/Retract Cables.
BOOM COMPONENTS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 32 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
BOOM COMPONENTS
4-6Platform LevelingMaster Cylinder
The master cylinder acts as a pump for the slavecylinder. It is part of the closed loop hydrauliccircuit that keeps the platform level through theentire range of boom motion. The master cylinderis located inside the pivot end of the boom.
How to Remove the PlatformLeveling Master CylinderNote: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Raise the boom until the master cylinderrod-end pivot pin is accessible.
2 Remove the turntable end cover to access themaster cylinder.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the master cylinderhydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
4 Remove the pin retaining fastener from themaster cylinder barrel-end pivot pin.
5 Place a rod through the barel-end pivot pin andtwist to remove the pin.
6 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe lug on the rod end of the master cylinder.
7 Remove the pin retaining fastener from therod-end pivot pin.
8 Place a rod through the rod-end pivot pin andtwist to remove the pin.
9 Remove the master cylinder from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The mastercylinder could become unbalancedand fall if it is not properlysupported by the lifting devicewhen removed from the machine.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 33
September 2015
5-1RPM Adjustment
Refer to Maintenance Procedure B-10,Check and Adjust the Engine RPM.
Engines
5-2Flex Plate
The flex plate acts as a coupler between theengine and the pump. It is bolted to the engineflywheel and has a splined center to drive thepump.
Type "B" flex plates combines the pump coupler,as part of the flex plate, which is installed onto theengine flywheel.
Type "B"(flexplate with
coupler combined)
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 34 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
ENGINES
How to Remove the Flex PlateNote: Perform this procedure with the engine offand cool to the touch.
1 Open the engine side turntable cover.
2 Tag and disconnect the battery cables from thebattery(s).
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
3 Remove the engine tray retaining fastener.Swing the engine tray out away from themachine.
a engine tray anchor holeb engine tray retaining fastener
4 Tag and disconnect the wiring plug at theelectronic displacement controller (EDC),located on the drive pump.
a b
Deutz model:
5 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the bellhousing.
6 Remove the U-bolt from the exhaust flex pipe atthe muffler.
Burn hazard. Hot engine parts cancause severe burns.
7 Remove the muffler bracket retaining fastenersfrom bell housing. Remove the muffler andbracket assembly from the engine.
8 Support the drive pump with an appropriatelifting device. Remove all of the remaining bellhousing engine fasteners.
9 Carefully pull the pump and bell housingassembly away from the engine and secure itfrom moving.
Component damage hazard.Hoses can be damaged if they arekinked or pinched
10 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners,and remove the flex plate from the engineflywheel.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 35
September 2015
ENGINES
Perkins model:
11 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the bellhousing.
12 Remove the exhaust pipe clamp at the muffler.
Burn hazard. Hot engine parts cancause severe burns.
13 Remove the muffler mounting bracket fasteners.Remove the muffler and bracket assembly fromthe engine.
14 Remove the hose clamps from the air cleanerelbow and the engine intake manifold.
15 Remove the air cleaner mounting bracketfasteners. Remove the air cleaner and bracketassembly from the engine.
16 Support the drive pump with an appropriatelifting device. Remove all of the remaining bellhousing to engine fasteners.
Continental model:
17 Tag and disconnect the wire harness from theoxygen sensor.
18 Remove the exhaust pipe heat shield fastenersfrom the top of the muffler.
Burn Hazard. Hot engine parts cancause severe burns.
19 Remove the muffler retainer bracket fasteners.
20 Remove the muffler fasteners securing themuffler to the exhaust manifold. Remove themuffler from the bracket.
21 Remove the relay housing from the mufflermount. Do not disconnect the relays.
22 Disconnect and remove the ECM from themuffler mount.
23 Close the shutoff valve on the Liquid PetroleumGas (LPG) tank by turning it clockwise(if equipped).
24 Unbolt the EPR valve from the muffler mount.Leave the hoses attached to the EPR valve.
25 Remove the muffler mount.
26 Support the drive pump with an appropriatelifting device. Remove all of pump platemounting fasteners.
27 Carefully pull the pump and bell housingassembly away from the engine and secure itfrom moving.
Component damage hazard.Hoses can be damaged if they arekinked or pinched.
28 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners.Remove the flex plate from the engine flywheel.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 36 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
ENGINES
How to Install the Flex Plate1 Install the flex plate onto the engine flywheel
with the raised spline towards the pump. ApplyLoctite® removable thread sealant to themounting screws.
Note: Torque the flex plate mounting bolts in twostages.
Continental model: Torque the flex platemounting bolts in sequence to20.8 ft-lbs / 28 Nm.Deutz model: Torque the flex plate mountingbolts in sequence to 28 ft-lbs / 38 Nm.Perkins model:Torque the flex plate mounting bolts insequence to 46.7 ft-lbs / 63.3 Nm.
2 Install the pump coupler onto the pump shaftwith the set screw toward the pump. Leave theappropriate gap between coupler and pumpend plate for your engine.
3 Apply Loctite® removable thread sealant to thepump coupler set screw. Torque the set screwto 61 ft-lbs / 83 Nm.
4 Install the pump onto the pump mounting plate.
Apply Loctite® removable thread sealant to thepump retaining fasteners. Torque the pumpretaining fasteners to 57 ft-lbs / 77 Nm.
Component damage hazard. Donot force the drive pump duringinstallation or the flex plate teethmay become damaged.
5 Install the pump coupler onto the pump shaftwith the set screw toward the pump. Leave theappropriate gap between coupler and pumpend plate for your engine.
6 Install the pump and pump mounting plateassembly onto the engine. Apply Loctite®
removable thread sealant to the mountingscrews.Perkins model:Torque the pump mounting plate fasteners insequence to 28 ft-lbs / 38 Nm.Deutz model:Torque the pump mounting plate fasteners insequence to 46.7 ft-lbs / 63.3 Nm.Continental model:Torque the pump mounting plate fasteners insequence to 23 ft-lbs / 31.2 Nm.
Component damage hazard.When installing the pump, do notforce the pump coupler into theflexplate or damage to the pumpshaft seal may occur.
Component damage hazard. Donot force the drive pump duringinstallation or the flex plate teethmay become damaged.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 37
September 2015
ENGINES
1
2
3
4 5
6
Perkins, Deutz and ContinentalFlex Plate
10
6 1
8
4
11
7 5
92
12
3
10
6 1
8
4
11
7 5
92
12
3
Deutz BF4L-2011Pump Mounting Plate
Perkins 804C-33Pump Mounting Plate
1
8
6
10
11 12
3
5
92
7
4
Continental Pump Mounting Plate
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 38 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
Ground Controls
6-1Control Relays
Relays used for single function switching are singlepole double throw (SPDT) relays.
How to Test a Single Pole DoubleThrow Relay
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
1 Tag and disconnect all the wiring from the relayto be tested.
2 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter orcontinuity tester to each terminal combinationand check for continuity. Terminals 85 and 86represent the coil and should not be tested inany other combination.
Test Desired result
terminal 85 to 86 with resistor 75 to 85Ω
terminal 87 to 87a and 30 no continuity
(infinite Ω)
terminal 87a to 30 continuity
(zero Ω)
3 Connect 12V DC to terminal 85 and a groundwire to terminal 86, then test the followingterminal combinations.
Test Desired result
terminal 87 to 87a and 30 no continuity(infinite Ω)
terminal 87 to 30 continuity
(zero Ω)
terminal no. 87a - N.C.terminal no. 85 - coil negative (-)terminal no. 30 - commonterminal no. 86 - coil positive (+)terminal no. 87 - N.O.
Control Relay Schematic
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 39
September 2015
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the function pump. Cap the fittings on thepump.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
3 Remove the pump mounting fasteners.Carefully remove the pump.
Component damage hazard.Be sure to open the two hydraulictank valves (if equipped) andprime the pump after installing thepump. See 7-2, How to Prime thePump.
Hydraulic Pumps
7-1Function Pump
How to Remove the FunctionPumpNote: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Close the two hydraulic tank valves located atthe hydraulic tank.
Component damage hazard. Theengine must not be started withthe hydraulic tank shutoff valves inthe closed position or componentdamage will occur. If the tankvalves are closed, remove the keyfrom the key switch and tag themachine to inform personnel of thecondition.
open closed
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 40 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
HYDRAULIC PUMPS
7-2Drive Pump
The drive pump is a bi-directional variabledisplacement piston pump. The pump output iscontrolled by the electronic displacement controller(EDC), located on the pump. The only adjustmentthat can be made to the pump is the neutral or nulladjustment. Any internal service to the pumpshould only be performed at an authorizedSundstrand-Sauer service center. Call GenieIndustries Service Department to locate your localauthorized service center.
How to Remove the Drive PumpComponent damage hazard. Thework area and surfaces where thisprocedure will be performed mustbe clean and free of debris thatcould get into the hydraulic systemand cause severe componentdamage. Dealer service isrecommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Disconnect the wire harness at the electronicdisplacement controller (EDC), located on thedrive pump.
2 Close the two hydraulic tank valves located atthe hydraulic tank.
Component damage hazard. Theengine must not be started withthe hydraulic tank shutoff valves inthe closed position or componentdamage will occur. If the tankvalves are closed, remove the keyfrom the key switch and tag themachine to inform personnel of thecondition.
open closed
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 41
September 2015
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the drive and function pumps. Cap thefittings on the pumps.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
4 Support the pumps with a suitable lifting deviceand remove the two drive pump mountingfasteners.
5 Carefully pull the drive pump out until the pumpcoupler separates from the flex plate.
6 Remove the drive pump assembly from themachine.
Component damage hazard.Be sure to open the two hydraulictank valves and prime the pumpafter installing the pump.
Note: Before installing the pump, verify properpump coupler spacing. See 5-2, Flex Plate.
How to Prime the PumpComponent damage hazard. Besure that the hydraulic tank shutoffvalves (if equipped) are in theopen position before priming thepump. The engine must not bestarted with the hydraulic tankshutoff valves in the closedposition or component damage willoccur.
1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi / 0 to 40 bar pressuregauge to the diagnostic nipple on the drivepump.
2 Continental models: If equipped, close thevalve on the LPG tank, then disconnect thehose from the tank. Move the fuel select toggleswitch to the LPG position.Deutz and Perkins models: Disconnect theengine wiring harness from the fuel solenoid atthe injector pump.
3 Crank the engine with the starter motor for15 seconds, wait 15 seconds, then crank theengine an additional 15 seconds or until thepressure reaches 300 psi / 20.7 bar.
4 Continental models: If equipped, connect theLPG hose to the LPG tank and open the valveon the tank.Deutz and Perkins models: Connect theengine wiring harness to the fuel solenoid.
5 Start the engine from the ground controls andcheck for hydraulic leaks.
HYDRAULIC PUMPS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 42 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
Manifolds
8-1Function Manifold Components
The function manifold assembly is located on the tank side tray, behind the ground control box.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... SJ ......... Boom up ........................................... 50-55 ft-lbs / 68-75 Nm
2 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... SK ......... Boom down ....................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
3 Solenoid valve, NO, Poppet .............. SP ......... Extend ............................................... 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
4 Solenoid valve, NO, Poppet .............. SQ ........ Retract .............................................. 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
5 Proportional valve ............................. SR ........ Extend proportional .......................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
6 Differential sensing valve .................. SS ......... Boom extend .................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
7 Proportional valve ............................. SF ......... Boom up/down proportional ............. 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
8 Solenoid valve, 3 position, 4 way ..... SL ......... Steering directional .......................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
9 Proportional valve ............................. SE ......... Swing proportional ........................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
10 Solenoid valve, 3 position, 4 way ..... SI .......... Swing directional .............................. 26-30 ft-lbs / 35-41 Nm
11 Flow regulator valve .......................... SD ........ Oscillate flow control ........................ 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
12 Relief valve, 2400 psi / 165 bar ........ SN ........ Boom down relief .............................. 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
13 Relief valve, 2400 psi / 165 bar ........ SO ........ Boom extend relief ........................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
14 Check valve, 30 psi / 2.1 bar ............. ST ......... Return check valve ........................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
15 Differential sensing valve .................. SH ........ Primary lift ......................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
16 Check valve ....................................... SA ......... Back flow / check function pump ...... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
17 Relief valve, 3200 psi / 221 bar ........ SB ......... System relief ..................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
18 Pressure reducing valve ................... SC ........ Oscillate pressure control ................. 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
19 Differential sensing valve .................. SG ........ Differential sensing/turntable rotate . 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
20 Flow regulator valve .......................... SM ........ Steering flow control ......................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 43
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
SK
SP
SQ
SR
SS
SF
SL
SE
SI
SD
SO
ST
SM
SG
SC
SB
SA
SH
SJ
SN
1
14
1
2
3
4
8
9
10
11
13
12
16
17
18
19
20
15
7
6
5
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 44 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
8-2Valve Adjustments -Function Manifold
How to Adjust the SystemRelief ValveNote: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
Note: Auxiliary power will be used to perform thisprocedure. Do not start the engine.
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressuregauge to the diagnostic nipple (PTEST) locatednext to the auxiliary pump.
2 Simultaneously activate and hold the auxiliarypower toggle switch and the primary boomretract toggle switch with the primary boom fullyretracted. Observe the pressure reading on thepressure gauge. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
3 Locate the system relief valve on the functionmanifold (item SB). Use a wrench to hold therelief valve and remove the cap using an allenwrench.
4 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwiseto increase the pressure or counter clockwise toreduce the pressure. Install the relief valve cap.
Component damage hazard. Donot adjust the relief valve higherthan specified.
5 Repeat step 2 to confirm relief valve pressure.
6 Remove the pressure gauge.
How to Adjust the Boom DownRelief ValveNote: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressuregauge to the diagnostic nipple located next tothe auxiliary pump.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 Hold the function enable/rpm select toggleswitch to the high idle position and activate andhold the boom down toggle switch with theboom fully lowered. Observe the pressurereading on the pressure gauge. Refer toSection 2, Hydraulic Specifications.
4 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold therelief valve and remove the cap (item SN) onthe function manifold.
5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwiseto increase pressure or counterclockwise todecrease pressure. Install the relief valve cap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjustthe relief valves higher thanspecified.
6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 and confirm reliefvalve pressure.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 45
September 2015
How to Adjust the Boom ExtendRelief ValveNote: Perform this procedure with the boom in thestowed position.
1 Connect a 0 to 3000 psi / 0 to 200 bar pressuregauge to the diagnostic nipple (PTEST port) on thefunction manifold.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 Hold the function enable/rpm select toggleswitch to the high idle position and activate andhold the boom extend toggle switch with theboom fully extended. Observe the pressurereading on the pressure gauge. Refer toSection 2, Hydraulic Specifications.
4 Turn the engine off. Use a wrench to hold therelief valve and remove the cap (item SO) onthe function manifold.
5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwiseto increase the pressure or counterclockwise todecrease the pressure. Then install the reliefvalve cap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjustthe relief valves higher thanspecified.
6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 to confirm relief valvepressure.
MANIFOLDS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 46 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
8-3Brake/Two-Speed Manifold Components
The brake/two speed manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis.Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way .... BA ........... Brake release .................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
2 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way .... BC ........... Two-speed motor shift ..................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
3 Check valve .................................... BB ........... Brake release circuit ......................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
4 Orifice, 0.025 inch / 0.63 mm ......... BD ........... Turntable rotation brake release
BD
BA BC
BB3
4
1 2
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 47
September 2015
8-4Turntable Rotation Manifold Components
The turntable rotation manifold is mounted to the turntable rotation motor at the ground control sideof the machine.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Counterbalance valve, 1000 psi ....... RA ........ Turntable rotate left ........................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
2 Counterbalance valve, 1000 psi ....... RB ........ Turntable rotate right ........................ 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
3 Shuttle valve, 2 position 3 way ......... RD ........ Turntable rotation brake release ........ 8-10 ft-lbs / 10-15 Nm
4 Orifice, 0.030 inch / 0.8 mm ............... RC ........ Brake release circuit
MANIFOLDS
1 2
RA
RD
RB
4RC
3
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 48 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
8-5Platform Rotate Manifold Components
The platform rotate manifold is mounted on the platform rotator.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Counterbalance valve, 3300 psi ........ PA ......... Platform rotate right .......................... 37-44 ft-lbs / 50-60 Nm
2 Counterbalance valve, 3300 psi ........ PB ......... Platform rotate left ............................. 37-44 ft-lbs / 50-60 Nm
2
1
PB
PA
MANIFOLDS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 49
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
8-6Platform Manifold Components, S-80
The jib boom/platform rotate manifold is mounted on the platform end of the boom.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... EF ......... Platform rotate CW/CCW .................. 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
2 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... EB ......... Platform level up/down ..................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
3 Counterbalance valve, 3500 psi ....... EC ........ Platform level CB valve .................... 26-30 ft-lbs / 35-41 Nm
4 Counterbalance valve, 3500 psi ....... ED ........ Platform level CB valve .................... 26-30 ft-lbs / 35-41 Nm
5 Needle valve ..................................... EA ......... Platform level .................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
6 Pressure comp., flow control valve ... EE ......... Platform rotate flow control ............... 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
EF
EB
EC
ED
EA
EE
3
5
6
1
2
4
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 50 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
EF
EB
EC
ED
EA
EE
EH
EG
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
7
8-7Platform Manifold Components, S-85
The jib boom/platform rotate manifold is mounted on the platform end of the boom.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ....... EF ......... Platform rotate CW/CCW .................. 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
2 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ....... EB ......... Platform level up/down ..................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
3 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ....... EH ........ Jib Up/Down...................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
4 Counterbalance valve, 3500 psi ........ EC ........ Platform level CB valve ..................... 26-30 ft-lbs / 35-41 Nm
5 Counterbalance valve, 3500 psi ........ ED ........ Platform level CB valve ..................... 26-30 ft-lbs / 35-41 Nm
6 Needle valve ...................................... EA ......... Platform level .................................... 20-25 ft-lbs / 27-34 Nm
7 Pressure comp., flow control valve.... EE ......... Platform rotate flow control ............... 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
8 Pressure comp., flow control valve.... EG ........ Platform rotate flow control ............... 33-37 ft-lbs / 45-50 Nm
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 51
September 2015
8-82WD Traction Manifold Components
The drive manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end of the machine.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Relief Valve, 280 psi / 19.3 bar ......... DE ........ Charge pressure circuit .................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
2 Flow Divider / Combiner Valve ......... DB ........ Controls flow to drive motors in.......................................................................... forward and reverse .................... 90-100 ft-lbs / 120-133 Nm
3 Check Valve ...................................... DC ........ Drive circuit ....................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
4 Check Valve ...................................... DD ........ Drive circuit ....................................... 30-35 ft-lbs / 41-47 Nm
5 Shuttle Valve, 3 position 3 way ......... DF ......... Controls flow to drive motors in.......................................................................... forward and reverse .......................... 50-55 ft-lbs / 67-73 Nm
6 Orifice Plug, 0.070 inch / 1.8 mm ...... DA ........ Equalizes flow across flow divider/.......................................................................... combiner valve BY
MANIFOLDS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 52 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
DE
DB
DC
DD
DF
DA6
2
5
3
4
1
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 53
September 2015
8-94WD Traction Manifold Components (before serial number 8581)
The drive manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end of the machine.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Relief valve, 280 psi / 19.3 bar ......... DE ........ Charge pressure circuit .................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
2 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. DB ........ Controls flow to non-steer enddrive motors in forwardand reverse ................................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
3 Check valve ....................................... DF ......... Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
4 Check valve ....................................... DC ........ Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
5 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. CK ........ Controls flow to flowdivider/combiner valves2 and 13 ........................................ 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
6 Check valve ....................................... DD ........ Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 60-70 ft-lbs / 81-95 Nm
7 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm.................. DL ......... Equalizes pressure on both sidesof flow divider/combiner valve 5
8 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm.................. DA ........ Equalizes pressure on both sidesof flow divider/combiner valve 2
9 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm.................. DN ........ Equalizes pressure on both sidesof flow divider/combiner valve 13
10 Check valve ....................................... DG ........ Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 60-70 ft-lbs / 81-95 Nm
11 Check valve ....................................... DH ........ Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
12 Shuttle valve, 3 position 3 way ......... DJ ......... Charge pressure circuit thatdirects hot oil out of low pressureside of drive pump ........................ 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
13 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. DM ........ Controls flow to steer enddrive motors in forwardand reverse ................................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
14 Check valve ....................................... DP ........ Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
MANIFOLDS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 54 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
DE
DB
DF
DC
DK
DD
DLDADN
DG
DH
DJ
DM
DP
9 8 7
10
11
13
6
5
3
2
4
1
14
12
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 55
September 2015
8-104WD Traction Manifold Components (after serial number 8580)
The drive manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end of the machine.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Relief valve, 280 psi / 19.3 bar ......... DE ........ Charge pressure circuit .................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
2 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. DB ........ Controls flow to non-steer enddrive motors in forwardand reverse ................................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
3 Check valve ....................................... DF ......... Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
4 Check valve ....................................... DC ........ Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
5 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. CK ........ Controls flow to flowdivider/combiner valves2 and 13 ........................................ 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
6 Check valve ....................................... DD ........ Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 60-70 ft-lbs / 81-95 Nm
7 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm.................. DL ......... Equalizes pressure on both sidesof flow divider/combiner valve 5
8 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm.................. DA ........ Equalizes pressure on both sidesof flow divider/combiner valve 2
9 Orifice, 0.040 inch / 1 mm.................. DN ........ Equalizes pressure on both sidesof flow divider/combiner valve 13
10 Check valve ....................................... DG ........ Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 60-70 ft-lbs / 81-95 Nm
11 Check valve ....................................... DH ........ Steer end drive motor circuit ............ 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
12 Shuttle valve, 3 position 3 way ......... DJ ......... Charge pressure circuit thatdirects hot oil out of low pressureside of drive pump ........................ 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
13 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. DM ........ Controls flow to steer enddrive motors in forwardand reverse ................................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
14 Check valve ....................................... DP ........ Non-steer end drive motor circuit ..... 35-40 ft-lbs / 48-54 Nm
MANIFOLDS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 56 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
DE
DB
DF
DC
DD
DK
DLDADN
DG
DH
DJ
DM
DP
9 8 7
10
11
13
6
5
3
2
4
1
14
12
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 57
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
8-11Drive Oil Diverter Manifold Components (welder option)
The oil diverter manifold is mounted to the hydraulic generator located in the engine compartment.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Directional Valve ............................ CU ........... Diverter valve ............................... 80-90 ft-lbs / 108-122 Nm
2 Orifice disc, 0.031 inch / 0.8 mm .... CV ........... Delays shift to drive
3 Solenoid valve ............................... CW .......... Pilot valve to diverter ....................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
4 Relief valve .................................... CX ........... Charge pressure circuit ................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
5 Pressure switch .............................. CZ ........... Power to relay .............................................. 16 ft-lbs / 22 Nm
6 Connector ........................................ --- ............ For pressure switch ..................................... 11 ft-lbs / 15 Nm
7 Check valve .................................... CY ........... Prevents oil to generator ................. 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
CY
CX
CU
CV
CW
1
3
4
7
2
6
5CZ
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 58 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
8-12Valve Adjustments -Traction Manifold
How to Adjust the Hot Oil ShuttleRelief ValveNote: The pressure differential between the chargepump relief valve (located in the drive pump) andthe hot oil shuttle relief valve (located in thetraction manifold) is necessary to return hot oilfrom the closed loop drive circuit to the hydraulictank for cooling. This pressure differential must bemaintained at 40 psi / 14.5 bar.
Note: The following procedure will require twopeople.
1 Open the engine side turntable cover andconnect a 0 to 600 psi / 0 to 40 bar pressuregauge to the diagnostic nipple on the drivepump.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls andallow the engine to run at low idle. Note thepressure reading on the pressure gauge.
3 Turn the engine off and connect a0 to 600 psi / 0 to 40 bar pressure gauge to thediagnostic nipple located on the tractionmanifold.
4 Start the engine from the platform controls anddrive the machine slowly in the forwarddirection. Note the pressure reading on thepressure gauge.
5 Turn the engine off, and remove the hot oilshuttle relief valve cap (item BJ). Adjust theinternal hex socket clockwise to increase thepressure or counterclockwise to decrease thepressure. Install the valve cap.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 until a pressuredifferential (between the charge pump readingand the hot oil shuttle relief valve) of40 psi / 14.5 bar is obtained.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 59
September 2015
Valve Coil ResistanceSpecificationsNote: The following coil resistance specificationsare at an ambient temperature of 68°F / 20°C. Asvalve coil resistance is sensitive to changes in airtemperature, the coil resistance will typicallyincrease or decrease by 4% for each 18°F / -7.8°Cthat your air temperature increases or decreasesfrom 68°F / 20°C.
Proportional solenoid valve 4.8 Ω(schematic items K and W)
2 position 3 way solenoid valve 6.3 Ω(schematic items D, R, X, TT and UU)
2 position 3 way solenoid valve 3.3 Ω(schematic items G)
3 position 4 way solenoid valve 6.3 Ω(schematic items A, E, N and S)
2 position 3 way solenoid valve 6.3 Ω(schematic items AK, AM, VV and WW)
2 position 3 way solenoid valve 3.3 Ω(schematic item G)
8-13Valve Coils
How to Test a CoilA properly functioning coil provides anelectromagnetic force which operates the solenoidvalve. Critical to normal operation is continuitywithin the coil. Zero resistance or infinite resistanceindicates the coil has failed.
Since coil resistance is sensitive to temperature,resistance values outside specification canproduce erratic operation. When coil resistancedecreases below specification, amperageincreases. As resistance rises above specification,voltage increases.
While valves may operate when coil resistance isoutside specification, maintaining coils withinspecification will help ensure proper valve functionover a wide range of operating temperatures.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
Note: If the machine has been in operation, allowthe coil to cool at least 3 hours before performingthis test.
1 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the coil tobe tested.
2 Test the coil resistance using a multimeter setto resistance (Ω). Refer to the Valve CoilResistance Specification table.
Result: If the resistance is not within theadjusted specification, plus or minus 10%,replace the coil.
MANIFOLDS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 60 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
MANIFOLDS
How to Test a Coil DiodeGenie incorporates spike suppressing diodes in allof its directional valve coils except proportionalvalves and those coils with a metal case. Properlyfunctioning coil diodes protect the electrical circuitby suppressing voltage spikes. Voltage spikesnaturally occur within a function circuit following theinterruption of electrical current to a coil. Faultydiodes can fail to protect the electrical system,resulting in a tripped circuit breaker or componentdamage.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
1 Test the coil for resistance. Refer to, How toTest a Coil.
2 Connect a 10Ω resistor to the negative terminalof a known good 9V DC battery. Connect theother end of the resistor to a terminal on thecoil.
Note: The battery should read 9V DC or morewhen measured across the terminals.
3 Set a multimeter to read DC current.
Note: The multimeter, when set to read DCcurrent, should be capable of reading up to 800mA.
a multimeterb 9V DC batteryc 10Ω resistord coil
Note: Dotted lines in illustration indicate a reversedconnection as specified in step 6.
4 Connect the negative lead to the other terminalon the coil.
Note: If testing a single-terminal coil, connect thenegative lead to the internal metallic ring at eitherend of the coil.
5 Momentarily connect the positive lead from themultimeter to the positive terminal on the 9V DCbattery. Note and record the current reading.
6 At the battery or coil terminals, reverse theconnections. Note and record the currentreading.
Result: Both current readings are greater than0 mA and are different by a minimum of 20%.The coil is good.
Result: If one or both of the current readings are0 mA, or if the two current readings do not differby a minimum of 20%, the coil and/or itsinternal diode are faulty and the coil should bereplaced.
9VBATTERY
10
RESISTOR
�
AMMETERCOIL
+
-
+
-
d
a
b
b
c
c
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 61
September 2015
Fuel and Hydraulic Tanks
9-1Fuel Tank
How to Remove the Fuel TankExplosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Remove thefuel tank in an open, well-ventilated area away from heaters,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have anapproved fire extinguisher withineasy reach.
Explosion and fire hazard. Whentransferring fuel, connect agrounding wire between themachine and pump or container.
1 Turn the manual fuel shutoff valve to theclosed position (if equipped).
2 Remove the fuel filler cap from the tank.
3 Using an approved hand-operated pump, drainthe fuel tank into a suitable container. Refer tocapacity specifications.
Explosion and fire hazard. Whentransferring fuel, connect agrounding wire between themachine and pump or container.
Note: Be sure to only use a hand operated pumpsuitable for use with gasoline and diesel fuel.
4 Tag, disconnect, drain and plug the supply andreturn fuel hoses. Cap the fittings on the fueltank.
5 Remove the fuel tank retaining fasteners.
6 Remove the fuel tank from the machine.
Component damage hazard.The fuel tank is plastic and maybecome damaged if allowed to fall.
Component damage hazard.When installing the plastic fueltank, do not overtighten theretaining fasteners.
Note: Clean the fuel tank and inspect for damagebefore installing it onto the machine.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 62 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
FUEL AND HYDRAULIC TANKS
9-2Hydraulic Tank
The primary functions of the hydraulic tank are tocool, clean and de-aerate the hydraulic fluid duringoperation. The tank utilizes internal suctionstrainers for the pump supply hoses and has anexternal return filter equipped with a filter conditionindicator.
How to Remove theHydraulic Tank
Component damage hazard.The work area and surfaceswhere this procedure will beperformed must be clean andfree of debris that could getinto the hydraulic system.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Remove the fuel tank. See 9-1, How to Removethe Fuel Tank.
2 Close the two hydraulic tank valves located atthe hydraulic tank (if equipped).
Component damage hazard. Theengine must not be started withthe hydraulic tank shutoff valves inthe CLOSED position or componentdamage will occur. If the tankvalves are closed, remove the keyfrom the key switch and tag themachine to inform personnel of thecondition.
3 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tankand completely drain the tank into a suitablecontainer. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
4 Tag, disconnect and plug the two suction hosesthat are attached to the hydraulic tank.
5 Tag and disconnect and plug the hose from thereturn filter. Cap the fitting on the return filterhousing.
6 Tag and disconnect and plug the supply hosefor the auxiliary power unit. Cap the fitting onthe hydraulic tank.
open closed
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 63
September 2015
7 Remove the retaining fasteners from thehydraulic tank hold down straps. Remove thehold down straps from the hydraulic tank.
8 Support the hydraulic tank with 2 lifting straps.Place one lifting strap at each end of the tankand attach the lifting straps to an overheadcrane.
9 Remove the hydraulic tank from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The hydraulictank could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedand secured to the overheadcrane.
10 Remove the suction strainers from the tank andclean them using a mild solvent.
11 Rinse out the inside of the tank using a mildsolvent.
12 Install the suction strainers using pipe threadsealant on the threads.
13 Install the drain plug using pipe thread sealanton the threads.
14 Install the hydraulic tank onto the machine.
15 Install the two suction hoses and the supplyhose for the auxiliary power unit.
16 Fill the tank with hydraulic oil until the level iswithin the top 2 inches / 5 cm of the sightgauge. Do not overfill.
FUEL AND HYDRAULIC TANKS
17 Clean up any oil that may have spilled.
18 Open the hydraulic tank shutoff valves(if equipped).
Component damage hazard.Be sure to open the two hydraulictank shutoff valves (if equipped)and prime the pump after installingthe hydraulic tank.
Note: Always use pipe thread sealant wheninstalling the drain plug and strainers.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 64 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
a backlash pivot plateb adjustment bolt with lock nutc backlash pivot plate mounting bolts
5 Remove the backlash pivot plate mountingbolts. Carefully remove the drive hub assemblyfrom the machine.
Crushing hazard. The turntablerotation drive hub assembly couldbecome unbalanced and fall whenit is removed from the machine ifnot properly supported.
When installing the drive hub assembly:
6 Install the drive hub. Apply removable threadlocking compound to fastener threads.Torquethe backlash pivot plate mounting fasteners tospecification. Refer to Section 2, MachineTorque Specifications.
7 Install the brake and then the motor onto thedrive hub. Apply removable thread lockingcompound to fastener threads.Torque themotor/brake mounting fasteners tospecification. Refer to Section 2, MachineTorque Specifications.
8 Adjust turntable rotation gear backlash.See 10-1, How to Adjust the Turntable RotationGear Backlash.
10-1Turntable Rotation Drive HubAssembly
How to Remove the TurntableRotation Drive Hub AssemblyNote: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with theturntable rotation lock pin.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the drive motor. Cap the fittings on themotor.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
3 Loosen the backlash pivot plate and adjustmentbolts.
4 Attach a suitable lifting device to the lifting eyeson the drive hub assembly.
Turntable Rotation Components
unlocked locked
AB a
c
b
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 65
September 2015
TURNTABLE ROTATION COMPONENTS
How to Remove the TurntableRotation Hydraulic MotorNote: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with theturntable rotation lock pin.
Note: The turntable rotation lock pin is located nextto the boom rest pad.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the drive motor. Cap the fittings on themotor.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
3 Remove the hydraulic tube that connects fromthe counterbalance manifold to the brake. Capthe fittings on the brake and manifold.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
4 Remove the motor/brake mounting fasteners.Carefully remove the motor from the brake.
5 Clean up any oil that may have spilled.
a motorb drive hub mounting boltsc drive hub with brake
a
AB
c b
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 66 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
How to Adjust the TurntableRotation Gear BacklashThe turntable rotation drive hub is mounted on anadjustable plate that controls the gap between therotation motor pinion gear and the turntable bearingring gear.
Note: Perform this procedure with the boombetween the non-steer end tires and with themachine on a firm and level surface.
1 Secure the turntable from rotating with theturntable rotation lock pin.
Note: The turntable rotation lock pin is located nextto the boom rest pad.
2 Loosen the backlash pivot plate mountingfasteners.
a backlash pivot plateb adjustment bolt with lock nutc backlash pivot plate mounting bolts
3 Push the backlash pivot plate towards theturntable as far as possible (this will push therotation gear into the turntable bearing ringgear).
4 Loosen the lock nut on the adjustment bolt.
5 Turn the adjustment bolt clockwise until itcontacts the backlash pivot plate.
6 Turn the adjustment bolt one half turncounterclockwise. Tighten the lock nut on theadjustment bolt.
7 Rotate the backlash pivot plate away from theturntable until it contacts the adjustment bolt.Then torque the mounting fasteners on thebacklash pivot plate. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
8 Rotate the turntable through an entire rotation.Check for tight spots that could cause binding.Readjust if necessary.
TURNTABLE ROTATION COMPONENTS
AB a
c
b
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 67
September 2015
2WD Steer Axle Components
11-1Yoke and Hub
How to Remove the Yokeand Hub1 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from both
the steering cylinder and the tie rod cylinderpivot pins. Use a soft metal drift to remove thepins.
2 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not removethem.
3 Block the non-steer wheels and center a liftingjack of ample capacity under the steer axle.
4 Raise the machine approximately6 inches / 15 cm and place blocks under thechassis for support.
5 Remove the lug nuts. Remove the tire andwheel assembly.
6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theyoke pivot pins.
7 Support and secure the yoke and hub assemblyto a lifting jack.
8 Use a slide hammer to remove the upper yokepivot pin, then use a soft metal drift to drive thelower yoke pivot pin down and out.
9 Remove the yoke and hub assembly from themachine.
Crushing hazard. The yoke andhub assembly may becomeunbalanced and fall if not properlysupported and secured to thelifting jack when it is removed fromthe machine.
How to Remove the Huband Bearings1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not remove
them.
2 Block the non-steer wheels and center a liftingjack of ample capacity under the steer axle.
3 Raise the machine approximately6 inches / 15 cm and place blocks under thechassis for support.
4 Remove the lug nuts. Remove the tire andwheel assembly.
5 Remove the dust cap, cotter pin and castle nut.
Note: Always replace the cotter pin with a new onewhen installing the castle nut.
6 Pull the hub off the spindle. The washer andouter bearing should fall loose from the hub.
7 Place the hub on a flat surface and gently prythe bearing seal out of the hub. Remove therear bearing.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 68 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
2WD STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
How to Install the Hub andBearings, 2WD ModelsNote: When replacing a wheel bearing, both theinner and outer bearings including the pressed-inraces must be replaced.
1 Be sure that both bearings are packedwith clean, fresh grease.
2 Place the large inner bearing into the rearof the hub.
3 Press the bearing seal evenly into the hubuntil it is flush.
4 Slide the hub onto the yoke spindle.
Component damage hazard. Donot apply excessive force ordamage to the lip of the seal mayoccur.
5 Place the outer bearing into the hub.
6 Install the washer and castle nut.
7 Tighten the castle nut to 158 ft-lbs / 214 Nm toseat the bearing.
Note: Rotate the hub by hand while torquing thecastle nut to make sure the bearings seat properly.
8 Loosen the castle nut one turn, and then torqueto 35 ft-lbs / 47 Nm.
9 Install a new cotter pin. Bend the cotter pinto secure the castle nut.
Note: Always use a new cotter pin when installinga castle nut.
10 Install the dust cap, then the tire and wheelassembly. Torque the wheel lug nuts tospecification. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
11-2Steer Cylinder
How to Remove aSteer CylinderThere are two identical steer cylinders thatwork in parallel. They are part of the samehydraulic circuit, but move in opposite directions.The tie rod cylinder maintains equal movement ofthe tires.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the steer cylinder. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
2 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thesteer cylinder pivot pins. Remove the pivot pinfrom each end of the steer cylinder.
3 Remove the steer cylinder from the machine.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 69
September 2015
6 Remove the lug nuts. Remove the tire andwheel assembly.
7 Remove the hydraulic hose clamp retainingfastener from the top of the yoke pivot pin.
8 Remove the drive motor mounting fasteners.
9 Slide the drive motor shaft out of the drive huband remove the drive motor from the machine.
10 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theupper and lower yoke pivot pins.
11 Support and secure the yoke and drive hubassembly to a lifting jack.
12 Use a slide hammer to remove the upper yokepivot pin. Use a soft metal drift to drive thelower yoke pivot pin down and out.
Crushing hazard. The yoke anddrive hub assembly could becomeunbalanced and fall when the yokepivot pins are removed if notproperly supported and secured tothe lifting jack.
13 Place the yoke and drive hub assembly on a flatsurface with the drive hub facing down.
14 Remove the drive hub mounting fasteners thatattach the drive hub to the yoke. Remove theyoke from the drive hub. Refer toSection 2, Specifications.
Note: Replace the thrust washer when installingthe yoke and drive hub assembly onto the axle.
4WD Steer Axle Components
12-1Yoke and Drive Hub
How to Remove the Yokeand Drive Hub AssemblyNote: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from boththe steer cylinder and the tie rod cylinder pivotpins. Remove the pins.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the drive motor. Cap the fittings on thedrive motor.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
3 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not removethem.
4 Block the non-steer wheels, and center a liftingjack of ample capacity under the steer axle.
5 Raise the machine approximately6 inches / 15 cm and place blocks under thechassis for support.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 70 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
4WD STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
12-2Drive Motor
How to Remove a Drive MotorComponent damage hazard.Repairs to the motor should onlybe performed by an authorizedSauer dealer.
Component damage hazard. Thework area and surfaces where thisprocedure will be performed mustbe clean and free of debris thatcould get into the hydraulic systemand cause severe componentdamage. Dealer service isrecommended.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Extend the axles.
2 Remove the drive motor access covers fromboth sides of the inner axle.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the drive motor. Cap the fittings on thedrive motor.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
4 Remove the drive motor mounting fasteners.
5 Slide the drive motor shaft out of the drive hub,and remove the drive motor from the machine.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 71
September 2015
12-4Steer Cylinders
How to Remove a Steer CylinderThere are two identical steer cylinders thatwork in parallel. They are part of the samehydraulic circuit, but move in opposite directions.The tie rod cylinder maintains equal movement ofthe tires.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the steer cylinder. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
2 Remove the hose bracket mounting fastener onthe steer cylinder barrel-end pivot pin.
3 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thesteer cylinder pivot pins. Remove the pivot pinfrom each end of the steer cylinder.
4 Remove the steer cylinder from the machine.
12-3Drive Hub
How to Remove a Drive HubNote: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Remove the drive motor. See 12-2, How toRemove a Drive Motor.
2 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not removethem.
3 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity under thenon-steer axle.
4 Raise the machine approximately6 inches / 15 cm and place blocks under thechassis for support.
5 Remove the wheel lug nuts, then the tire andwheel assembly.
6 Place a second lifting jack under the drive hubfor support and secure the drive hub to thelifting jack.
7 Remove the drive hub mounting fasteners thatattach the drive hub to the axle. Remove thedrive hub.
Crushing hazard. The drivehub could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedand secured to the lifting jackwhen removed from the machine.
Note: Do not re-use the drive hub mountingfasteners. Genie specifications require the use ofnew fasteners.
4WD STEER AXLE COMPONENTS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 72 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
Non-steer Axle Components
13-1Drive Motor
How to Remove a Drive MotorThis procedure is the same as the steer axleprocedure. See 12-2, How to Remove a DriveMotor.
13-2Drive Hub
How to Remove a Drive HubThis procedure is the same as the steer axleprocedure. See 12-3, How to Remove a Drive Hub.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 73
September 2015
Oscillating Axle Components
14-1Oscillate Axle Cylinders
The oscillating axle cylinders extend and retractbetween the drive chassis and the axle to maintaina level chassis while driving over uneven terrain.The cylinders are equipped with counterbalancevalves to prevent movement in the event of ahydraulic hose failure.
How to Remove an Oscillate AxleCylinderNote: Perform this procedure on firm, level surfacewith the boom in the stowed position.
Note: When removing a hose assembly or fitting,the O-ring (if equipped) on the fitting and/or thehose end must be replaced. All connections mustbe torqued to specification during installation.Refer to Section 2, Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque Specifications.
1 Rotate the turntable until the boom is betweenthe steer tires.
2 Remove the fasteners from the drive chassiscover at the steer end. Remove the cover.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the oscillating axlecylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
4 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from therod-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift toremove the pin.
5 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe barrel end of the oscillating cylinder.
6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thebarrel-end pivot pin. Use a soft metal drift toremove the pin.
7 Remove the cylinder from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The oscillatecylinder could become unbalancedand fall if not properly attached tothe overhead crane whenremoved from the machine.
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 74 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
OSCILLATING AXLE COMPONENTS
14-2Oscillate Directional Valve
How to Adjust the OscillateRelief Valve Pressure1 Connect a 0 to 2000 psi / 0 to 150 bar pressure
gauge to the diagnostic nipple located on thefunction manifold.
2 Remove the drive chassis cover from the non-steer end of the machine.
3 Disconnect the directional valve linkage, byremoving the clevis yoke from the drivechassis. Refer to illustration 1.
a oscillate valveb clevis yokec drive chassis
4 Start the engine from the ground control.
5 With the engine running, manually activate thevalve and observe the pressure reading on thepressure gauge. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
6 Turn the engine off.
7 Locate the relief valve on the function manifold(item SC).
8 Loosen the jam nut on the relief valve.
9 Turn the valve clockwise to increase thepressure or counterclockwise to decrease thepressure.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjust therelief valve higher than specified.
10 Tighten the jam nut.
11 Repeat steps 4 through 10 to confirm theoscillate relief valve pressure.
Note: The oscillate pressure required is while theoscillate cylinders are in motion. Do not dead headthe cylinders to either side.
12 Turn the engine off, remove the pressure gaugeand assemble the directional valve linkage.
13 Install the cover on the non-steer end of thedrive chassis.
a
b
c
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 4 - 75
September 2015
How to Set Up the DirectionalValve LinkageNote: Perform this procedure on a firm, levelsurface.
1 Lower the boom to the stowed position.
2 Use a "bubble type" level to be sure the surfacethe machine is on is completely level.
Tip-over hazard. Failure toperform this procedure on a firm,level surface will compromise thestability of the machine and couldresult in the machine tipping over.
3 Check the tire pressure in all four tires and addair if needed to meet specification.
4 Remove the drive chassis cover from thenon-steer end of the machine.
5 Disconnect the linkage clevis yoke from theaxle.
6 Place a "bubble type" level on the turntablerotate bearing plate at the non-steer end.Confirm whether the drive chassis is completelylevel.
7 If the drive chassis is not level, start the engineand push up or pull down on the linkageadjustment rod until the machine is completelylevel.
8 Verify that the ground and drive chassis arecompletely level.
9 Loosen the jamb nuts and adjust the length ofthe rod by turning the clevis yoke until theclevis yoke can be pinned to the axle.
10 Install the cotter pin and tighten the jamb nuts.
11 Measure the gap between the drive chassis andthe non-steer axle on both sides (from the insideof the drive chassis).
Result: The measurements should be equal.
Note: The gap on both sides should be between0.150 inch / 0.381 cm and 0.170 inch / 0.432 cm.
12 Add or remove shims between the oscillationstop bar and the drive chassis to achieve theproper gap.
OSCILLATING AXLE COMPONENTS
Section 4 • Repair Procedures
4 - 76 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015
This page intentionally left blank.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 5 - 1
September 2015 Section 5 • Fault Codes
Before Troubleshooting:
Read, understand and obey the safety rules and
operating instructions in the appropriateoperator's manual on your machine beforeattempting any maintenance or repair procedure.
Be sure that all necessary tools and test
equipment are available and ready for use.
Read each appropiate fault code thoroughly.
Attempting shortcuts may produce hazardousconditions.
Be aware of the following hazards and follow
generally accepted safe workshop practices.
Crushing hazard. When testingor replacing any hydrauliccomponent, always supportthe structure and secure itfrom movement.
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
Note: Two persons will be required to safelyperform some troubleshooting procedures.
Fault Codes
Observe and Obey:
Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall be
completed by a person trained and qualified onthe repair of this machine.
Immediately tag and remove from service a
damaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunction
before operating the machine.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each
repair procedure with the machine in thefollowing configuration:
• Machine parked on a firm, level surface
• Boom in stowed position
• Turntable rotated with the boom between the non-steer wheels
• Turntable secured with the turntable rotation lock
• Key switch in the off position with the key removed
• Wheels chocked
• All external AC power disconnectedfrom the machine
5 - 2 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODES
Fault Codes - Control System
How to Retrieve ControlSystem Fault CodesNote: At least one fault code is present when thealarm at the platform controls produces two shortbeeps every 30 seconds for 10 minutes.
Note: Perform this procedure with the engineoff, the key switch turned to platform controlsand both red Emergency Stop button pulled outto the on position at both the ground andplatform controls.
1 Open the platform control box lid.
Electrocution/burn hazard.Contact with electrically chargedcircuits could result in death orserious injury. Remove all rings,watches and other jewelry.
2 Locate the red and yellow fault LEDs on theALC-500 circuit board inside the platformcontrol box. Do not touch the circuit board.
Component damage hazard.Electrostatic discharge (ESD)can damage printed circuitboard components. If the circuitboard does need to be handled,maintain firm contact with ametal part of the machine that isgrounded at all times whenhandling the printed circuit boardOR use a grounded wrist strap.
3 Determine the error source: The red LEDindidates the error source and will flash twoseparate codes. The first code will indicatethe first digit of the two digit code, flashingonce per second. It will then pause for 1.5seconds and flash the second digit once per0.5 second.
Note: When the red LED is flashing the code, theyellow LED will be on solid.
4 Determine the error type: The yellow LEDindidates the error type and will flash twoseparate codes. The first code will indicatethe first digit of the two digit code, flashingonce per second. It will then pause for 1.5seconds and flash the second digit once per0.5 second.
Note: When the yellow LED is flashing the code,the red LED will be on solid.
5 Use the fault code table on the followingpages to aid in troubleshooting the machineby pinpointing the area or componentaffected.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 5 - 3
September 2015 Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODES
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name ID Name
21 Primary 11 Value at 5V Function is Cycle power off,Up / Down 12 Value too high inoperative. then on afterJoystick 15 Value too low Alarm sounds problem has been
16 Value at 0V indicating a fault. corrected.17 Not calibrated Calibrate joystick.
22 Primary 21 Fault Valve is operating Cycle power off,Up / Down outside of limits. then on afterDirectional Alarm sounds problem has beenValves indicating a fault. correted.
23 Primary 12 Value too high Valve is operating Cycle power off,Up / Down 15 Value too low outside of limits. then on afterFlow Valve Alarm sounds problem has been
indicating a fault. corrected.17 Not calibrated Normal function Calibrate valve
except threshold threshold.for one or bothdirections is zero.
24 Angle sensor 11 Value at 5V Reduced speed Cycle power off,12 Value too high function. then on after15 Value too low Alarm sounds problem has been16 Value at 0V indicating a fault. corrected.17 Not calibrated Calibrate angle sensor.31 Invalid setup
26 Angle sensor 19 Out of rangecross check(S-80X)
Continued on next page
5 - 4 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODES
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name ID Name
31 Primary 11 Value at 5V Function is Cycle power off,Ext. / Ret. 12 Value too high inoperative. then on afterJoystick 15 Value too low Alarm sounds problem has been
16 Value at 0V indicating a fault. corrected.17 Not calibrated Calibrate joystick.
32 Primary 21 Fault Valve is operating Cycle power off,Ext. / Ret. outside of limits. then on afterDirectional Alarm sounds problem has beenValves indicating a fault. correted.
33 Primary 12 Value too high Valve is operating Cycle power off,Ext. / Ret. 15 Value too low outside of limits. then on afterFlow Alarm sounds problem has beenValve indicating a fault. corrected.
17 Not calibrated Normal function Calibrate valveexcept threshold threshold.for one or bothdirections is zero.
34 Ext. Ret. 31 Invalid setupLimit SwitchCross Check
41 Turntable 11 Value at 5V Limited speed Cycle power off,Rotate 12 Value too high and direction then on afterJoystick 15 Value too low frozen at zero problem has been
16 Value at 0V and neutral. corrected.Alarm soundsindicating a fault.
17 Not calibrated Calibrate joystick.
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 5 - 5
September 2015 Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODES
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name ID Name
42 Turntable 21 Fault Limited direction. Cycle power off,Rotate Frozen at zero then on afterDirectional and neutral. problem has beenValves Alarm sounds corrected.
indicating a fault.
43 Turntable 12 Value too high Limited speed Cycle power off,Rotate 15 Value too low and direction. then on afterFlow Valve Frozen at zero problem has been
and neutral. correted.Alarm soundsindicating a fault.
17 Not calibrated Normal function Calibrate valveexcept threshold threshold.for one or bothdirections is zero.
44 Drive Enable 21 Fault Drive enable Cycle power off,Override override direction then on afterSwitch is frozen at problem has been
neutral. corrected.
51 Drive Joystick 11 Value at 5V Limited speed Cylcle power off,12 Value too high and direction. then on after15 Value too low Frozen at zero problem has been16 Value at 0V and neutral. corrected.
Alarm soundsindicating a fault.
17 Not calibrated Calibrate joystick.
Continued on next page
5 - 6 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015Section 5 • Fault Codes
Error Source Error Type Condition Solution
ID Name ID Name
53 Drive Flow 12 Value too high Limited speed Cycle power off,Valve (EDC) 15 Value too low and direction. then on after
Frozen at zero problem has beenand neutral. corrected.
Alarm soundsindicating a fault.
17 Not calibrated Normal function Calibrate valveexcept threshold threshold.for one or bothdirections is zero.
54 Drive Brake 21 Fault Drive frozen Cycle power off,Valve at zero and then on after
neutral. problem has beenAlarm sounds correted.indicating a fault.
55 High Drive 21 Fault Motor speed Cycle power off,Motor Speed in the low state. then on afterValve Alarm sounds problem has been
indicating a fault. corrected.
61 Steer Joystick 11 Value at 5V Limited speed Cylcle power off,12 Value too high and direction. then on after15 Value too low Frozen at zero problem has been16 Value at 0V and neutral. corrected.
Alarm soundsindicating a fault.
17 Not calibrated Calibrate joystick.
62 Steer 21 Fault Limited speed Cycle power off,Directional and direction. then on afterValve Frozen at zero problem has been
and neutral. corrected.Alarm soundsindicating a fault.
FAULT CODES
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 5 - 7
September 2015 Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODES
Continental Engine Models
How to Retrieve ContinentalEngine Fault CodesThe ECM constantly monitors the engine by theuse of sensors on the engine. The ECM alsouses signals from the sensors to initiatesequential fuel injection and make constant andinstantaneous changes to ignition timing, fueldelivery and throttle position to maintain theengine's running condition at its highestefficiency while at the same time keepingexhaust emissions to a minimum. When asensor fails or returns signals that are outside ofset parameters, the ECM will store a fault codein memory that relates to the appropriate sensorand will turn on the Check Engine Light.
Note: Perform this procedure with the key switchin the off position.
1 Open the ground controls side cover andlocate the run/test toggle switch on the side ofthe ground control box.
2 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
3 Quickly activate and release the start toggleswitch/button. Do not start the engine.
4 Move and hold the run/test toggle switch tothe test position.
Result: The check engine light should turn on.The check engine light should begin to blink.
5 Continue to hold the run/test toggle switch inthe test position and count the blinks.
Note: Before the fault codes are displayed, thecheck engine light will blink a code 1654 threetimes. After the fault codes, the check enginelight will blink a code 1654 three times againindicating the end of the stored codes.
Note: If any fault codes are present, the ECM willblink a three or four digit code three times foreach code stored in memory. It will blink the firstdigit of a three digit code, pause, blink thesecond digit, pause, blink the third digit, thenpause and possibly a fourth digit. For example:the check engine light blinks 5 consecutivetimes, blinks 3 times and then 1 time. That wouldindicate code 531.
Note: Once a fault code has been retrieved andthe repair has been completed, the ECMmemory must be reset to clear the fault codefrom the ECM. See How to Clear Engine FaultCodes from the ECM.
How to Clear Engine FaultCodes from the ECMNote: Perform this procedure with the engine offand the key switch in the off position.
1 Open the engine side turntable cover andlocate the battery.
2 Disconnect the negative battery cable fromthe battery for a minimum of 5 minutes.
Electrocution/burn hazard.Contact with electrically chargedcircuits could result in death orserious injury. Remove all rings,watches and other jewelry.
3 Connect the negative battery cable to thebattery.
5 - 8 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015Section 5 • Fault Codes
System Code Fault Name Fault Conditions
MAP 108 MAP Pressure High Y Y MAP pressure > 16 psi and TPS < 10%
and RPM > 1800
To Unlatch, MAP pressure must be < 10 psi
107 MAP Voltage Low Y Y MAP voltage < 0.05 vdc and TPS > 2%
and RPM < 7000
To Unlatch, MAP voltage must be > 0.5 vdc
ECT/ 118 ECT Voltage High Y ECT voltage > 4.95 vdc
CHT 117 ECT Voltage Low Y ECT voltage < 0.05 vdc
116 ECT higher than expected 1 Y Y Y ECT > 210° F and RPM > 600
217 ECT higher than expected 2 Y ECT > 230° F and RPM > 600
IAT 113 IAT Voltage High Y IAT voltage > 4.95 vdc
112 IAT Voltage Low Y IAT voltage < 0.05 vdc
111 IAT higher than expected 1 Y Y IAT > 200° F and RPM > 1000
127 IAT higher than expected 2 Y IAT > 210° F and RPM > 1000
BP 2229 BP Pressure High Y Y BP pressure > 16 psi
129 BP Pressure Low Y Y BP pressure < 8.3 psi
Battery 563 Voltage High Y Y Voltage > 18 vdc
Voltage 562 Voltage Low Y Y Voltage < 9.5 vdc and RPM > 1500
5V 643 5VE1 High Voltage Y 5VE1 > 5.4 vdc
External 642 5VE1 Low Voltage Y 5VE1 < 4.6 vdc
TPS 123 TPS1 High Voltage Y TPS1 voltage > 4.8 vdc
122 TPS1 Low Voltage Y TPS1 voltage < 0.2 vdc
223 TPS2 High Voltage Y TPS2 voltage > 4.8 vdc
222 TPS2 Low Voltage Y TPS2 voltage < 0.2 vdc
221 TPS1 > than TPS2 Y (TPS1 percent - TPS2 percent) > 20%
121 TPS1 < than TPS2 Y (TPS1 percent - TPS2 percent) < -20%
2112 Unable to reach > TPS Y (target TPS - actual TPS) > 20%
2111 Unable to reach < TPS Y (target TPS - actual TPS) < -20%
2135 TPS1/2 simultaneous Y Uses same parameters as individual
voltages out of range TPS1/2 voltage fault detection above
FAULT CODES
Sh
utd
ow
n
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
KC
*
Po
we
r D
era
te 1
Po
we
r D
era
te 2
Lo
w R
ev L
imit
* Adaptive Learn Key Cycle
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 5 - 9
September 2015 Section 5 • Fault Codes
System Code Fault Name Fault Conditions
FPP 2122 FPP1 High Voltage Y FPP1 voltage > 4.8 vdc
2123 FPP1 Low Voltage Y FPP1 voltage < 0.2 vdc
Engine 219 Max Govern Speed Override RPM > 3400
Speed 1111 Rev Fuel Limit RPM > 3600
1112 Spark Rev Limit Y RPM > 3800
Oil 524 Oil Pressure Low Y Oil pressure pulled-up input with a
Pressure threshold voltage of 2.5 vdc and
RPM > 500 and run-time > 30 s
Adaptive 171 AL High Gasoline Bank 1 AL_BM > 30% and RPM between 0-9999
Learn and MAP between 0-99 psi
172 AL Low Gasoline Bank 1 AL_BM < -30% and RPM between 0-9999
and MAP between 0-99 psi
1161 AL High LPG AL_BM > 30% and RPM between 0-9999
and MAP between 0-99 psi
1162 AL Low LPG AL_BM < -30% and RPM between 0-9999
and MAP between 0-99 psi
Closed 1155 CL High Gasoline Bank 1 CL_BM > 40% and RPM between 0-9999
Loop and MAP between 0-99 psi
1156 CL Low Gasoline Bank 1 CL_BM <-40% and RPM between 0-9999
and MAP between 0-99 psi
1151 CL High LPG CL_BM > 35% and RPM between 0-9999
and MAP between 0-99 psi
1152 CL Low LPG CL_BM < -35% and RPM between 0-9999
and MAP between 0-99 psi
Catalyst 420 Gasoline Cat Monitor Y Y EGO2 RMS > 0.005 phi and EGO2
Monitor RMS > EGO1 RMS* 50% and
EGO2 RMS > CL waveform RMS* 50%
1165 LPG Cat Monitor Y Y EGO2 RMS > 0.005 phi and EGO2
RMS > EGO1 RMS* 50% and
EGO2 RMS > CL waveform RMS* 50%
FAULT CODES
Sh
utd
ow
n
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
KC
*
Po
we
r D
era
te 1
Po
we
r D
era
te 2
Lo
w R
ev L
imit
* Adaptive Learn Key Cycle
Continued on next page
5 - 10 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015Section 5 • Fault Codes
FAULT CODES
Sh
utd
ow
n
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
KC
*
Po
we
r D
era
te 1
Po
we
r D
era
te 2
Lo
w R
ev L
imit
System Code Fault Name Fault Conditions
EGO 134 EGO Open/Lazy Pre-cat 1 Y Y EGO cold persistently > 120 seconds
Sensors 154 EGO Open/Lazy Post-cat 1 Y Y EGO cold persistently > 120 seconds
Injectors 261 Injector Loop Open or Injector off-state low-side < 4 vdc
Low-Side Short to Ground Y Y Y and battery voltage > 9 vdc
262 Injector Coil Shorted Y Y Y Injector on-state low-side > 4 vdc
and battery voltage < 16 vdc
Power 686 Relay Control Ground Short
Relay 685 Relay Coil Short
Control 687 Relay Coil Short to Pwr
Coil
Tach 2618 Tach Output Ground Short Does not turn on MIL
Output 2619 Tach Output Short to Pwr Does not turn on MIL
EPR 1171 EPR Delivery Pressure Y Y MJ actual-commanded press > 4 in. H20
Diagnostics > than expected
LPG 1172 EPR Delivery Pressure Y Y MJ actual-commanded press < 4 in. H20
< than expected
1173 EPR Comm Lost Y Y No MJ packets received within 500 ms
1174 EPR Voltage Supply High Y Y
1175 EPR Voltage Supply Low Y Y
1176 EPR Internal Actuator Y Y
fault detection
1177 EPR Internal Circuitry Y Y
fault detection
1178 EPR Internal Comm Y Y
fault detection
* Adaptive Learn Key Cycle
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 5 - 11
September 2015 Section 5 • Fault Codes
System Code Fault Name Fault Conditions
Cam 342 Cam Loss Y Y No cam pulse in 4 cycles and RPM > 1000
Crank 337 Crank Loss Cam pulses without crank activity
Sensors > 6 cam pulses
341 Cam Sync Noise Y Y Number of invalid cam re-syncs = 1
within a time window of <= 700 ms
336 Crank Sync Noise Y Y Number of invalid crank re-syncs = 1
within a time window of <= 800 ms
16 Never Crank Synced Cranking revs without sync < 4 revs
at Start and RPM > 90 rpm
Internal 606 COP Failure Y Y
Processor 1612 RTI 1 Loss Y Y
Diagnostics 1613 RTI 2 Loss Y Y
1614 RTI 3 Loss Y Y
1615 A/D Loss Y Y
1616 Invalid Interrupt Y Y
601 Flash Checksum Invalid Y Y
604 RAM Failure Y Y
J1939 1625 Shutdown Request Number of shutdown requests >= 1
Network 1626 CAN Tx Failure TX error counter > 100
1627 CAN Rx Failure Rx error counter > 100
1628 CAN Address Conflict Failure Address conflict counter > 5
FAULT CODES
Sh
utd
ow
n
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
Ad
ap
tive
Le
arn
KC
*
Po
we
r D
era
te 1
Po
we
r D
era
te 2
Lo
w R
ev L
imit
* Adaptive Learn Key Cycle
5 - 12 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
September 2015Section 5 • Fault Codes
This page intentionally left blank.
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 1
Schematics
Observe and Obey:
Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall becompleted by a person trained and qualified onthe repair of this machine.
Immediately tag and remove from service adamaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunctionbefore operating the machine.
Before Troubleshooting:
Read, understand and obey the safety rulesand operating instructions in the appropriateoperator's manual on your machine beforeattempting any maintenance or repair procedure.
Be sure that all necessary tools and testequipment are available and ready for use.
About This SectionThere are two groups of schematics in this section.
Electrical Schematics
Electrocution/burn hazard. Contactwith electrically charged circuitscould result in death or seriousinjury. Remove all rings, watchesand other jewelry.
Hydraulic Schematics
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 2 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Symbols Legend
Connectionno terminal
P3
Horn buttonnormally open
T-circuitsconnect
FB
Flashing beacon
Diode
Circuits crossingno connection
Quick disconnectterminal
BLK
WHT
T-circuits connectat terminal
WHT #21 TB21
Battery
+
-
Circuit breakerwith amperage
15A
CB1
Horn or alarm
H1 Emergency Stopbutton normally
closed
P1
Coilsolenoid or relay
Key switch
KS1
GROUND
PLATFORM
Power relay
PR1
Toggle switch SPDT
TS2
START
ENG
INE
Toggle switch DPDT
TS6
UP
DO
WN
PLATFOR
MLEVEL
Gauge sending unit
HM
Hour meter
N.O.OTS2
Oil temperatureswitch
normally open
N.O.CTS1
Coolant temperatureswitch
normally open
Oil pressure switchnormally closed
N.C.OPS1
BLK
FS1
Foot switch
PumpAux
Auxiliary pump
FAN
Hydraulic oilcooling fan
G1
Gauge
Tilt sensorLED
L3
Limit switch
N.C.H.ON.O.H.C
LS3
Fusewith amperage
25A
F1
510
Resistor withohm value
Starting aid:glow plug orflame ignitor
Control relay contactnormally open
CR4N.O.
Battery separator
MA
INA
UX
Coil
Fuel or RPMsolenoid
PU
LL
IN
HO
LD
CA B
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 3
Hydraulic Symbols Legend
Pumpfixed displacement
Motorbi-directional
Accumulator
Shut off valve
Check valve
2 position, 3 way, shuttle valve
Double actingcylinder
Priorityflow regulator valve
Differentialsensing valve
Solenoid operatedproportional valve
Hydraulic oil cooler
Brake
Pilot operated 3 position,3 way, shuttle valve
Filter withbypass valverelief setting
25 psi(1.7 bar)
Motor2-speed,
bi-directional
Pumpbi-directional,
variable displacement
E
Pump prime mover(engine or motor)
Directional valve(mechanically activated)
o
Relief valvewith pressure setting
200 psi(13.8 bar)
Orifice with size
.035"(0.89 mm)
Solenoid operated 3 position,4 way, directional valve
Directional valvepilot operated
2 position, 2 way
Flow divider/combiner valvewith pressure balancing orifice
and flow percentages
50% 50%
Counterbalance valvewith pressure and pilot ratio
(206.8 bar)3000 psi
3:1
Solenoid operated 2 position,3 way, directional valve
2 position, 2 waysolenoid valve
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 4 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
This page intentionally left blank.
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 5 6 - 6
Connector Pin Legend - View 1
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 6 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Connector Pin Legend - View 1
C1 DT06-12SA
RDRD/BKRD/WH
C28TTAC29MS
C27AUX
COLOR
C35RPM BK/RD
12V POWER TO PLAT
RDP134PWR(C)
C132PLI1
C9
BRSNSR GNDRD/BKC123PBS
GR/WHC45GEN403938373635343332
ORC118LSR313029
2625
RDP134PWR(A)23OR/RD22
21C42LS
2019
16
1312
1234567891011
1415
18
24
2728
17
21P26ESTP
CKT # PIN #
P24FS
4PLUGP25FS 3
COLOR
BKWHRD
C9 FS DT04-4P
CIRCUIT #
V155PCE OR/RD
CONTINENTALTME27
C33STR BK
C41RPM OR/BK
2011L04iDEUTZ
804PERKINS
R21IGN WH(14)
C127TSW GR
P24PWR RD
C31EDC- WH/BKC30EDC+ WH
C29MS RD/WH
C32BRK WH/RD
C39LP BL/RD
C108ESL BL/WH
PIN# CIRCUIT # COLOR
1
32
4
65
7
9
8
1112
13
10
14
15
17
18
16
19
2120
23
24
22 C34SA BK/WHOR/WHLT BR--
--
1
32
45
C1PBU
C4TRLC5TRR
C3PBFC2PBD
C3 DT06-12SC
COLOR
WHRD/WH
WH/BK
RD/BKRD
789
C8PBRC9PERF
C7PBE
C59CNKC133PLA
10
1211
C4 DT06-12SD
12
543
67
910
8
V155PCEC17PRL
C15PLDC14PLUC13DRE
C49DLITE
C43JUC44JD
C18PRR
OR
GR
BK/WH
BLBK/RD
BK
BL/BKBL/WH
BL/RD
OR/BK
COLOR
OR/RD
GR/WHGR/BK
WH/RD C6TRF 6
12PLUGPLUG 11
C6
C59CNK
C28TTA
P134PWR(B) RD
RD/BK
BL/BK
C36STCC37STCC BL/BK
BL
C3PBF
C1PBUC2PBD
COLOR
RD/WH
RDRD/BK
C5TRR
C9PERF
C4TRL
C6TRFC7PBEC8PBR BK/WH
BK
WH
BK/RD
WH/BK
C40LS OR
WH/RD
1
32
4
C7 DTP06-4S
P22PWR
PLUGBATGNDP23PWR
CIRCUIT # PIN #COLOR
BRWHBK
C7
C1GRAY
C3GREEN
PLUGPLUGSNSR GNDP109ANG
C2 DT06-12SB
C2BLACK
1
32
45
BL/RDOROR/BK
GR
C39LP
C42LSC46HRN
C41RPMC40LS
COLOR
OR/RD
78
11
9
GR/WHC123PBSC45GEN
10
12
GR/BK P134PWR 6
BL/WHC37STCCBL/BK
12
543
WH/BK C31EDC-C30EDC+WH
67
98
C4BROWN
BK
BK/RDBL
BK/WH
C32BRKC33STR
C36STCC35RPMC34SA
1112
10
WH/RD
GR/RD
OR/GRRD/OR
LT BR
P109ANG GR/WH
P23PWR WH
C46HRN GRC27AUX RD
R24PWR RD
C35RPM BK/RD
C27AUX RDC46HRN GR
P24PWR RD
C32BRK WH/RD
C29MS RD/WH
C30EDC+ WHC31EDC- WH/BK
C24TSPS WH
R21IGN WH(14)
C41RPM OR/BK
C33STR BK
V155PCE OR/RD
C21IGN WHC21IGN WH
V155PCE OR/RD
C33STR BK
C41RPM OR/BK
R21IGN WH(14)
C24TSPS WH
C31EDC- WH/BKC30EDC+ WH
C29MS RD/WH
C32BRK WH/RD
P24PWR RD
C46HRN GRC27AUX RD
C35RPM BK/RD
C34SA BK/WH
FOOTSWITCH
FUNCTION MANIFOLD
ENGINE
C5
PIN#
C13DRE BL/RD
C177LSBL/WH 12(CE MODEL)(S-80X MODEL)
CIRCUIT # PIN #
CIRCUIT # PIN #
CIRCUIT # PIN #
CIRCUIT # PIN #
C132PLI2 (CE MODEL)
P109LS 12BL/WH
(CE MODEL)
(S-80X MODEL)
SPARE
ES0507C
GR/WHC109LS (S-80X MODEL)
BL/RDC177LS (S-80X MODEL)
CIRCUIT # COLOR CIRCUIT # COLOR
P210PWR BK (S-80X MODEL)
C211LO BL/BK (S-80X MODEL)
C212LO GR/BK (S-80X MODEL)
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 7
Connector Pin Legend - View 2
11
0
20
11
J2
J1
C108ESL
CONTINENTAL TME27
ALC500OUTPUT
ALC500INPUT 9
10
1112
345
7
8
6
21
PIN# CIRCUIT #
BL/WHGNBL/RDWH/RD
BLBL/WHBK(14)
WH
BK/RD
OR/BK
COLOR
WHWH
RD/WHWH/RD
COLOR
BL/WH
RD/WH
BL/BK
BL/WHWH/RDWH/BK
BRORBRORBR
BL/RDRD/BK
GR/WH
CIRCUIT #PIN#
12
C29MS
6
8
7
543
P162JPW1JSGND114
13121110
C13DRE(A)1615
P109ANG9
C28TTA
JSGND2P162JPW2SNSR GND
C163PLS
C144DERC143DEL
C159STCC160JPL
C165TRSC164PES
1816
9
C123PBSC40LS
C42LSC41RPM
C2PBDC1PBU
C13DRE
C5TRRC6TRFC7PBE
C30EDC+
9 C4TRL
151617
C31EDC-
C37STCC
10
11121314 C9PERF
C8PBR
345
7
8
6
C3PBF
21
PIN# CIRCUIT #
WH
WHWH/BK
BL/BK
WH/BK
WH/RDBKBK/WHBK/RD
BL/RDOR/RDOR/BK
RD/BK
RD/WH
RD
COLOR
OR
181920 C29MS
C32BRK
C36STC BL
WH/RDRD/WH
R23PWR
C38RETC21RET
R21IGNC41RPMR33STRC38FP
C127TSWC39LPC26TSR
C35RPM
C14GRAY
J22
OR/BK
6 C44JD GR/BK
10
C14PLUC15PLD
OR
9
11
87
GR
COLOR
GNDC18PRR
C43JUC17PRL
GND
GR
GR/BKBRBR
54
23
1
J22 DT04-12PA
GNDGNDGNDGND BR
BRBRBR
ENGINE PLUG ENGINE PLUG
GND
C24TSC25PSRC24PSR21IGN
C107AFC26TSR
C41RPMWHOR/BK
COLOR
WH
BR
WH(14)
WH/BKWHWH/RD
CIRCUIT #PIN#
12
6
8
7
543
109
DEUTZ 2011LO4i
RD/BK
PLATFORM MANIFOLD
P24FSGND
P24FSP26ESTP3
4
21
PIN# CIRCUIT #
BKWH
COLOR
BRWH
ALC500POWER/VALVE INPUT
J3
124
3
J144
(GAUGE OPTION)
12
PIN # CIRCUIT #
C184PL
P109LS
NCC169LED2
C177LS
P109LS
NC
C169LED19 NC
10
3
4
5
7
8
6
SNSR GND
2
1
PIN# CIRCUIT #
-GR
-
-
BL
BL/RD
BR
GR/WH
WIRE
GR/WHWH
S-80X MODEL
J8
16
510
--
--
ES0507C
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 8
Connector Pin Legend - View 2
6 - 7
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 9
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04i Models
6 - 10
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 10 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04i Models
SW4NO
MA
INA
UX
TIMER 30
U16NO
GROUNDAUXILIARY ON
KEY POWERBATTERY
TACHOMETER
IGN / FUEL ONENGINE FAULT
KEY BYPASS
START INPUT
START RELAY
4
8765
109
123
IGN / STARTMODULE
P1
34
PW
RR
DL
EV
EL
SE
NS
OR
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
B1
BA
TR
D
R4
6H
RN
GR
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
CR5NO
RD
TB41
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
IGN
ITIO
N/
STA
RT
ER
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TB35
TS2ENGINESTART
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
CR1NO NO
CR2
TS51
TB27
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33RD
C3
3S
TR
BK
P24FS WH
TS54ENG.RPM
HIG
H
TS4ENGINERPM
REGULATORIND
BAT+
STA
BAT-
EXCT
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
L2
C2
4T
SP
SW
H
S2NC
S1NOO
ILP
RE
SS
UR
ES
WIT
CH
OL
IT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
TB34
TS56GLOWPLUG
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
TS6GLOWPLUG
CR3NO
RP
MC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
HIG
H
LO
W
TILT
AL
AR
M
RD
WH
BK
BK
H2
HM
+
P25FS RD
P26ESTP BK
C1
-1C
27
AU
XR
D
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9C
35
RP
MB
K/R
D
+
12 VDC
B1B2
D22
CR17NO
D6
HO
LD
PU
LL
IN
-COM
+AUX
S-613
+BAT
MOM N.O.
BR
WH
RD
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
C5
-7
C5
-2
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-15
R2
1IN
GW
H
C5
-22
C5
-18
D13
D12
C11
6H
YD
WH
R11
6H
YD
OR
A C
B
R3
3S
TR
BK
BL/RD
P2
2P
WR
BK
C1
32
PL
IB
L/W
H
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CB215AMP
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
7
WH
GR
/BK
TB2812 8
TB134
RD
PLAT
GND
KS1TB22
P1 RD
6
1
4
3
5
C4
6H
RN
GR
H1
P3HORN
RD
P2
3P
WR
WH
WH
TB23D2
FS1
BKC9P-1P2
CR39ANO
C5
-5
D51
R21ING WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
OIL
CO
LL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
D40
+
C1
33
PL
SG
R/B
K
L48
CR15NO
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
CO
NT
RO
LR
EL
AY
RD
RP
MM
OD
UL
E
J1
44
-8J1
44
-7
J1
44
-4
J1
44
-6
J1
44
-2
J1
44
-1
C6
-24
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C5
-3
F1720A
F2260A
F720A
C9P-3
C9P-2
GBOXGROUND
FB
P1
34
FB
RD
D64
P4FUNC. ENABLE
TB133
TB132
TB46
D67 D68
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TB155
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
C1
-2
C3
-12
C2
-5
C2
-6
C1
-12
C7
-1
3
1
4
2
C5
-1
P24PWR RD
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP.
VA
LVE
(FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E)
Y74
TB20
B
B1
PR2
BAT2 APU
B1BAT RD
C28TTA RD/BK
D4
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C5
-19
C7
-2
C5
-11
TB21
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21ING WHC24TSPS WH
-
F2020A
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
C32
ES0504D
LO
W
RD
C33STR BK
-
CB715A
M3
FB
M1
P1
34
FB
RD
12 VDC
-
+
-
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
IDC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
GL
OW
PL
UG
TIM
ED
EL
AY
30
SE
CO
ND
S
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
M2
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LE
D
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 11
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04I Models
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
7.5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5
C4
TR
LW
H
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
CR34
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
C6
-31
TB118
24
14
23
13NO
NO
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
C11
8L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 12
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04i Models
6 - 11
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 13
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 14
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 14 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04I Models
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
HM
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
C3
2-8
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
RD
U1
6-2
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
RD
-T
B1
34
C
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-T
B1
33
C
WH
-TS
51
-5R
D-T
S5
3-2
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
WS
TE
ER
CC
W
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
DH
OR
N
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
OR
&W
H-B
EA
CO
NS
D3
0
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
KS
1-2
1 2
U16
3 5
BK
/WH
C5
-22
RD
TB
23
A
BR
GN
D
BK
/WH
TB
34
C
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
BK
ISM
-3
U1
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.F
AU
LT
IGN
./F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
(-)
10
WH
-C5
-39
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.O
N
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
BK
-C5
-5
RD
ISM
#4
D6
WH
ISM
#7
GL
OW
PL
UG
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(D)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/22 CABLE
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
IGNITION START MODULEU1
GLOW PLUG TIME DELAY RELAYU16
WH/BK C4B-9
WH DL1
RD DL2
BK GND1
TB21C
CR23
10 AMP FUSE
DRIVE LIGHT OPTION RELAY
BR GND2
RD
C3
2-1
(UN
US
ED
)
(UN
US
ED
)
BK
/WH
U1
6-5
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
ES504D
F19
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 15
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04I Models
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
51
P1
NC
E-S
TO
P
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
13
21
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-TB
13
4D
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
- GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
-HM
( -)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
-TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/ BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
BK
/WH
-TB
34
D
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D6
4D
13
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
11
8D
BR
-HM
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
87
A
85 3
0
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TI O
NS
ES0504D
TS
56
32
1
WH
-IS
M#
10
87
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 16
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),
Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 15
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 17 6 - 18
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Deutz TD2011L04I Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 18 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04I Models
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
LS
18
-C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
C1
P-1
2
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
3-C
39
LP
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13ALC-500
OPTION OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
J8
-P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
C3
P-1
2
ES0505D
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 19
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04I Models
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
L1
TS4
TS7
P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2 TS6
L47
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
RD
RDRD
ES0504D
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
1
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
TS8
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
BK
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 20
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 19
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 21
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 22
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 22 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111)
SW4NO
MA
INA
UX
30 SEC
U16NO
GROUNDAUXILIARY ON
KEY POWERBATTERY
TACHOMETER
IGN / FUEL ONENGINE FAULT
KEY BYPASS
START INPUT
START RELAY
4
8765
109
123
IGN / STARTMODULE
P1
34
PW
RR
DL
EV
EL
SE
NS
OR
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
B1
BA
TR
D
R4
6H
RN
GR
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
CR5NO
RD
TB41
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
IGN
ITIO
N/
STA
RT
ER
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TB35
TS2ENGINESTART
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
CR1NO NO
CR2
TS51
TB27
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33RD
C3
3S
TR
BK
P24FS WH
TS54ENG.RPM
HIG
H
TS4ENGINERPM
REGULATORIND
BAT+
STA
BAT-
EXCT
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
L2
C2
4T
SP
SW
H
S2NC
S1NOO
ILP
RE
SS
UR
ES
WIT
CH
OL
IT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
TB34
TS56GLOWPLUG
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
TS6GLOWPLUG
CR3NO
RP
MC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
HIG
H
LO
W
TILT
AL
AR
M
RD
WH
BK
BK
H2
G6
+
P25FS RD
C1
-1C
27
AU
XR
D
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9C
35
RP
MB
K/R
D
+
12V DC
B1B2
D22
CR17NO
D6
HO
LD
PU
LL
IN
-COM
+AUX
S-613
+BAT
MOM N.O.
BR
WH
RD
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
C5
-7
C5
-2
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-15
R2
1IN
GW
H
C5
-22
C5
-18
D13
D12
C11
6H
YD
WH
R11
6H
YD
OR
A C
B
R3
3S
TR
BK
BL/RD
P2
2P
WR
BK
C1
32
PL
IB
L/W
H
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CB215AMP
7
WH
GR
/BK
TB28
12 8
TB134
RD
PLAT
GND
KS1TB22
P1 RD
6
1
4
3
5
C4
6H
RN
GR
H1P3HORN
RD
P2
3P
WR
WH
WH
TB23D2
FS1
BKC9P-1
P2
CR39ANO
C5
-5
D51
R21ING WH
P25FS RD
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
OIL
CO
LL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
D39
+
C1
33
PL
SG
R/B
K
L4
CR15NO
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
CO
NT
RO
LR
EL
AY
RD
RP
MM
OD
UL
E
J1
44
-8J1
44
-7
J1
44
-4
J1
44
-6
J1
44
-2
J1
44
-1
C6
-24
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C5
-3
F1720A
F2260A
F720A
C9P-3
C9P-2
GBOXGROUND
FB
P1
34
FB
RD
D64
P4FUNC. ENABLE
TB133
TB132
TB46
D67D68
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TB155
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
C3
-12
C2
-5
C2
-6
C1
-12
C7
-1
3
1
4
2
C5
-1
P24PWR RD
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP.
VA
LVE
(FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E)
Y74
TB20
B
B1
PR2
BAT2 APU
B1BAT RD
D4
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C5
-19
C7
-2
C5
-11
TB21
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21ING(A) WHC24TSPS WH
-
F2020A
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
U33
ES0504A
LO
W
RD
C33STR BK
-
CB715A
M3
FB
M1
P1
34
FB
RD
12V DC
-
+
-
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
IDC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
GL
OW
PL
UG
TIM
ED
EL
AY
30
SE
CO
ND
S
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
M2
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LE
D
H6
+
- L45
C1
-2C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
D40
D88PBOX
GROUND
2 SEC.
U35
PBOXGROUND
R14
4.7K�
P26ESTP BK
R26ESTP BK
2 SEC.
U34
C4
-10
LS18
LS18A
NO30A
5 9
8
3
2
NO10A
2
5
9
83
C132PLI BK
PBOXGROUND
C4
-10
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 23
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111)
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
CR34
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5
C4
TR
LW
H
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
22NCHO
21
C6
-31
TB118
C11
8L
SO
R
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 24
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04i Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 23
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 25
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 26
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 26 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
G6
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
H6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
RD
U1
6-2
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
RD
-H6
(+)
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-H6
(-)
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
OR
-BE
AC
ON
(RIG
HT
)
D3
0
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
U3
3
H6
RD
-P1
34
PW
RT
B1
34
C
GR
/BK
-TB
13
3C
GR
/BK
-L4
5(-
)
RD
L4
5(+
)R
DH
6(+
)
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(D)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/24 CABLE
1 2
U1
6 3 5
BK
/WH
C5
-22
RD
TB
23
A
BR
GN
D
BK
/WH
TB
34
C
GL
OW
PL
UG
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
U1
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.F
AU
LT
IGN
./F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
( -)
10
WH
-C4
-10
9
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.O
N
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
BK
-C5
-5
RD
ISM
#4
D6
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
INP
UT
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
AL
AR
M
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
BK
/WH
U1
6-5
BK
ISM
#3
WH
ISM
#7
WH
-BE
AC
ON
(LE
FT
)
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
ES0504A
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
2310
AM
P
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
RE
LA
Y(O
PT
ION
)
BR
GN
D2
F1
9
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
TIME DELAY, GLOW PLUG, 30 SECONDSU16
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
LED - PLATFORM OVERLOADL45
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
IGNITION START MODULEU1
PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARMH6
UN
US
ED
UN
US
ED
LOAD SENSE MODULEU33
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 27
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
51
P1
NC
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
13
21
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-L4
5(+
)
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
-G6
(-)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
-TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/ BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
WH
-IS
M#
10
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D6
4D
13
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
1 18
D
BR
-G6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
87
A
85 30
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
ES0504A
+
L4
5G
R/B
K-H
6(-
)
RD
-KS
1-2
RD
-TB
13
4D
87
TS
56
12
3
BK
/WH
-TB
34
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 28
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 27
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 29
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 30
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 30 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
2P
-10
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
C4
P-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
J22
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
L1
-C1
3D
RE
(A)
BL
/RD
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
D39
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
J1
9
1
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
GR
/BK
C3
P-1
2
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
C4
P(B
R)
C3
P(G
N)
C2
P(B
K)
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
TS
6-C
34
SA
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
J2
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
1
11
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C9
P-2
WH
L1
BK
P2
J3
1
3
H1
+ -BRN
GND STUD
BATGND J3-1
BATGND C7P-3
J22-1, 2, 9, 10, 11 & 12
C7P C9
12V BATT F.S.
LS18 OPT.
U13ALC-500
RD
LS
18
LS
18
-C1
32
PL
I1B
KC
1P
-12
H1
-C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
KC
3P
-12
GR
/BK
L4
D88
P2
6E
ST
PB
KE
-ST
OP
BR
GN
D
RD
-H1
+
P1
34
PW
RR
D
COM
3
2
NO
5R
26
ES
TP
BK
C9
P-1
U35
RD
-E-S
TO
P
P1
34
PW
RR
D
RD
LS
18
CA
BL
E
R2
0
C132PLI BK C3P-12
LS
18
-C1
32
PL
I2B
KC
3P
-10
COM
3
2
NO
5
U34
C3-10
C4-10
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0504A
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
TS
47
C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 31
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
OR
J1
-11
RD
/WH
J1
-2
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
JC7
6
1
GR
C2
P-5
TS4
L1
+
L47
P3
NO
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
+
TS2
NC
WH
C7
P-2
BK
C7
P-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C9
-1
BK
J3
-3
TS7
TS8
TS14
TS1TS9
L48
P2RD
RD
BK
RD
ES0504A
+
L4
GR
/BK
H1
(D3
9)
TS6
BK
C1
P-7
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
JC3
61
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BR
J1
-14
BL
/WH
J1
-5
OR
J1
-13
1
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFROM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)
CR27 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - BRAKE CIRCUIT (OPTION)
CR30 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT (OPTION)
J22 PLATFORM MANIFOLD
L4 LED - PLATFORM OVERLOAD
LS18 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LIMIT SWITCH
R20 RESISTOR - 4700�
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
U35 TIME DELAY RELAY - 2 SECONDS, 30A
U34 TIME DELAY RELAY - 2 SECONDS, 10A
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
RD
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 32
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Deutz TD2011L04I Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 31
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 33
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 34
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 34 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
SW4NO
MA
INA
UX
TIMER 30
U16NO
GROUNDAUXILIARY ON
KEY POWERBATTERY
TACHOMETER
IGN / FUEL ONENGINE FAULT
KEY BYPASS
START INPUT
START RELAY
4
8765
109
123
IGN / STARTMODULE
P1
34
PW
RR
DL
EV
EL
SE
NS
OR
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
B1
BA
TR
D
R4
6H
RN
GR
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
CR5NO
RD
TB41
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
IGN
ITIO
N/
STA
RT
ER
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TB35
TS2ENGINESTART
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
CR1NO NO
CR2
TS51
TB27
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33RD
C3
3S
TR
BK
P24FS WH
TS54ENG.RPM
HIG
H
TS4ENGINERPM
REGULATORIND
BAT+
STA
BAT-
EXCT
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
L2
C2
4T
SP
SW
H
S2NC
S1NO
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
OL
IT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
TB34
TS56GLOWPLUG
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
TS6GLOWPLUG
CR3NO
RP
MC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
HIG
H
LO
W
TILT
AL
AR
M
RD
WH
BK
BK
H2
G6
+
P25FS RD
C1
-1C
27
AU
XR
D
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9C
35
RP
MB
K/R
D
+
12V DC
B1B2
D22
CR17NO
D6
HO
LD
PU
LL
IN
-COM
+AUX
S-613
+BAT
MOM N.O.
BR
WH
RD
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
C5
-7
C5
-2
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-15
R2
1IN
GW
H
C5
-22
C5
-18
D13
D12
C11
6H
YD
WH
R11
6H
YD
OR
A C
B
R3
3S
TR
BK
BL/RD
P2
2P
WR
BK
C1
32
PL
IB
L/W
H
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CB215AMP
7
WH
GR
/BK
TB28
12 8
TB134
RD
PLAT
GND
KS1TB22
P1 RD
6
1
4
3
5
C4
6H
RN
GR
H1P3HORN
RD
P2
3P
WR
WH
WH
TB23D2
FS1
BKC9P-1
P2
CR39ANO
C5
-5
D51
R21ING WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
OIL
CO
LL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
D39
+
C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
K
L4
CR15NO
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
CO
NT
RO
LR
EL
AY
RD
RP
MM
OD
UL
E
J1
44
-8J1
44
-7
J1
44
-4
J1
44
-6
J1
44
-2
J1
44
-1
C6
-24
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C5
-3
F1720A
F2260A
F720A
C9P-3
C9P-2
GBOXGROUND
FB
P1
34
FB
RD
D64
P4FUNC. ENABLE
TB133
TB132
TB46
D67D68
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TB155
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
C3
-12
C2
-5
C2
-6
C1
-12
C7
-1
3
1
4
2
C5
-1
P24PWR RD
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP.
VA
LVE
(FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E)
Y74
TB20
B
B1
PR2
BAT2 APU
B1BAT RD
D4
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C5
-19
C7
-2
C5
-11
TB21
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21ING(A) WHC24TSPS WH
-
F2020A
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
U33
ES0504D
LO
W
RD
C33STR BK
-
CB715A
M3
FB
M1
P1
34
FB
RD
12V DC
-
+
-
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
IDC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
GL
OW
PL
UG
TIM
ED
EL
AY
30
SE
CO
ND
S
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
M2
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LE
D
H6
+
- L45
C1
-2C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
D40
D88
D89
PBOXGROUND
2 SEC.
U3530A
PBOXGROUND
R14
4.7K�
P26ESTP BK
R26ESTP BK
2 SEC.
U3410A
C3
-10
C1
32
PL
I2B
K
LS18
LS18A
NO
2 9
8
3
5
NO
5
2
9
83
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 35
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
7.5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5C
4T
RL
WH
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
CR34
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
C6
-31
TB118
24
14
23
13NO
NO
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
C11
8L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 36
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 35
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 37
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 38
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 38 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
G6
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
H6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
WH
C5
-1
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
RD
-H6
(+)
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-H6
(-)
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
RD
U3
4-2
OR
&W
H-B
EA
CO
NS
D3
0
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
U3
3
H6
RD
-P1
34
PW
RT
B1
34
C
GR
/BK
-TB
13
3C
GR
/BK
-L4
5(-
)
RD
L4
5(+
)R
DH
6(+
)
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(D)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/22 CABLE
1 2
U16
3 5
BK
/WH
C5
-22
RD
TB
23
A
BR
GN
D
BK
/WH
TB
34
C
GL
OW
PL
UG
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
U1
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.
FA
ULT
IGN
. /F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
(-)
10
WH
-U3
4#
99
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.
ON
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
BK
-C5
-5
RD
ISM
#4
D6
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
INP
UT
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
AL
AR
M
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
BK
/WH
U1
6-5
BK
ISM
#3
WH
ISM
#7
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
23
10
AM
PF
US
E
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
OP
TIO
NR
EL
AY
BR
GN
D2
F1
98 9
U34
3 5
WH
C5
-3
WH
ISM
-#9
BR
GN
D
BK
C3
B-1
0
2R
DT
B1
34
C(A
)
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
GLOW PLUG TIME DELAYU16
LOAD SENSE MODULE
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
LED - PLATFORM OVERLOADL45
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
IGNITION START MODULEU1
PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARMH6
(UN
US
ED
)
ES0504D
U33
LOAD SENSE TIME DELAYU34
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 39
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
51
P1
NC
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
13
21
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-L4
5(+
)
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
- G6
(-)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
-TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
WH
-IS
M#
10
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D6
4D
13
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
118
D
BR
-G6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
87
A
85 3
0
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
ES0504D
+
L4
5G
R/B
K-H
6(-
)
RD
-KS
1-2
RD
-TB
13
4D
87
TS
56
12
3
BK
/WH
-TB
34
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 40
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 39
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 41
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 42
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 42 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
6-C
34
SA
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
H1
-C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
KC
3P
-12
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13 - JOYSTICKCONTROL CARD
LS18 OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0504D
P2
6E
ST
PB
KE
-ST
OP
BR
GN
D
RD
-H1
+
P1
34
PW
RR
D
COM
32
NO
5
R2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
U35
RD
-E-S
TO
P
P1
34
PW
RR
D
RD
LS
18
CA
BL
E
47
00
�
R2
0
D88
D89
C132PLI1 BL/WH C1P-12
C132PLI2 BK C3P-10
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
C4
P-7
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
GR
/BK
L4
GR
/BK
C3
P-1
2
D39
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 43
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
GR
/BK
H1
(D3
9)
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
L1
TS4
TS7
P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2 TS6
L4
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
RDBK
RDRD
ES0504D
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
1
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
CR27 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - BRAKE CIRCUIT (OPTION)
CR30 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT (OPTION)
L4 LED - PLATFORM OVERLOAD
LS18 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LIMIT SWITCH
R20 RESISTOR - 4700�
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)
U35 TIME DELAY RELAY
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
TS8
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
+
L47
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 44
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Deutz TD2011L04I Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 43
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 45
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 46
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 46 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
MA
INA
UX
.
+
3
1
4
2
B
B1
-
CB2
15 AMP
TB20
P1
KS1
PLAT
GRD
TB22
TB134
TB132
GROUND
4
1 3
5
6
12
7
8C32
TB133
H1
D40L48
P2
P3HORN
C2
-6
C7
-1
P1
34
PW
RR
D
P2
2P
WR
BK
C2
-5
TB28
TB46
TB23D2
C1
-2
C7
-2
C9P-1
FS1C9P-3
C9P-2
P26ESTP BK
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS2ENGINESTART
TS6GLOWPLUG
TS4ENGINERPM
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
C1
-1
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
D12
HIG
HR
PM
(FS
)
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C27AUX RD
D67 D68
D4
TB41
TB155
C3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
D13
TB35
TS54ENGINERPM
LO
WR
PM
HIG
HR
PM
LO
WR
PM
TB34
D64
TB33
D6
TB27
P4FUNCTION
ENABLE
TS56GLOWPLUG
TS52ENGINESTART
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TS51
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C3
3S
TR
BK
C2
7A
UX
RD
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
P2
3P
WR
WH
C4
6H
RN
GR
GR
/BK
B1
BA
TR
D
B1
BA
TR
D
F17
20A
C5
-2
C5
-7
C6
-24
C6
-28
C5
-5
P24PWR RD
R21IGN WH
B1BAT RD
BAT2 APU RD
C5
-6
C5
-1
C5
-3
C5
-15
C5
-22
C5
-18
C5
-19
C5-11TB21
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
START RELAYTACHOMETER
START INPUT
AUXILIARY
GROUND
BATTERY
KEY POWER
KEY BYPASS
IGN / FUEL ON
ENGINE FAULT
IGN / STARTMODULE
L2
BL/RD
HM
+
-
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C33STR BKC27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21IGN WHC24TSPS WH
F7
20A
D22
12V DC 12V DC
B2 B1
+ +
- -
BAT+
BAT-
STA
INDREGULATOR
EXCT
ALTERNATOR
FB FB
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
P1
34
FB
RD
P1
34
FB
RD
CR17NO
30
87
86
85R11
6H
YD
OR
C11
6H
YD
WH
CR5NO
R4
6H
RN
GR
86
85
30
87
HYDFAN
SW4NO
H2
A C
B
RD
WH
D51
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
BK
PR2
M3
R3
3S
TR
BK
CR1 CR39A CR2NO
86
85
30
87
NO
86
85
30
87
NO
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
M2
R2
1IG
NW
H
F2260A
CR15NO
86
85
30
87
S2 S1
NC NOC
24
TS
PS
WH
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
CR3NO
86
85
30
87
CB2010A
Y74
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
OIL
CO
OL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP
ER
AT
UR
ES
WIT
CH
(OP
TIO
N)
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
TILT
AL
AR
M
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
IGN
ITIO
N/
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PR
EL
AY
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
IGN
ITIO
NP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
PU
MP
RP
MR
EL
AY
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
VA
LVE
(FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E)
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
ES504D
CR4
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
M4
P210PWR BK
ZONE A
ZONE B
OFF
1000 LB (A)
500 LB (A & B)
D101
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 47
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
P134PWR RD
D23
D24
17
10 56 82
1
4
2
3
5
6
P162JPW1-OR
JSGND1-BR
C159STC-BL/WH
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
J25
910
JC3DRIVE / STEER
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
1
4
2
3
5
6
P162JPW2-OR
JSGND2-BR
C164PES-RD/WH
C165TRS-WH/RD
C163PLS-WH/BK
J127
31 2 654
J114
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
RIG
HT
LE
FT
1
2 12
11
14
13
5
7 158166 452 1 314
15
16
19
18
17
20 411910678 14
13
12
3
JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD
TB134A
3 2
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
J3
J2
CR30
NO
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
NC
CR27L47
TS9PLATFORMLEVEL
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CW
CC
W
DO
WN
UP
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-5
J2
2-6
J2
2-4
J2
2-3
J2
2-2
J2
2-1
J2
2-1
0
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
Y71 Y70 Y19 Y20
GND BR
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
P2
4F
SW
H
GN
DB
R
C1
84
PL
WH
P1
09
TS
GR
/WH
ZO
NE
SE
LE
CT
SN
SR
BR
L51 L50
ZONE A ZONE B
C2
08
LE
DG
R
C2
09
LE
DB
L
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
TS15DRIVEENABLE
TS75ZONE SELECT
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
L1
LE
DB
L/R
D
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS14DRIVESELECT
H1
RD
/BK
J1 J8 J8 J1 J1 J1
J2
P210PWR BK
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C27AUX RD
C4
-6
C4
-5
C4
-8
C4
-7
C4
-3
C4
-2
C3
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-5
C1
-4
C3
-3
C3
-2
C3
-1
C1
-12
BL
/RD
GR
/WH
C3
-12
C2
-3
C3
-7
C3
-8
C3
-9
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C4
-1
C2
-2
C2
-4
C2
-8
C2
-9
C2
-10
C7
-3
CC
W
TS57PLATFORMROTATE
CW
TB18
TB17
TB44
TB43D30
D29
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
C1
7P
RL
GR
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
TS59
TB15
TB14
DO
WN
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
TB59
L46
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
C1
4P
LU
OR
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
TB29 TB32
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
K
TB36 TB37
TB31 TB30
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
C1
PB
UR
D
R16
7.5�TS61PRI. BOOMUP / DOWN
R14
10�
CR34 CR68
CR53
UP
DO
WN C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
TB1
TB2
TB3
P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
CR52
CR69
TS63PRI. BOOMEXT. / RET.
C7
PB
EB
K
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
R14(A)
5�
TS62TURNTABLEROTATE
C4
TR
LW
H
CW
CC
W
TB13
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
TB42
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C4
0L
SO
R
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
GN
DB
R
C6
-24
C6
-11
C5
-24
C5
-23
C6
-36
C6
-37
C5
-20
C5
-21
C11
8L
SO
R
TB118 C6
-31
C6
-3
C6
-2
C6
-1
C6
-12
P2
10
PW
RB
K
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C6
-21
C6
-30
C6
-38
C6
-16
BL
/RD
C2
11P
LO
BL
/BK
S2
12
PL
OG
R/B
K
GR
/WH
J133
J133B
K
RD
OR
WH
1 4 5 2
BL
3 6
BR
BL
BK
GR
J134
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
H4
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
K
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
C1
PB
UR
D
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C4
TR
LW
H
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C6
-6
C6
-5
C6
-4
TB9
TB8
TB7
TB5
TB4
NO14
13
WH
BK
Y27 Y2 Y4 Y3 Y5 Y6
U4
Y12 Y21 Y22 Y15 Y25 Y26 Y13 Y24 Y23
21
22
NC
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
24 23
14 13
NO
NO
22 21
14 13
NO
NC22 21
14 13NO
NC22 21
14 13NO
NC
WH
BK
/WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3
2 1
BR
BL
BK
BK
/WH
BR
BL
BK
WH
BK
BR
RD
2 1
2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
2324
NO
1314
NO
2324
NO
1314
NO
2122
NC
1314
NO
C6
-13
C6
-25
C6
-23
C6
-40
C6
-22
C6
-35
C6
-34
C6
-33
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C4
0L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D’S
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
DR
IVE
ED
CR
EV
ER
SE
DR
IVE
ED
CF
OR
WA
RD
GR
OU
ND
CR
34
-P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/DO
WN
GR
OU
ND
BO
X-
ZO
NE
AO
PE
RA
TIO
NA
ND
SP
EE
DR
ED
UC
TIO
NL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
B1
EO
-B
OO
ME
XT
EN
DC
AP
AC
ITY
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
ES
-B
OO
ME
XT
EN
DC
AP
AC
ITY
SA
FE
TY
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
T3
S-
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DG
RO
UN
DB
OX
-Z
ON
EA
SA
FE
TY
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/RE
TR
AC
TF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
B1
RO
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TD
RIV
E/
RO
TA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
OA
NG
LE
ST
OW
ED
DR
IVE
SP
EE
DR
ED
UC
TIO
NL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
S1
7P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-O
PE
RA
TIO
NA
L
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 48
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 47
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 49 6 - 50
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 50 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
BK
C5
-5
RD
-TB
20
B
RD
-TB
20
A
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
WH
-TB
23
B
BK
-C3
2-5
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
BK
C3
2-4
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
RD
U1
6-2
BK
/WH
U1
6-5
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)W
H/1
2C
7B
-2
RD
C6
-25
BK
/RD
C5
-18
WH
/RD
C5
-23
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
C5
-21
BK
/RD
C6
-9
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
C6
-7
WH
/RD
C6
-6
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
C6
-4
RD
/WH
C6
-3
RD
C2
B-6
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
GR
C2
B-5
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
C2
B-2
BL
C1
B-1
0
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
RD
C1
B-1
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
C1
B-4
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
GR
C4
B-5
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
OR
C4
B-2
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
C3
B-7
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
C3
B-4
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
C3
B-1
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/12
KS
1-3
WH
HM
(+)
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
BK
CR
69
-87
A
RD
C6
-1
13
4
118
13
3
13
2
59
13
4A
15
5
46
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
RD
C6
-24
BL
/BK
C6
-11
OR
C6
-31
RD
C6
-23
OR
/RD
C5
-19
GR
C5
-7
BL
/BK
C6
-37
37
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
1
24
14
15
23
20
18
17
22 21
33
29
30
32 31
28
13 9 8 7
35 134 26
34
RD
/12
CB
2-2
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
GR
TS
57
-3
BK
TS
52
-3
BK
/RD
R1
4(A
)
27
36
RD
TS
61
-4
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
WH
TS
62
-3
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
RD
/BK
CR
68
-87
A
5
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
WH
C5
-11
BL
C6
-36
RD
/WH
C5
-24
RD
C5
-6
RD
/BK
C6
-28
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-2
45
44
3941
42
40
43
GR
/WH
C6
-39
OR
C6
-40
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
/BK
C5
-2
RD
ISM
#4
BK
ISM
#3
WH
ISM
#7
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
12
VP
OW
ER
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
(UN
US
ED
)
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
-L
SB
1R
O
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LA
LA
RM
EN
GIN
ES
TA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
(UN
US
ED
)
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R(O
PT
ION
)
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
(UN
US
ED
)
RP
M/TA
CH
SIG
NA
L
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
-L
ST
20
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
(UN
US
ED
)
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ER
PM
GL
OW
PL
UG
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.F
AU
LT
IGN
./F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
(-)
10
WH
-C5
-39
U1
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.O
N
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
RD
TB
23
A
BK
/WH
C5
-22
BK
/WH
TB
34
C
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
1 2 3
U16
5
BK
-C5
-5
18/22 CABLE
C5
BC
DA
12V TO PLAT
3
ENGINE16/22 CABLE
C6
FUNCTIONS
C1BC7B C2BC3BC4B
1 2
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
D6
RD
-T
B1
34
C1 4 7
C3
28
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-C7
B-1
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
56
-2
GN
/BK
-TB
13
3C
BR
-GN
D
3 5 6
12
BK
-TB
22
C
OR
-134
A(D
)
RD
-44
C
CABLERESTRAINT
WH
/BK
-32C
BK
-GN
D
WH
-134
A(C
)
BL-
GN
DG
R-G
ND
D3
0R
D/B
KT
B4
4C
D2
9
WH
-BE
AC
ON
(LE
FT
)O
R-B
EA
CO
N(R
IGH
T)
TB
2C
-DE
SC
.A
LA
RM
(UN
US
ED
)
CABLERESTRAINT
GROUND STUD
CR
52
CR
53
CR
68
CR
69
GN
DB
R
TS
61
-6C
2P
BD
RD
/BK
TS
63
-1C
7P
BE
BK
TB
2D
R2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB
7D
R7
PB
EB
K
RD
/BK
BK
C6
-30
C2
11L
OB
L/B
K
C6
-38
C2
12
LO
GR
/BK
ES0504D
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND CUTOUT RELAY, OPERATIONALCR53
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND CUTOUT RELAY, SAFETYCR69
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN CUTOUT RELAY, SAFETYCR68
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN CUTOUT RELAY, OPERATIONALCR52
GR
/BK
C3
2-8
RD
C3
2-1
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
C4
B-7
IGNITION START MODULEU1
GLOW PLUG TIME DELAY RELAYU16
WH/BK C4B-9
WH DL1
RD DL2
BK GND1
TB21C
CR23
10 AMP FUSE
DRIVE LIGHT OPTION RELAY
BR GND2
KS
1-2
F19
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 51
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
D2
NC
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
BR
-HM
(-)
OR
-TB
118
D
RD
-TS
63
-2
23
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
D4RD
-TS
61
-2
12
D6
8
D1
3
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
BK
-TB
33
D
RD
- TB
20
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
WH
-TB
21
D
BK
-TB
22
D
BL
/BK
-TB
59
D
RD
-TB
1D
RD
/BK
-CR
52
-30
RD
/WH
-R1
4
WH
-TB
4D
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
BK
-CR
53
-30
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
GN
/BK
- TB
18
D
GN
-TB
17
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
OR
-TB
14
D
WH
-TB
23
D
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-TS
51
-1
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
BR
- HM
(-)
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
- GN
DS
TU
D
64
5
32
1
WH
-IS
M#
10
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-P1
- 2
WH
-C3
2-6
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-KS
1-1
RD
-L4
5(+
)
4
3
2B
1B
2A
1A
641
3
3 2 1456
1236 5 4
123
3 2 1
12
31
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
L4
6
L2
TS
52
CB
2
TS
54
3
42
B
KS
1
B1
1N
C
P1
TS
51
NO
P4
TS
61
TS
63
TS
59
TS
57
TS
62
R1
6
R1
4
R1
4(A
)
CR
34
TS
56
12
3
RD
-C3
2-7
BL
/WH
-TB
34
D
G6
86
85 3
0
87
A
87
+ -
D6
4
4
3
NO
BK
C6
-12
RD
-TB
27
D
D1
01
ES0504D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 52
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 51
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 53
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 54
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 54 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
LS
18
-C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
C1
P-1
2
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
6-C
34
SA
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
TS
75
-2C
18
4P
LW
H
C3
P-1
2P
10
9L
SB
L/W
H
L5
0(-)
C1
69
LE
D2
GR
L5
1(-)
C1
69
LE
D1
GR
TS
75
-3S
NS
RB
R
C1
P-1
2C
17
7L
SB
L/W
H
TS
75
-1P
10
9T
SG
R/W
H
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13ALC-500
OPTION OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
J8
-P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
C3
P-1
2
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0504D
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 55
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
L1
TS4
TS7
P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2 TS6
L47
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
+
L51 L50
+
TS75
GR
J8
-10
GR
/WH
J8
-6
WH
J8
-2
GR
J8
-5
BR
J8
-8
RDBKBKBK
RDRD
ES0504D
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
L50 LED - ZONE B, 500 LB CAPACITY
L51 LED - ZONE A, 1000 LB CAPACITY
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS75 ZONE SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION)
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
1
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 56
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Deutz TD2011L04I Models
6 - 55
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 57
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 58
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 58 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Perkins 804D-33 Models
SW4NO
MA
INA
UX
GROUNDAUXILIARY ON
KEY POWERBATTERY
TACHOMETER
IGN / FUEL ONENGINE FAULT
KEY BYPASS
START INPUT
START RELAY
4
8765
109
123
IGN / STARTMODULE
P1
34
PW
RR
DL
EV
EL
SE
NS
OR
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
B1
BA
TR
D
R4
6H
RN
GR
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
CR5NO
RD
TB41
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
IGN
ITIO
N/S
TA
RT
ER
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TB35
TS2ENGINESTART
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
CR1NO NO
CR2
TS51
TB27
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33RD
C3
3S
TR
BK
P24FS WH
TS54ENG.RPM
HIG
H
TS4ENGINERPM
REGULATORIND
BAT+
STA
BAT-
EXCT
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
L2
C2
4T
SP
SW
H
S2NC
S1NOO
ILP
RE
SS
UR
ES
WIT
CH
OL
IT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
TB34
TS56GLOWPLUG
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
TS6GLOWPLUG
CR3NO
RP
MP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
HIG
H
LO
W
TILT
AL
AR
M
RD
WH
BK
BK
H2
G6
+
P25FS RD
P26ESTP BK
C1
-1C
27
AU
XR
D
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9C
35
RP
MB
K/R
D
+
12V DC
B1B2
D22
CR17NO
D6
C5
-7
C5
-2
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-15
R2
1IN
GW
H
C5
-22
C5
-18
D13
D12
C11
6H
YD
WH
R11
6H
YD
OR
A C
B
R3
3S
TR
BK
BL/RD
P2
2P
WR
BK
C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CB215AMP
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
7
WH
GR
/BK
TB2812 8
TB134
RD
PLAT
GND
KS1TB22
P1 RD
6
1
4
3
5
C4
6H
RN
GR
H1
P3HORN
RD
P2
3P
WR
WH
WH
TB23D2
FS1
BKC9P-1P2
CR39ANO
C5
-5
D51
R21ING WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.S
WIT
CH
(OP
TIO
N)
OIL
CO
LL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
D40
+
P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
L48
CR15NO
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
CO
NT
RO
LR
EL
AY
RD
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
C6
-24
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C5
-3
F1720A
F2260A
F720A
C9P-3
C9P-2
GBOXGROUND
FB
P1
34
FB
RD
D64
P4FUNC. ENABLE
TB133
TB132
TB46
D67 D68
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TB155
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
C1
-2
C3
-12
C2
-5
C2
-6
C1
-12
C7
-1
3
1
4
2
C5
-1
P24PWR RD
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP.V
ALV
E(F
UN
CT
ION
EN
AB
LE
)
Y74
TB20
B
B1
PR2
BAT2 APU
B1BAT RD
C28TTA RD/BK
D4
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C5
-19
C7
-2
C5
-11
TB21
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21ING WHC24TSPS WH
-
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
C32
ES0503D
LO
W
RD
C33STR BK
-
CB2010A
M3
FB
M1
P1
34
FB
RD
12V DC
-
+
-
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
IDC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
M2
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LE
D
CR4NO
RP
MC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
M4
FU
EL
PU
MP
R3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 59
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Perkins 804D-33 Models
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
7.5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5
C4
TR
LW
H
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
CR34
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
C6
-31
TB118
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
24
14
23
13NO
NO
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
C11
8L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 60
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 59
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 61
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 62
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 62 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Perkins 804D-33 Models
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
HM
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
C3
2-8
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
RD
-T
B1
34
C
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-T
B1
33
C
WH
-TS
51
-5R
D-T
S5
3-2
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
WS
TE
ER
CC
W
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
DH
OR
N
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
OR
&W
H-B
EA
CO
NS
D3
0
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
KS
1-2
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
BK
ISM
-3
U1
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.
FA
ULT
IGN
. /F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
(-)
10
WH
-C5
-39
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.
ON
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
BK
-C5
-5
RD
ISM
#4
D6
WH
ISM
#7
GL
OW
PL
UG
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(D)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/22 CABLE
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
IGNITION START MODULEU1
WH/BK C4B-9
WH DL1
RD DL2
BK GND1
TB21C
CR23
10 AMP FUSE
DRIVE LIGHT OPTION RELAY
BR GND2
RD
C3
2-1
(UN
US
ED
)
(UN
US
ED
)
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
ES503D
F19
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 63
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Perkins 804D-33 Models
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
51
P1
NC
E-S
TO
P
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
13
21
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-TB
13
4D
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
- HM
(-)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
-TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
BK
/WH
-TB
34
D
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D6
4D
13
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
118
D
BR
-HM
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
87
A
85 3
0
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
ES0503D
TS
56
32
1
WH
-IS
M#
10
87
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 64
Ground Control Switch Panel Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),
Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 63
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 65 6 - 66
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Perkins 804D-33 Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 66 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Perkins 804D-33 Models
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
6-C
34
SA
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW U13
ALC-500
OPTION OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0503D
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
C4
P-7
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
J8
-P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
C3
P-1
2
LS
18
-C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
C1
P-1
2
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 67
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Perkins 804D-33 Models
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
L1
TS4
TS7
P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2 TS6
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
RD
RDRD
ES0503D
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
1
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
TS8
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)
BK
+
L47
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 68
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),
Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 67
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 69
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 70
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 70 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
SW4NO
MA
INA
UX
GROUNDAUXILIARY ON
KEY POWERBATTERY
TACHOMETER
IGN / FUEL ONENGINE FAULT
KEY BYPASS
START INPUT
START RELAY
4
8765
109
123
IGN / STARTMODULE
P1
34
PW
RR
DL
EV
EL
SE
NS
OR
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
B1
BA
TR
D
R4
6H
RN
GR
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
CR5NO
RD
TB41
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
IGN
ITIO
N/
STA
RT
ER
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TB35
TS2ENGINESTART
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
CR1NO NO
CR2
TS51
TB27
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33RD
C3
3S
TR
BK
P24FS WH
TS54ENG.RPM
HIG
H
TS4ENGINERPM
REGULATORIND
BAT+
STA
BAT-
EXCT
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
L2
C2
4T
SP
SW
H
S2NC
S1NOO
ILP
RE
SS
UR
ES
WIT
CH
OL
IT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
TB34
TS56GLOWPLUG
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
TS6GLOWPLUG
CR3NO
RP
MP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
HIG
H
LO
W
TILT
AL
AR
M
RD
WH
BK
BK
H2
G6
+
P25FS RD
C1
-1C
27
AU
XR
D
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9C
35
RP
MB
K/R
D
+
12V DC
B1B2
D22
CR17NO
D6
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
C5
-7
C5
-2
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-15
R2
1IN
GW
H
C5
-22
C5
-18
D13
D12
C11
6H
YD
WH
R11
6H
YD
OR
A C
B
R3
3S
TR
BK
BL/RD
P2
2P
WR
BK
C1
32
PL
IB
L/W
H
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CB215AMP
7
WH
GR
/BK
TB28
12 8
TB134
RD
PLAT
GND
KS1TB22
P1 RD
6
1
4
3
5
C4
6H
RN
GR
H1P3HORN
RD
P2
3P
WR
WH
WH
TB23D2
FS1
BKC9P-1
P2
CR39ANO
C5
-5
D51
R21ING WH
P25FS RD
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
OIL
CO
LL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
D39
+
C1
33
PL
SG
R/B
K
L4
CR15NO
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
CO
NT
RO
LR
EL
AY
RD
C6
-24
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C5
-3
F1720A
F2260A
F720A
C9P-3
C9P-2
GBOXGROUND
FB
P1
34
FB
RD
D64
P4FUNC. ENABLE
TB133
TB132
TB46
D67D68
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TB155
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
C3
-12
C2
-5
C2
-6
C1
-12
C7
-1
3
1
4
2
C5
-1
P24PWR RD
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP.
VA
LVE
(FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E)
Y74
TB20
B
B1
PR2
BAT2 APU
B1BAT RD
D4
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C5
-19
C7
-2
C5
-11
TB21
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21ING(A) WHC24TSPS WH
-
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
U33
ES0503A
LO
W
RD
C33STR BK
-
CB2010A
M3
FB
M1
P1
34
FB
RD
12V DC
-
+
-
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
IDC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
PU
MP
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
M2
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LE
D
H6
+
- L45
C1
-2C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
D40
D88PBOX
GROUND
2 SEC.
U35
PBOXGROUND
R14
4.7K�
P26ESTP BK
R26ESTP BK
2 SEC.
U34
C4
-10
LS18
LS18A
NO30A
5 9
8
3
2
NO10A
2
5
9
83
C132PLI BK
PBOXGROUND
C4
-10
CR4NO
M4
R3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
RP
MC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 71
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
CR34
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5C
4T
RL
WH
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
22NCHO
21
C6
-31
TB118
C11
8L
SO
R
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 72
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 71
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 73
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 74
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 74 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
G6
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
H6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
RD
-H6
(+)
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-H6
(-)
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
OR
-BE
AC
ON
(RIG
HT
)
D3
0
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
U3
3
H6
RD
-P1
34
PW
RT
B1
34
C
GR
/BK
-TB
13
3C
GR
/BK
-L4
5(-
)
RD
L4
5(+
)R
DH
6(+
)
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(D)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/24 CABLE
GL
OW
PL
UG
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
U1
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.
FA
ULT
IGN
./F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
(-)
10
WH
-C4
-10
9
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.
ON
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
BK
-C5
-5
RD
ISM
#4
D6
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
INP
UT
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
AL
AR
M
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
BK
ISM
#3
WH
ISM
#7
WH
-BE
AC
ON
(LE
FT
)
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
ES0503A
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
2310
AM
P
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
RE
LA
Y(O
PT
ION
)
BR
GN
D2
F1
9
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
LED - PLATFORM OVERLOADL45
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
IGNITION START MODULEU1
PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARMH6
UN
US
ED
UN
US
ED
LOAD SENSE MODULEU33
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 75
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
51
P1
NC
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
13
21
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-L4
5(+
)
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
- GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
- G6
(-)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
-TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
WH
-IS
M#
10
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D6
4D
13
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
11
8D
BR
-G6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
87
A
85 30
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
ES0503A
+
L4
5G
R/B
K-H
6(-
)
RD
-KS
1-2
RD
-TB
13
4D
87
TS
56
12
3
BK
/WH
-TB
34
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 76
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 75
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 77
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 78
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 78 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
2P
-10
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
C4
P-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
J22
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
L1
-C1
3D
RE
(A)
BL
/RD
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
D39
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
J1
9
1
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
GR
/BK
C3
P-1
2
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
C4
P(B
R)
C3
P(G
N)
C2
P(B
K)
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
TS
6-C
34
SA
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
J2
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
1
11
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C9
P-2
WH
L1
BK
P2
J3
1
3
H1
+ -BRN
GND STUD
BATGND J3-1
BATGND C7P-3
J22-1, 2, 9, 10, 11 & 12
C7P C9
12V BATT F.S.
LS18 OPT.
U13ALC-500
RD
LS
18
LS
18
-C1
32
PL
I1B
KC
1P
-12
H1
-C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
KC
3P
-12
GR
/BK
L4
D88
P2
6E
ST
PB
KE
-ST
OP
BR
GN
D
RD
-H1
+
P1
34
PW
RR
D
COM
3
2
NO
5R
26
ES
TP
BK
C9
P-1
U35
RD
-E-S
TO
P
P1
34
PW
RR
D
RD
LS
18
CA
BL
E
R2
0
C132PLI BK C3P-12
LS
18
-C1
32
PL
I2B
KC
3P
-10
COM
3
2
NO
5
U34
C3-10
C4-10
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0503A
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
TS
47
C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 79
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
OR
J1
-11
RD
/WH
J1
-2
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
JC7
6
1
GR
C2
P-5
TS4
L1
+
L47
P3
NO
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
+
TS2
NC
WH
C7
P-2
BK
C7
P-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C9
-1
BK
J3
-3
TS7
TS8
TS14
TS1TS9
L48
P2RD
RD
BK
RD
ES0503A
+
L4
GR
/BK
H1
(D3
9)
TS6
BK
C1
P-7
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
JC3
61
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BR
J1
-14
BL
/WH
J1
-5
OR
J1
-13
1
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFROM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)
CR27 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - BRAKE CIRCUIT (OPTION)
CR30 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT (OPTION)
J22 PLATFORM MANIFOLD
L4 LED - PLATFORM OVERLOAD
LS18 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LIMIT SWITCH
R20 RESISTOR - 4700�
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
U35 TIME DELAY RELAY - 2 SECONDS, 30A
U34 TIME DELAY RELAY - 2 SECONDS, 10A
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
RD
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 80
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Perkins 804D-33 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 79
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 81 6 - 82
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 82 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
SW4NO
MA
INA
UX
GROUNDAUXILIARY ON
KEY POWERBATTERY
TACHOMETER
IGN / FUEL ONENGINE FAULT
KEY BYPASS
START INPUT
START RELAY
4
8765
109
123
IGN / STARTMODULE
P1
34
PW
RR
DL
EV
EL
SE
NS
OR
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
B1
BA
TR
D
R4
6H
RN
GR
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
CR5NO
RD
TB41
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
IGN
ITIO
N/S
TA
RT
ER
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TB35
TS2ENGINESTART
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
CR1NO NO
CR2
TS51
TB27
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33RD
C3
3S
TR
BK
P24FS WH
TS54ENG.RPM
HIG
H
TS4ENGINERPM
REGULATORIND
BAT+
STA
BAT-
EXCT
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
L2
C2
4T
SP
SW
H
S2NC
S1NO
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
OL
IT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
TB34
TS56GLOWPLUG
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
TS6GLOWPLUG
CR3NO
RP
MP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
HIG
H
LO
W
TILT
AL
AR
M
RD
WH
BK
BK
H2
G6
+
P25FS RD
C1
-1C
27
AU
XR
D
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9C
35
RP
MB
K/R
D
+
12V DC
B1B2
D22
CR17NO
D6
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
C5
-7
C5
-2
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-15
R2
1IN
GW
H
C5
-22
C5
-18
D13
D12
C11
6H
YD
WH
R11
6H
YD
OR
A C
B
R3
3S
TR
BK
BL/RD
P2
2P
WR
BK
C1
32
PL
IB
L/W
H
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CB215AMP
7
WH
GR
/BK
TB28
12 8
TB134
RD
PLAT
GND
KS1TB22
P1 RD
6
1
4
3
5
C4
6H
RN
GR
H1P3HORN
RD
P2
3P
WR
WH
WH
TB23D2
FS1
BKC9P-1
P2
CR39ANO
C5
-5
D51
R21ING WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.S
WIT
CH
(OP
TIO
N)
OIL
CO
LL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
D39
+
C1
33
PL
SG
R/B
K
L4
CR15NO
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
CO
NT
RO
LR
EL
AY
RD
C6
-24
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C5
-3
F1720A
F2260A
F720A
C9P-3
C9P-2
GBOXGROUND
FB
P1
34
FB
RD
D64
P4FUNC. ENABLE
TB133
TB132
TB46
D67D68
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TB155
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
C3
-12
C2
-5
C2
-6
C1
-12
C7
-1
3
1
4
2
C5
-1
P24PWR RD
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP.V
ALV
E(F
UN
CT
ION
EN
AB
LE
)
Y74
TB20
B
B1
PR2
BAT2 APU
B1BAT RD
D4
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C5
-19
C7
-2
C5
-11
TB21
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21ING(A) WHC24TSPS WH
-
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
U33
ES0503D
LO
W
RD
C33STR BK
-
CB2010A
M3
FB
M1
P1
34
FB
RD
12V DC
-
+
-
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
ER
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
IDC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
PU
MP
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
M4
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LE
D
H6
+
- L45
C1
-2C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
D40
D88
D89
PBOXGROUND
2 SEC.
U3530A
PBOXGROUND
R14
4.7K�
P26ESTP BK
R26ESTP BK
2 SEC.
U3410A
C3
-10
C1
32
PL
I2B
K
LS18
LS18A
NO
2 9
8
3
5
NO
5
2
9
83
CR4NO
M2
RP
MC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y
R3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 83
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
7.5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5C
4T
RL
WH
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
CR34
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
C6
-31
TB118
24
14
23
13NO
NO
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
C11
8L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 84
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE)Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 83
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 85 6 - 86
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 86 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
G6
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
H6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
RD
-H6
(+)
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-H6
(-)
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
RD
U3
4-2
OR
&W
H-B
EA
CO
NS
D3
0
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
U3
3
H6
RD
-P1
34
PW
RT
B1
34
C
GR
/BK
-TB
13
3C
GR
/BK
-L4
5(-
)
RD
L4
5(+
)R
DH
6(+
)
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(D)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/22 CABLE
GL
OW
PL
UG
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
U1
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.
FA
ULT
IGN
./F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
( -)
10
WH
-U3
4#
99
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.
ON
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
BK
-C5
-5
RD
ISM
#4
D6
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
INP
UT
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
AL
AR
M
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
BK
ISM
#3
WH
ISM
#7
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
23
10
AM
PF
US
E
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
OP
TIO
NR
EL
AY
BR
GN
D2
F1
98 9
U34
3 5
WH
C5
-3
WH
ISM
-#9
BR
GN
D
BK
C3
B-1
0
2R
DT
B1
34
C(A
)
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
LOAD SENSE MODULE
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
LED - PLATFORM OVERLOADL45
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
IGNITION START MODULEU1
PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARMH6
(UN
US
ED
)
ES0503D
U33
LOAD SENSE TIME DELAYU34
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 87
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
51
P1
NC
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
13
21
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-L4
5(+
)
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
- G6
(-)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
-TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/ BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
WH
-IS
M#
10
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D6
4D
13
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
118
D
BR
-G6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
87
A
85 3
0
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TI O
NS
ES0503D
+
L4
5G
R/B
K-H
6(-
)
RD
-KS
1-2
RD
-TB
13
4D
87
TS
56
12
3
BK
/WH
-TB
34
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 88
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 87
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 89
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 90
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 90 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
6-C
34
SA
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
H1
-C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
KC
3P
-12
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13 - JOYSTICKCONTROL CARD
LS18 OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0503D
P2
6E
ST
PB
KE
-ST
OP
BR
GN
D
RD
-H1
+
P1
34
PW
RR
D
COM
32
NO
5
R2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
U35
RD
-E-S
TO
P
P1
34
PW
RR
D
RD
LS
18
CA
BL
E
47
00
�
R2
0
D88
D89
C132PLI1 BL/WH C1P-12
C132PLI2 BK C3P-10
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
C4
P-7
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
GR
/BK
L4
GR
/BK
C3
P-1
2
D39
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 91
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
GR
/BK
H1
(D3
9)
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
L1
TS4
TS7
P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2 TS6
L4
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
RDBK
RDRD
ES0503D
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
1
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
CR27 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - BRAKE CIRCUIT (OPTION)
CR30 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT (OPTION)
L4 LED - PLATFORM OVERLOAD
LS18 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LIMIT SWITCH
R20 RESISTOR - 4700�
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)
U35 TIME DELAY RELAY
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
TS8
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
+
L47
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 92
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Perkins 804D-33 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 91
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 93
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 94
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 94 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
MA
INA
UX
.
+
3
1
4
2
B
B1
-
CB2
15 AMP
TB20
P1
KS1
PLAT
GRD
TB22
TB134
TB132
GROUND
4
1 3
5
6
12
7
8C32
TB133
H1
D40L48
P2
P3HORN
C2
-6
C7
-1
P1
34
PW
RR
D
P2
2P
WR
BK
C2
-5
TB28
TB46
TB23D2
C1
-2
C7
-2
C9P-1
FS1C9P-3
C9P-2
P26ESTP BK
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS2ENGINESTART
TS6GLOWPLUG
TS4ENGINERPM
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
C1
-1
C1
-7
C1
-8
C1
-9
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
D12
HIG
HR
PM
(FS
)
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C27AUX RD
D67 D68
D4
TB41
TB155
C3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
D13
TB35
TS54ENGINERPM
LO
WR
PM
HIG
HR
PM
LO
WR
PM
TB34
D64
TB33
D6
TB27
P4FUNCTION
ENABLE
TS56GLOWPLUG
TS52ENGINESTART
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
TS51
C3
4S
AB
K/W
H
C3
3S
TR
BK
C2
7A
UX
RD
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
P2
3P
WR
WH
C4
6H
RN
GR
B1
BA
TR
D
B1
BA
TR
D
F17
20A
C5
-2
C5
-7
C6
-24
C6
-28
C5
-5
P24PWR RD
R21IGN WH
B1BAT RD
BAT2 APU RD
C5
-6
C5
-1
C5
-3
C5
-15
C5
-22
C5
-18
C5
-19
C5-11TB21
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
START RELAYTACHOMETER
START INPUT
AUXILIARY
GROUND
BATTERY
KEY POWER
KEY BYPASS
IGN / FUEL ON
ENGINE FAULT
IGN / STARTMODULE
L2
BL/RD
HM
+
-
C27AUX RD
C41RPM OR/BK
P23PWR WH
C33STR BK
C33STR BKC27AUX RD
P24PWR RD
C21IGN WHC24TSPS WH
F7
20A
D22
12V DC 12V DC
B2 B1
+ +
- -
BAT+
BAT-
STA
INDREGULATOR
EXCT
ALTERNATOR
FB FB
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
P1
34
FB
RD
P1
34
FB
RD
CR17NO
30
87
86
85R11
6H
YD
OR
C11
6H
YD
WH
CR5NO
R4
6H
RN
GR
86
85
30
87
HYDFAN
SW4NO
H2
A C
B
RD
WH
D51
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
BK
PR2
M3
R3
3S
TR
BK
CR1 CR39A CR2NO
86
85
30
87
NO
86
85
30
87
NO
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
M2
R2
1IG
NW
H
F2260A
CR15NO
86
85
30
87
S2 S1
NC NOC
24
TS
PS
WH
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
CR3NO
86
85
30
87
CB2010A
Y74
R3
4S
AB
K/W
H
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
OIL
CO
OL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP
ER
AT
UR
ES
WIT
CH
(OP
TIO
N)
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
TILT
AL
AR
M
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
IGN
ITIO
N/
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PR
EL
AY
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
IGN
ITIO
NP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
PU
MP
RP
MR
EL
AY
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
VA
LVE
(FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E)
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
ES0503D
CR4
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
M4
P210PWR BK
ZONE A
ZONE B
OFF
1000 LB (A)
500 LB (A & B)
D101
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 95
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
P134PWR RD
D23
D24
17
10 56 82
1
4
2
3
5
6
P162JPW1-OR
JSGND1-BR
C159STC-BL/WH
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
J25
910
JC3DRIVE / STEER
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
1
4
2
3
5
6
P162JPW2-OR
JSGND2-BR
C164PES-RD/WH
C165TRS-WH/RD
C163PLS-WH/BK
J127
31 2 654
J114
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
RIG
HT
LE
FT
1
2 12
11
14
13
5
7 158166 452 1 314
15
16
19
18
17
20 411910678 14
13
12
3
JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD
TB134A
3 2
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
J3
J2
CR30
NO
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
NC
CR27L47
TS9PLATFORMLEVEL
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CW
CC
W
DO
WN
UP
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-5
J2
2-6
J2
2-4
J2
2-3
J2
2-2
J2
2-1
J2
2-1
0
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
Y71 Y70 Y19 Y20
GND BR
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
P2
4F
SW
H
GN
DB
R
C1
84
PL
WH
P1
09
TS
GR
/WH
ZO
NE
SE
LE
CT
SN
SR
BR
L51 L50
ZONE A ZONE B
C2
08
LE
DG
R
C2
09
LE
DB
L
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
TS15DRIVEENABLE
TS75ZONE SELECT
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
L1
LE
DB
L/R
D
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS14DRIVESELECT
H1
RD
/BK
J1 J8 J8 J1 J1 J1
J2
P210PWR BK
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C27AUX RD
C4
-6
C4
-5
C4
-8
C4
-7
C4
-3
C4
-2
C3
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-5
C1
-4
C3
-3
C3
-2
C3
-1
C1
-12
BL
/RD
GR
/WH
C3
-12
C2
-3
C3
-7
C3
-8
C3
-9
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C4
-1
C2
-2
C2
-4
C2
-8
C2
-9
C2
-10
C7
-3
CC
W
TS57PLATFORMROTATE
CW
TB18
TB17
TB44
TB43D30
D29
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
C1
7P
RL
GR
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
TS59
TB15
TB14
DO
WN
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
TB59
L46
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
C1
4P
LU
OR
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
TB29 TB32
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
K
TB36 TB37
TB31 TB30
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
C1
PB
UR
D
R16
7.5�TS61PRI. BOOMUP / DOWN
R16
10�
CR34 CR68
CR53
UP
DO
WN C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
TB1
TB2
TB3
P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
CR52
CR69
TS63PRI. BOOMEXT. / RET.
C7
PB
EB
K
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
R14(A)
5�
TS62TURNTABLEROTATE
C4
TR
LW
H
CW
CC
W
TB13
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
TB42
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C4
0L
SO
R
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
GN
DB
R
C6
-24
C6
-11
C5
-24
C5
-23
C6
-36
C6
-37
C5
-20
C5
-21
C11
8L
SO
R
TB118 C6
-31
C6
-3
C6
-2
C6
-1
C6
-12
P2
10
PW
RB
K
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C6
-21
C6
-30
C6
-38
C6
-16
BL
/RD
C2
11P
LO
BL
/BK
S2
12
PL
OG
R/B
K
GR
/WH
J133
J133B
K
RD
OR
WH
1 4 5 2
BL
3 6
BR
BL
BK
GR
J134
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
H4
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
K
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
C1
PB
UR
D
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C4
TR
LW
H
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C6
-6
C6
-5
C6
-4
TB9
TB8
TB7
TB5
TB4
NO14
13
WH
BK
Y27 Y2 Y4 Y3 Y5 Y6
U4
Y12 Y21 Y22 Y15 Y25 Y26 Y13 Y24 Y23
21
22
NC
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
24 23
14 13
NO
NO
22 21
14 13
NO
NC22 21
14 13NO
NC22 21
14 13NO
NC
WH
BK
/WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3
2 1
BR
BL
BK
BK
/WH
BR
BL
BK
WH
BK
BR
RD
2 1
2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
2324
NO
1314
NO
2324
NO
1314
NO
2122
NC
1314
NO
C6
-13
C6
-25
C6
-23
C6
-40
C6
-22
C6
-35
C6
-34
C6
-33
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C4
0L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D’S
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
DR
IVE
ED
CR
EV
ER
SE
DR
IVE
ED
CF
OR
WA
RD
GR
OU
ND
CR
34
-P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/DO
WN
GR
OU
ND
BO
X-
ZO
NE
AO
PE
RA
TIO
NA
ND
SP
EE
DR
ED
UC
TIO
NL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
B1
EO
-B
OO
ME
XT
EN
DC
AP
AC
ITY
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
ES
-B
OO
ME
XT
EN
DC
AP
AC
ITY
SA
FE
TY
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
T3
S-
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DG
RO
UN
DB
OX
-Z
ON
EA
SA
FE
TY
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/RE
TR
AC
TF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
B1
RO
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TD
RIV
E/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
OA
NG
LE
ST
OW
ED
DR
IVE
SP
EE
DR
ED
UC
TIO
NL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
S1
7P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-O
PE
RA
TIO
NA
L
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 96
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 95
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 97 6 - 98
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 98 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
BK
C5
-5
RD
-TB
20
B
RD
-TB
20
A
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
WH
-TB
23
B
BK
-C3
2-5
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
BK
C3
2-4
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
OR
/BK
ISM
#2
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)W
H/1
2C
7B
-2
RD
C6
-25
BK
/RD
C5
-18
WH
/RD
C5
-23
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
C5
-21
BK
/RD
C6
-9
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
C6
-7
WH
/RD
C6
-6
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
C6
-4
RD
/WH
C6
-3
RD
C2
B-6
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
GR
C2
B-5
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
C2
B-2
BL
C1
B-1
0
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
RD
C1
B-1
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
C1
B-4
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
GR
C4
B-5
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
OR
C4
B-2
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
C3
B-7
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
C3
B-4
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
C3
B-1
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
BK
/WH
TS
56
-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/12
KS
1-3
WH
HM
(+)
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
BK
CR
69
-87
A
RD
C6
-1
13
4
118
13
3
13
2
59
13
4A
15
5
46
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
RD
C6
-24
BL
/BK
C6
-11
OR
C6
-31
RD
C6
-23
OR
/RD
C5
-19
GR
C5
-7
BL
/BK
C6
-37
37
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
1
24
14
15
23
20
18
17
22 21
33
29
30
32 31
28
13 9 8 7
35 134 26
34
RD
/12
CB
2-2
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
GR
TS
57
-3
BK
TS
52
-3
BK
/RD
R1
4(A
)
27
36
RD
TS
61
-4
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
WH
TS
62
-3
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
RD
/BK
CR
68
-87
A
5
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
WH
C5
-11
BL
C6
-36
RD
/WH
C5
-24
RD
C5
-6
RD
/BK
C6
-28
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-2
45
44
3941
42
40
43
GR
/WH
C6
-39
OR
C6
-40
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
/BK
C5
-2
RD
ISM
#4
BK
ISM
#3
WH
ISM
#7
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
12
VP
OW
ER
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
(UN
US
ED
)
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
-L
SB
1R
O
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LA
LA
RM
EN
GIN
ES
TA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
(UN
US
ED
)
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R(O
PT
ION
)
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
(UN
US
ED
)
RP
M/TA
CH
SIG
NA
L
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
-L
ST
20
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
(UN
US
ED
)
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ER
PM
GL
OW
PL
UG
RD
-C5
-1
KE
YB
YP
AS
S
BA
TT
ER
Y
KE
YP
WR
.
EN
G.F
AU
LT
IGN
./F
UE
LO
N
WH
-TB
23
C6 87
WH
L2
(-)
10
WH
-C5
-39
U1
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
STA
RT
INP
UT
AU
X.O
N
GR
OU
ND
STA
RT
RE
LA
YO
R/B
K-T
B4
1C
BK
-TB
33
C
RD
-TB
27
C
BR
GN
D
1 2 3 4 5
BK
-C5
-5
18/22 CABLE
C5
BC
DA
12V TO PLAT
3
ENGINE16/22 CABLE
C6
FUNCTIONS
C1BC7B C2BC3BC4B
1 2
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
D6
RD
-T
B1
34
C1 4 7
C3
28
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-C7
B-1
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
56
-2
GN
/BK
-TB
13
3C
BR
-GN
D
3 5 6
12
BK
-TB
22
C
OR
-134
A(D
)
RD
-44
C
CABLERESTRAINT
WH
/BK
-32C
BK
-GN
D
WH
-134
A(C
)
BL-
GN
DG
R-G
ND
D3
0R
D/B
KT
B4
4C
D2
9
WH
-BE
AC
ON
(LE
FT
)O
R-B
EA
CO
N(R
IGH
T)
TB
2C
-DE
SC
.A
LA
RM
(UN
US
ED
)
CABLERESTRAINT
GROUND STUD
CR
52
CR
53
CR
68
CR
69
GN
DB
R
TS
61
-6C
2P
BD
RD
/BK
TS
63
-1C
7P
BE
BK
TB
2D
R2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB
7D
R7
PB
EB
K
RD
/BK
BK
C6
-30
C2
11L
OB
L/B
K
C6
-38
C2
12
LO
GR
/BK
ES0503D
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND CUTOUT RELAY, OPERATIONALCR53
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND CUTOUT RELAY, SAFETYCR69
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCHTS56
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN CUTOUT RELAY, SAFETYCR68
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN CUTOUT RELAY, OPERATIONALCR52
GR
/BK
C3
2-8
RD
C3
2-1
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
C4
B-7
IGNITION START MODULEU1
WH/BK C4B-9
WH DL1
RD DL2
BK GND1
TB21C
CR23
10 AMP FUSE
DRIVE LIGHT OPTION RELAY
BR GND2
KS
1-2
F19
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 99
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
D2
NC
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
BR
-HM
(-)
OR
-TB
118
D
RD
-TS
63
-2
23
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
D4RD
-TS
61
-2
12
D6
8
D1
3
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
BK
-TB
33
D
RD
-TB
20
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
WH
-TB
21
D
BK
-TB
22
D
BL
/BK
- TB
59
D
RD
-TB
1D
RD
/BK
-CR
52
-30
RD
/WH
-R1
4
WH
-TB
4D
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
BK
-CR
53
-30
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
GN
/BK
-TB
18
D
GN
-TB
17
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
OR
-TB
14
D
WH
-TB
23
D
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-TS
51
-1
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
BR
-HM
(-)
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
64
5
32
1
WH
-IS
M#
10
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-P1
- 2
WH
-C3
2-6
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-KS
1-1
RD
-L4
5(+
)
4
3
2B
1B
2A
1A
641
3
3 2 1456
1236 5 4
123
3 2 1
12
31
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TI O
NS
L4
6
L2
TS
52
CB
2
TS
54
3
42
B
KS
1
B1
1N
C
P1
TS
51
NO
P4
TS
61
TS
63
TS
59
TS
57
TS
62
R1
6
R1
4
R1
4(A
)
CR
34
TS
56
12
3
RD
-C3
2-7
BL
/WH
-TB
34
D
G6
86
85 3
0
87
A
87
+ -
D6
4
4
3
NO
BK
C6
-12
RD
-TB
27
D
D1
01
ES0503D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 100
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 99
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 101
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 102
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 102 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
LS
18
-C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
C1
P-1
2
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
6-C
34
SA
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
TS
75
-2C
18
4P
LW
H
C3
P-1
2P
10
9L
SB
L/W
H
L5
0(-)
C1
69
LE
D2
GR
L5
1(-)
C1
69
LE
D1
GR
TS
75
-3S
NS
RB
R
C1
P-1
2C
17
7L
SB
L/W
H
TS
75
-1P
10
9T
SG
R/W
H
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13ALC-500
OPTION OPTION
H1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
J8
-P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
C3
P-1
2
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0503D
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 103
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
/WH
C1
P-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
L1
TS4
TS7
P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2 TS6
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
+
L51 L50
+
TS75
GR
J8
-10
GR
/WH
J8
-6
WH
J8
-2
GR
J8
-5
BR
J8
-8
RDBKBKBK
RDRD
ES0503D
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
L50 LED - ZONE B, 500 LB CAPACITY
L51 LED - ZONE A, 1000 LB CAPACITY
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS6 GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS75 ZONE SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH (OPTION)
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
1
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
+
L47
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 104
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Perkins 804D-33 Models
6 - 103
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 105
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS)Continental TME27 Models
6 - 106
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 106 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Continental TME27 Models
C3
3S
TR
BK
C3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
P2
2P
WR
BK
C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
12
6
4
+
3
1
4
2
B
B1
-
PU
MP
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
C32
RD RD
RD
KS1
PLAT
GND
TB22
RD
TB20
CB215 AMP P1
GBOX GND
1 3
5
7
8TB133
TB134TB132
WH
RD
TB46
GN
/WH
TB28
P3HORN
C7
-1
C1
-12
C2
-6
RD
BK
P2C9P-1
BK
FS1 C9P-3
C9P-2
P26ESTP BK
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
D40
H1
L48
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS2ENGINESTART
C28TTA RD/BK
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
TS4ENGINERPM
TS3FUELSELECT
HIG
H
D10
D12
LO
W
LP
GA
S
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
C2
-1
C1
-9
C4
-4
C1
-7
C1
-1
C7
-2
C1
-2
C3
-12
C2
-5C
46
HR
NG
R
C1
09
LS
GR
/WH
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
WH
P2
3P
WR
WH
D2TB23
TB27
RD
TB33
TS51
C2
7A
UX
RD
TS52ENGINESTART
P4FUNCTION
ENABLE
TB155 TB21
D67D68
G6
+
-
TS64ENGINEFAULT
L2
TS54ENGINERPM
TS53FUELSELECT
HIG
H
LO
W
D13
D11
LP
GA
S
TB35 TB39
D4
C3
9L
PB
L/R
D
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX+FE RD
C27AUX RD
TB41
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
P23PWR WH
C5
-7
C6
-24
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-1
C5
-5
C5
-19
C5
-11
C5-2
C5-10
C5-9
C5-13
C5-8
C41RPM OR/BK
C39LP BL/RD
C35RPM BK/RD
C108ESL BL/WH
C127TSW GR
6
11
8
9
10
7
2
5
1
4
3
R21IGN WH
C21RET WH
R33STR BK
R23PWR WH
C38FP BL/WH
C38RET BL
BK
-1
2G
A
CO
NT
INE
NTA
LT
ME
27
EN
GIN
EV
EH
ICL
EIN
TE
RF
AC
E1
HARNESS
F1720 A
B1
BA
TR
D
P24PWR RD
R21IGN WH
P20BAT RD
BAT2 APU
F720 A
R6
510�
12V DC 12V DC
+ +
- -B2 B1
BAT+
BAT-
EXCT
STA
INDREGULATOR
M1 SW4NO
H2
CR17NO
CR5NO
R11
6H
YD
OR
C11
6H
YD
WH
R4
6H
RN
GR
P1
34
FB
RD
P1
34
FB
RD
FB FB
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
A C
BBK
WHRD
PR1NO
M2
R2
7A
UX
RD
CR39ANO
CR39BNC
CR1NO
CR2NO
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
Y74M3
M4
+
-
RD - 12GA
WH - 14GA
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
HO
RN
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
N(O
PT
ION
)
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
TILT
AL
AR
M
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PR
EL
AY
VO
LTA
GE
DR
OP
RE
LA
Y
AP
UC
UT
-OU
TR
EL
AY
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
IGN
ITIO
NR
EL
AY
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
VA
LVE
FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E
STA
RT
ER
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
EN
GIN
EF
AU
LTC
OD
ET
ES
TS
WIT
CH
FU
EL
PU
MP
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LIG
HT
ES0505D
D43
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 107
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS)Continental TME27 Models
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
CR34
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5
C4
TR
LW
H
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
22NCHO
21
C6
-31
TB118
C11
8L
SO
R
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 108
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Continental TME27 Models
6 - 107
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 109 6 - 110
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Continental TME27 Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 110 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
HM
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
C3
2-8
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
WH
C5
-1
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
321
TS64
BL
/RD
C5
-10
BL
/RD
TS
53
-1(D
11)
RD
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-T
B1
33
C
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
GR
-C5
-8
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
GA
S/L
PF
UE
LS
EL
EC
T
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
WH
-BE
AC
ON
(LE
FT
)W
H-B
EA
CO
N(R
IGH
T)
D3
0
RD
/BK
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
ES0505D
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
16/22 CABLE
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
23
10
AM
PF
US
E
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
OP
TIO
NR
EL
AY
BR
GN
D2
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS53
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
F1
9
ENGINE FAULT CODE TEST TOGGLE SWITCHTS64
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 111
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
53
TS
51
P1
NC
E-S
TO
P
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
12
31
32
1
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-L4
5(+
)
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
-HM
( -)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
- TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/ BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
BL
/RD
-TB
39
D
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D1 1
D1
3
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
118
D
BR
-HM
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/WH
-C5
-13
87
A
85 3
0
TO GROUNDCONTROL BOXCONNECTIONS
ES0505D
87
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 112
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models
6 - 111
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 113
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS),Continental TME27 Models
6 - 114
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 114 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
LS
18
-C1
32
PL
IR
DC
1P
-12
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
3-C
39
LP
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13ALC-500
OPTION OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
J8
-P1
09
LS
BL
/WH
C3
P-1
2
ES0505D
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 115
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
JC3
61
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BR
J1
-14
BL
/WH
J1
-5
OR
J1
-13
OR
J1
-11
RD
/WH
J1
-2
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
JC7
6
1
GR
C2
P-5
TS4
L1
+
L47
P3
NO
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
+
TS3
TS2
NC
WH
C7
P-2
BK
C7
P-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C9
-1
BK
J3
-3
TS7
TS8
TS14
TS1TS9
L48
P2
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
D10
RD
RD
BK
RD
D43
ES0505D
1
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS3 FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)
CR27 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - BRAKE CIRCUIT (OPTION)
CR30 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT (OPTION) 1 ROCKER STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 116
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (ANSI / CSA / AS), Continental TME27 Models
6 - 115
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 117 6 - 118
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 118 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
C3
3S
TR
BK
C3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
12
6
4
+
3
1
4
2
B
B1
-
PU
MP
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
U33
RD RD
RD
KS1
PLAT
GND
TB22
RD
TB20
CB215 AMP P1
GBOX GND
1 3
5
7
8TB133
TB134TB132
WH
RD
TB46
GN
/BK
TB28
P3HORN
C7
-1
C1
-12
C2
-6
RD
BK
P2C9P-1
FS1 C9P-3
C9P-2
P26ESTP BK
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
D39
H1
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS2ENGINESTART
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
TS4ENGINERPM
TS3FUELSELECT
HIG
H
D10
D12
LO
W
LP
GA
S
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
C2
-1
C1
-9
C4
-4
C1
-7
C1
-1
C7
-2
C1
-2
C3
-12
C2
-5C
46
HR
NG
R
C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
K
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
WH
P2
3P
WR
WH
D2TB23
TB27
RD
TB33
TS51
C2
7A
UX
RD
TS52ENGINESTART
P4FUNCTION
ENABLE
TB155 TB21
D67D68
G6
+
-
TS64ENGINEFAULT
L2
TS54ENGINERPM
TS53FUELSELECT
HIG
H
LO
WD13
D11
LP
GA
S
TB35 TB39
D4
C3
9L
PB
L/R
D
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX+FE RD
C27AUX RD
TB41
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
P23PWR WH
C5
-7
C6
-24
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-1
C5
-5
C5
-19
C5
-11C5-2
C5-10
C5-9
C5-13
C5-8
C41RPM OR/BK
C39LP BL/RD
C35RPM BK/RD
C108ESL BL/WH
C127TSW GR
6
11
8
9
10
7
2
5
1
4
3
R21IGN WH
C21RET WH
R33STR BK
R23PWR WH
C38FP BL/WH
C38RET BL
BK
-1
2G
A
CO
NT
INE
NTA
LT
ME
27
EN
GIN
EV
EH
ICL
EIN
TE
RF
AC
E1
HARNESS
F1720 A
B1
BA
TR
D
P24PWR RD
R21IGN WH
P20BAT RD
BAT2 APU
F720 A
R6
510�
12V DC 12V DC
+ +
- -B2 B1
BAT+
BAT-
EXCT
STA
INDREGULATOR
M1 SW4NO
H2
CR17NO
CR5NO
R11
6H
YD
OR
R2
1IG
NW
H
R4
6H
RN
GR
P1
34
FB
RD
P1
34
FB
RD
FB FB
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
A C
BBK
WHRD
PR1NO
M2
R2
7A
UX
RD
CR39ANO
CR39BNC
CR1NO
CR2NO
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
Y74M3
M4
+
-
RD - 12GA
WH - 14GA
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
HO
RN
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
N(O
PT
ION
)
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
TILT
AL
AR
M
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PR
EL
AY
VO
LTA
GE
DR
OP
RE
LA
Y
AP
UC
UT
-OU
TR
EL
AY
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
IGN
ITIO
NR
EL
AY
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
VA
LVE
FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E
STA
RT
ER
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
EN
GIN
EF
AU
LTC
OD
ET
ES
TS
WIT
CH
FU
EL
PU
MP
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LIG
HT
ES0505A
+
-H6
L45
D40
L4
PBOX GND
D88
R20
4.7K�
LS18A
LS18
2 SEC.
PBOX GND
2 SEC.
NO30A
NO10A
C5
-17
C5
-15
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
32
PL
IB
L/W
H
P2
2P
WR
BK
U34
PBOX GND
C4
-10
5
2
9
83
U35
2
5 9
83
C3
-10
C132PLI BK
D43
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 119
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
CR34
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5
C4
TR
LW
H
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
22NCHO
21
C6
-31
TB118
C11
8L
SO
R
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 1206 - 119
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 121 6 - 122
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 122 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
HM
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
H6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
WH
C5
-1
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
321
TS64
BL
/RD
C5
-10
BL
/RD
TS
53
-1(D
11)
RD
-H6
(+)
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-H6
(-)
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
GR
-C5
-8
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
GA
S/L
PF
UE
LS
EL
EC
T
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
WH
-BE
AC
ON
(LE
FT
)W
H-B
EA
CO
N(R
IGH
T)
D3
0
RD
/BK
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
U3
3
H6
RD
-P1
34
PW
RT
B1
34
C
GR
/BK
-TB
13
3C
GR
/BK
-L4
5(-
)
RD
L4
5(+
)R
DH
6(+
)
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(C)
WH
-13
4A
(C)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/22 CABLE
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
ES0505A
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS53
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
LOAD SENSE MODULEU33
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
LED - PLATFORM OVERLOADL45
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
23
10
AM
PF
US
E
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
OP
TIO
NR
EL
AY
BR
GN
D2
F1
9
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 123
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
86
G6
+ -
+
+
CR
34
R1
4(A
)
R1
4
R1
6
TS
62
TS
57
TS
58
TS
59
TS
63
TS
61
P4
NO
TS
53
TS
51
P1
NC
E-S
TO
P
1B
1
KS
1 B
24
3
TS
54
CB
2
TS
52
L2
L4
6
12
31
32
1
1233 2 1
3 2 1
4563 2 1
6 5 4123
31 4
6
1A 2A
1B 2B
3
4
RD
-L4
5(+
)
WH
-KS
1-1
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
RD
-P1
-2
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-C3
2-7
12
3
54
6
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
-HM
( -)
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
RD
-TS
51
-1
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
WH
-TB
23
D
OR
-TB
14
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
GR
-TB
17
D
GR
/BK
- TB
18
D
RD
-TB
27
D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
-TB
7D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
-TB
4D
RD
/WH
-R1
4
RD
/BK
-TB
2D
RD
-TB
1D
BL
/ BK
-TB
59
D
BK
-TB
22
D
WH
-TB
21
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
RD
-TB
20
D
BK
-TB
33
D
BL
/RD
-TB
39
D
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
D1 1
D1
3
D6
8
GR
-TB
43
D
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
21
RD
-TS
61
-2
D4
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
32
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
RD
-TS
63
-2
OR
-TB
118
D
BR
-HM
(-)
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
NC
D2
BL
/WH
-C5
-13
87
A
85 3
0
ES0505A
+
L4
5G
R/B
K-H
6(-
)
RD
-KS
1-2
RD
-TB
13
4D
87
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 124
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 123
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 125
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 126
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 126 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
2P
-10
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
C4
P-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
J22
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
L1
-C1
3D
RE
(A)
BL
/RD
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
D39
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
J1
9
1
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
GR
/BK
C3
P-1
2
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
C4
P(B
R)
C3
P(G
N)
C2
P(B
K)
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
J2
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
1
11
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
TS
3-C
39
LP
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C9
P-2
WH
L1
BK
P2
J3
1
3
H1
+ -BRN
GND STUD
BATGND J3-1
BATGND C7P-3
J22-1, 2, 9, 10, 11 & 12
C7P C9
12V BATT F.S.
LS18 OPT.
U13ALC-500
RD
LS
18
LS
18
-C1
32
PL
IR
DC
1P
-12
H1
-C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
KC
3P
-12
GR
/BK
L4
D88
P2
6E
ST
PB
KE
-ST
OP
BR
GN
D
RD
-H1
+
P1
34
PW
RR
D
COM
32
NO
5R
26
ES
TP
BK
C9
P-1
U35
RD
-E-S
TO
P
P1
34
PW
RR
D
RD
LS
18
CA
BL
E
R2
0
C132PLI BK C1P-12
COM
32
NO
5
U34
C3-10
C4-10
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)ES0505A
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 127
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
+
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
OR
J1
-11
RD
/WH
J1
-2
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
JC7
6
1
GR
C2
P-5
TS4
L1
+
L47
P3
NO
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
+
TS3
TS2
NC
WH
C7
P-2
BK
C7
P-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C9
-1
BK
J3
-3
TS7
TS8
TS14
TS1TS9
L48
P2
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
D10
RD
RD
BK
RD
D43
ES0505A
+
L4
GR
/BK
H1
(D3
9)
JC3
61
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BR
J1
-14
BL
/WH
J1
-5
OR
J1
-13
1
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS3 FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
TS8 JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)
CR27 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - BRAKE CIRCUIT (OPTION)
CR30 LIFT / DRIVE SELECT - LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT (OPTION)
C1P 18/22 CONTROL CABLE (GREY)
C2P 18/22 CONTROL CABLE (BLACK)
C3P 16/22 CONTROL CABLE (GREEN)
C4P 16/22 CONTROL CABLE (BROWN)
C7P 12VDC POWER TO PLATFORM
C9 FOOT SWITCH
J22 PLATFORM MANIFOLD
L4 LED - PLATFORM OVERLOAD
LS18 PLATFORM OVERLOAD LIMIT SWITCH
R20 RESISTOR - 4700�
U35 TIME DELAY RELAY - 2 SECONDS, 30A
U34 TIME DELAY RELAY - 2 SECONDS, 10A
ROCKER STEER OPTION1
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 128
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Continental TME27 Models (before serial number 8111)
6 - 127
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 129 6 - 130
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 130 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
6
4
+
3
1
4
2
B
B1
-
KS1
P1
CB215 AMP
TB20
GROUNDGROUND BOX
PLAT
GRND
TB22
TB134
1 3
5
7
812
C32
TB132
TB133
TB46
GR
/BK
C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
-5
C2
-6
C7
-1
P1
34
PW
RR
D
P2
2P
WR
BK
P3HORN
D40L48
P2C9P-1
FS1 C9P-3
C9P-2
P24FS WH
P25FS RD
P26ESTP BK
P25FS RD
TS1TS2ENGINESTART
P24FS WH
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
C1
-2
C7
-2
C1
-1
C1
-7
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TS4ENGINERPM
TS3FUELSELECT
C1
-9
C2
-1
D12
HIG
H
LO
W
LP
GA
S
D10
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C27AUX RD
D4
D11
TB41
TB39TB35
C3
9L
PB
L/R
D
C3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
TS53
D13
L2FUELSELECT
LP
GA
STS54
HIG
H
LO
W
ENGINERPM
TS64
ENGINEFAULTCODE
RU
N
TE
ST
G6
+
-
TB21
D67D68
P4FUNCTION
ENABLE
TB155
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33TB27
TB23D2TB28
C3
3S
TR
BK
C2
7A
UX
RD
TS51AUX.PUMP
P2
3P
WR
WH
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
C5
-7
B1
BA
TR
D
B1
BA
TR
D
F1720A
F720A
C6
-24
C6
-28
C5
-6
C5
-1
C5
-5
C5
-15
C5
-17
C5
-19
C5
-11
C41RPM OR/BK
C5-10
C5-9
C5-13
C5-8
C5-2
C39LP BL/RD
C35RPM BK/RD
C108ESL BL/WH
C127TSW GR
R21ING WH
R21RET WH
R33STR BK
R23PWR WH
C38FP BL/WH
C38RET BL
6
11
8
9
10
7
2
5
1
4
3
BK
12
GA
VE
HIC
LE
INT
ER
FA
CE
1H
AR
NE
SS
CO
NT
INE
NTA
LT
ME
27
EN
GIN
E
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
P23PWR WH
M4
+
-
RD
12
GA
WH
14
GA
M3Y74
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
CR1NO
CR39BNCNO
CR39A
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
M2
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
A C
B
BK
WH
RD
FBFB
CR5
P1
34
FB
RD
P1
34
FB
RD
NONO
CR17
R4
6H
RN
GR
C11
6H
YD
WH
R11
6H
YD
OR
H2SW4NO
M1
R6
510�
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
EXCT
BAT -
IND
BAT +
VOLT REG.
STA
12V DC12V DC
+
-
+
-
AU
XM
AIN
P24PWR RD
R21ING WH
B1BAT RD
BAT 2 APU RD
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
(OP
TIO
N)
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
SE
RV
ICE
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
(OP
TIO
N)
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
TILT
AL
AR
M
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PR
EL
AY
VO
LTA
GE
DR
OP
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
CU
TO
UT
RE
LA
Y
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
CR2NO
EN
GIN
EIG
NIT
ION
RE
LA
Y
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
VA
LVE
(FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E)
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
EN
GIN
EF
AU
LTC
OD
ET
ES
TS
WIT
CH
FU
EL
PU
MP
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LIG
HT
H1
ES0505D
D43
B1B2
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 131
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
C5
-24
C5
-23
C5
-20
C5
-21
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
GR
OU
ND
C2
-10
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
WH
BK
BR
RD
14
24
13
23 13NC
2122
14
C6
-25
J2
TB42
C27AUX RD
Y4 Y3Y12 Y21 Y22 Y13 Y24 Y23
C2
-9S
17
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
EN
SO
R-
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
Y15 Y25 Y26Y27 Y5 Y6
2C
2-8
3C
4-1
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C6
-13
TB13
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
CR34
R16
7.5�
TB134A
C6
-33
C6
-34
C6
-35
P134PWR RD
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
C41RPM OR/BK
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
JIB
BO
OM
(S-8
5O
PT
ION
)
TB43
TB44
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT.
LE
VE
L
TS59
TS9
TB15
TB14
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/R
ET
RA
CT
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
TP
RIM
AR
YB
OO
M
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
TB9
TS63
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
TB8
C1
4P
LU
OR
TB7
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
C7
PB
EB
K
C4
TR
LW
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
TB2
TS61
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB3
C1
PB
UR
D
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS62
CW
CC
WT
UR
NTA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
TB4
TB6
TB1
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
PU
BR
D
TB5
C4
TR
LW
H
C4
0L
SO
R
2S
PE
ED
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
)
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
37
ST
CC
BL
/BK
C3
6S
TC
BL
ST
EE
RC
W
TS15DRIVE ENABLE
ED
C-
DR
IVE
RE
VE
RS
E
L1
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
BR
WH
TS58
TS8JIB BOOM(S-85 OPTION)
H3 H4
3
12
13
14 8 7 6 10 9 11 420
17
18
19
16
15
4 1 312 5 4
TS14DRIVE MODE
6 16 8 157
5
CR27NC
13
14
11122
C3
-2
C3
-1
C2
-3
GN
DB
R
C3
-3
C3
-9
C2
-4
C3
-7
C3
-8
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-5
C1
-4
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
LE
DB
L/R
D
C4
-3
C4
-2
C4
-7
C4
-8
J1J1J1J3
H1
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
C2
-2
C7
-3
1
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
D29
U4
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C27AUX + FE RD
RIG
HT
LE
FT
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
J114
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
P1
09
AN
GG
N/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
65431 2
1
4
2
3
5
6J127
10 9
J1
TB40
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
L4
6/
L4
7L
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
ED
D30
13NO
14
TB59
L46
L47
C3
-11
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C6
-11
LSB2SNC
21
P1
34
PW
RR
D
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
1
4
2
3
5
6
JC3DRIVE / STEER
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C6
-3
C6
-6
C6
-4
C6
-5
C6
-1
C6
-2
C6
-40
C6
-37
C6
-36
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
C6
-22
C4
0L
SO
R
C1
30
TA
WH
/RD
TB37TB36
RD
BR
NO
NO NO
C1
7P
RL
GR
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
TS57
TB18
TB17
CC
W
CW
PL
AT.
RO
TA
TE
C4
-6
C4
-5
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CC
W
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
JIB
BO
OM
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-6
J2
2-5
J2
2-3
J2
2-4
GND BR
J2
2-1
J2
2-2
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
J2
2-1
0
Y20Y19Y73Y72Y70 Y71
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
O-
ST
OW
ED
AN
GL
ED
RIV
ES
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
RO
-B
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
DR
IVE
/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
CR30NO
P2
4F
SW
H
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
U13ALC-500 JOYSTICK
CONTROL CARD J2J2
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
CR
34
-S
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
TB29 TB31
TB32
TB30
R14
10�
R14(A)
5�
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
14
24
13
23NO
NO
22
Y2
ED
C-
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
C159STC-BL/WH
JSGND1-BR
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
P162JPW1-OR
J25
JSGND2-BR
C163PES-WH/BK
C165TRS-WH/RD
C164PLS-RD/WH
P162JPW2-OR
S-85(OPTION)
CR34
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/D
OW
NS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
C6
-31
TB118
24
14
23
13NO
NO
WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
C11
8L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 132
Electrical Schematic, S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 131
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 133 6 - 134
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 134 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
1 3 5 7 86 124
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
21
C4B C3B C2BC7B C1B
FUNCTIONS
C6
18/22 CABLE ENGINE
3
12V TO PLAT
AD
CB
C5
GROUND STUD
OR
/BK
C5
-2
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
C6
-40
GR
/WH
C6
-39
43
40
42 41
39
44
45
RD
/BK
C6
-2
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-28
RD
C5
-6
RD
/WH
C5
-24
BL
C6
-36
WH
C5
-11
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
5
RD
/BK
TS
61
-6
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
WH
TS
62
-3
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
RD
TS
61
-4
36
27
BK
/RD
TS
63
-6
BK
TS
52
-3
GR
TS
57
-3
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
RD
/12
CB
2-2
34 6 24 3 135 78913
2831
32
30
29
33 21
22
17
18
20
23
15
14
24
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
13
7B
L/B
KC
6-3
7
GR
C5
-7
OR
/RD
C5
-19
RD
C6
-23
OR
C6
-31
BL
/BK
C6
-11
RD
C6
-24
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
46
15
5
13
4A
59
13
2
13
3
118
13
4
RD
C6
-1
BK
TS
63
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
WH
G6
(+)
BK
/12
KS
1-3
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
GR
/BK
TS
58
-3
GR
TS
58
-1
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
RD
C3
B-1
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
WH
C3
B-4
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
BK
C3
B-7
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
OR
C4
B-2
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
GR
C4
B-5
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
WH
C1
B-4
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
RD
C1
B-1
BK
/WH
C1
B-8
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
BL
C1
B-1
0
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
OR
C2
B-2
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
GR
C4
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
C2
B-5
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
BL
/WH
C1
B-1
2
GR
/BK
C3
B-1
2
RD
C2
B-6
RD
/WH
C6
-3
WH
C6
-4
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
/RD
C6
-6
BK
C6
-7
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
/RD
C6
-9
WH
C5
-21
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
/RD
C5
-23
BK
/RD
C5
-9
RD
C6
-25
WH
/12
C7
B-2
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
GR
/BK
H6
(-)
WH
/RD
-TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
WH
C5
-1
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
BK
C3
2-4
BK
-C3
2-5
WH
-TB
23
B
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
RD
-H6
(+)
BK
-C7
B-1
GR
/BK
-H6
(-)
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
BR
-GN
D
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-TB
22
C
RD
-TB
20
A
RD
-TB
20
B
BK
C5
-5
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TE
DL
S
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
E
RE
VE
RS
E/E
DC
-
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
RA
LA
RM
STA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
JIB
BO
OM
UP
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R(O
PT
ION
)
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
RP
MS
IGN
AL
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DL
S
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LS
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/E
DC
+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
T
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
LIF
TS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
D2
9
RD
U3
4-2
OR
&W
H-B
EA
CO
NS
D3
0
TB
44
C
2C/R
D-DE
SCEN
T ALA
RM
C3
2
CABLERESTRAINT
U3
3
H6
RD
-P1
34
PW
RT
B1
34
C
GR
/BK
-TB
13
3C
GR
/BK
-L4
5(-
)
RD
L4
5(+
)R
DH
6(+
)
CABLERESTRAINT
RD
-44
C
WH
/BK
-32
C
OR
-13
4A
(D)
WH
-13
4A
(D)
BK
-GN
D
BL
-GN
D
GR
-GN
D
16/22 CABLE
(UN
US
ED
)
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
INP
UT
PL
AT
FO
RM
LO
AD
AL
AR
M
S-8
5(O
PT
ION
)
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
23
10
AM
PF
US
E
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
OP
TIO
NR
EL
AY
BR
GN
D2
F1
98 9
U34
3 5
WH
C5
-17
WH
C5
-15
BR
GN
D
BK
C3
B-1
0
2R
DT
B1
34
C(A
)
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
LOAD SENSE MODULE
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
LED - PLATFORM OVERLOADL45
JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH (S-85 OPTION)TS58
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
ENGINE FAULT CODE TEST TOGGLE SWITCHTS64
FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS53
PLATFORM OVERLOAD ALARMH6
FU
EL
SE
LE
CT
ES0505D
U33
LOAD SENSE TIME DELAYU34
321
TS64
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
GR
-C5
-8
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
BL
/RD
C5
-10
BL
/RD
TS
53
-1(D
11)
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 135
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
BL
/RD
-C5
-13
D2
NC
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
BR
-HM
(-)
OR
-TB
118
D
RD
-TS
63
-2
23
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
D4RD
-TS
61
-2
12
D6
8
D1
3
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
BK
-TB
33
D
RD
-TB
20
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
WH
-TB
21
D
BK
-TB
22
D
BL
/BK
- TB
59
D
RD
-TB
1D
RD
/BK
-CR
52
-30
RD
/WH
-R1
4
WH
-TB
4D
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
BK
-CR
53
-30
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
GN
/BK
- TB
18
D
GN
-TB
17
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
OR
-TB
14
D
WH
-TB
23
D
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-TS
51
-1
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
BR
-HM
(-)
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
64
5
32
1
RD
-C3
2-7
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-P1
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-KS
1-1
RD
-L4
5(+
)
4
3
2B
1B
2A
1A
641
3
3 2 1456
1236 5 4
123
3 2 1
12
31
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TI O
NS
L4
6
L2
TS
52
CB
2
TS
54
3
42
B
KS
1
B1
1N
C
P1
TS
51
NO
P4
TS
61
TS
63
TS
59
TS
57
TS
62
R1
6
R1
4
R1
4(A
)
CR
34
TS
53
12
3
BL
/RD
-TB
39
D
G6
86
85 3
0
87
A
87
+ -
D11
4
3
NO
BK
C6
-12
RD
-TB
27
D
D1
01
ES0505D3 2 1T
S5
8
GR
/BK
-TB
44
D
GR
-TB
43
D
L4
5
RD
-KS
1-2
GR
/BK
-H6
(-)
RD
-TB
13
4D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 136
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 135
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 137
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 138
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 138 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
H1
-C1
33
PL
AG
R/B
KC
3P
-12
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13 - JOYSTICKCONTROL CARD
LS18 OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
ES0505D
P2
6E
ST
PB
KE
-ST
OP
BR
GN
D
RD
-H1
+
P1
34
PW
RR
D
COM
32
NO
5
R2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
U35
RD
-E-S
TO
P
P1
34
PW
RR
D
RD
LS
18
CA
BL
E
47
00
�
R2
0
D88
D89
C132PLI1 BL/WH C1P-12
C132PLI2 BK C3P-10
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
J2
2-6
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
J2
2-5
TS
8-C
43
JU
GR
C4
P-7
TS
8-C
44
JD
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
GR
/BK
L4
GR
/BK
C3
P-1
2
D39
TS
3-C
39
LP
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 139
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE), Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
L1
TS4
TS7P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
RD
RDRD
ES0505D
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS3 FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
1
1 ROCKER / STEER OPTION
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS
+
L47
D43
BK
L4 LED - PLATFORM OVERLOAD
TS8 JIB BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
+
L4
TS8
GR
/BK
C4
P-8
/J2
2-6
GR
C4
P-7
/J2
2-5
GR
/BK
H1
(D3
9)
TS3
D10
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 140
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram,S-80 and S-85 (CE),
Continental TME27 Models (after serial number 8110)
6 - 139
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 141 6 - 142
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 142 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
STA
RT
ER
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
EN
GIN
EF
AU
LTC
OD
ET
ES
TS
WIT
CH
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
LIG
HT
FU
EL
PU
MP
IGN
ITIO
NR
EL
AY
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
AP
UC
UT
-OU
TR
EL
AY
VO
LTA
GE
DR
OP
RE
LA
Y
GA
S
D10
C2
-1L
P
TS3FUELSELECT
D11
C3
9L
PB
L/R
D
GA
S
LP
TS53FUELSELECT
TB39
C5
-11
TB21
-
+
C5
-19
TS64ENGINEFAULT
P23PWR WH
WH
-1
4G
A
RD
-1
2G
A
M3
CR2NO
C5
-6
C5
-5
NOCR1
C5
-1
CR39BNC
P134PWR RD
B1BAT RD
BAT2 APU RD
P24PWR RD
R21IGN WH
CO
NT
INE
NTA
LT
ME
27
EN
GIN
EV
EH
ICL
EIN
TE
RF
AC
E1
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
HO
RN
+
B1
BA
TR
D
R4
6H
RN
GR
CR5NO
TB41
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
N(O
PT
ION
)
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
PR
EL
AY
TB35
TS2ENGINESTART
R2
7A
UX
RD
PR1NO
TS51
TB27
TS1AUXILIARYPUMP
TS52ENGINESTART
TB33
FBC
33
ST
R/B
K
P24FS WH
TS54ENGINERPM H
IGH
RP
M
TS4ENGINERPM
REGULATORIND
BAT+
STA
BAT
EXCT
HIG
HR
PM
(FS
)L
OW
RP
M
TILT
AL
AR
M
H2
P25FS RD
P26ESTP BK
C1
-1C
27
AU
XR
D
C1
-7
C1
-9C
35
RP
MB
K/R
D
-
+
12V DC
B1B2
C5
-7
C6
-28
D13
D12
P2
2P
WR
BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
15 AMP
CB2
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
GR
/BK
TB28
TB134
PLATGRD
KS1TB22
P1
1
4
C4
6H
RN
GR
H1
P3HORN
P2
3P
WR
WH
TB23D2
FS1C9P-1
P2
NO
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
TE
MP.
SW
ITC
H(O
PT
ION
)
HY
D.
OIL
CO
OL
ER
FA
N(O
PT
ION
)
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
BA
TT
ER
YS
EP
ER
AT
OR
STA
RT
BA
TT
ER
Y
CO
NT
RO
LB
AT
TE
RY
D40
+
L48
C32
C6
-24
20A
20A
F17
F7
C9P-3
C9P-2
GROUND
P1
34
FB
RD
TB133
TB132
TB46
D67D68
C4
-4V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
TB155
V1
55
PC
EO
R/R
D
C1
-2
C2
-5
C2
-6
C7
-1
3
1
4
2
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP.V
ALV
EF
UN
CT
ION
EN
AB
LE
Y74
TB20
B
B1
C28TTA RD/BK
D4
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
C28TTA RD/BK
C27AUX RD
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C7
-2
C27AUX RD
-
R6
510�
C5
-15
C5
-17
B1
BA
TR
D
B
A
BK
WHRD
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
R11
6H
YD
OR
C11
6H
YD
WH
NOCR17
SW4NO
MA
INA
UX
D101
ZONE B
ZONE A
OFF
500 LB (A & B)
1000 LB (A)
P4FUNCTION
ENABLE
G6
M1 M2
M4
P210PWR BK
D43
3
6
12
5
7
8
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
L2
C5-2
C5-10
C5-9
C5-13
C5-8
C41RPM OR/BK
C39LP BL/RD
C35RPM BK/RD
C108ESL BL/WH
C127TSW GR
R21IGN WH
C21RET WH
R33STR BK
R23PWR WH
C38FP BL/WH
C38RET BLHARNESS
6
11
8
9
10
7
2
5
1
4
3+
-
BK
-1
2G
A
86
85
30
87
86
85
30
8786
85
30
87A
CR39A86
85
30
87
C
FB
P1
34
FB
RD
86
85
30
87
86
85
30
87
-
-
12V DC
ES0505D
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 143
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
P134PWR RD
D23
D24
17
10 56 82
1
4
2
3
5
6
P162JPW1-OR
JSGND1-BR
C159STC-BL/WH
C160JPL-WH/RD
C159STC-BL/WH
J25
910
JC3DRIVE / STEER
JC7PRIMARY BOOMUP / DOWNEXTEND / RETRACTTURNTABLE ROTATE
1
4
2
3
5
6
P162JPW2-OR
JSGND2-BR
C164PES-RD/WH
C165TRS-WH/RD
C163PLS-WH/BK
J127
31 2 654
J114
BK
RD
YL
OR
BR
BL
RIG
HT
LE
FT
1
2 12
11
14
13
5
7 158166 452 1 314
15
16
19
18
17
20 411910678 14
13
12
3
JOYSTICK CONTROL CARD
TB134A
3 2
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
J3
J2
CR30
NO
LIFT / DRIVE(OPTION)
NC
CR27L47
TS9PLATFORMLEVEL
TS7PLATFORMROTATE
CW
CC
W
DO
WN
UP
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
J2
2-7
J2
2-8
J2
2-5
J2
2-6
J2
2-4
J2
2-3
J2
2-2
J2
2-1
J2
2-1
0
J2
2-9
J2
2-1
2
J2
2-11
Y71 Y70 Y19 Y20
GND BR
C28TTA RD/BK
P26ESTP BK
P24FS WH
P2
6E
ST
PB
K
P2
4F
SW
H
P2
4F
SW
H
GN
DB
R
C1
84
PL
WH
P1
09
TS
GR
/WH
ZO
NE
SE
LE
CT
SN
SR
BR
L51 L50
ZONE A ZONE B
C2
08
LE
DG
R
C2
09
LE
DB
L
C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
K
TS15DRIVEENABLE
TS75ZONE SELECT
C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
L1
LE
DB
L/R
D
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS14DRIVESELECT
H1
RD
/BK
J1 J8 J8 J1 J1 J1
J2
P210PWR BK
P134PWR RD
C41RPM OR/BK
C27AUX + FE RD
C27AUX RD
C4
-6
C4
-5
C4
-8
C4
-7
C4
-3
C4
-2
C3
-11
C1
-3
C1
-6
C1
-10
C1
-11
C1
-5
C1
-4
C3
-3
C3
-2
C3
-1
C1
-12
BL
/RD
GR
/WH
C3
-12
C2
-3
C3
-7
C3
-8
C3
-9
C3
-4
C3
-5
C3
-6
C4
-1
C2
-2
C2
-4
C2
-8
C2
-9
C2
-10
C7
-3
CC
W
TS57PLATFORMROTATE
CW
TB18
TB17
TB44
TB43D30
D29
C1
8P
RR
GR
/BK
C1
7P
RL
GR
C4
4JD
GR
/BK
C4
3JU
GR
TS59
TB15
TB14
DO
WN
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
TB59
L46
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
C1
4P
LU
OR
C5
9C
NK
BL
/BK
P1
34
PW
RR
D
TB29 TB32
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
K
TB36 TB37
TB31 TB30
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
C1
PB
UR
D
R16
7.5�TS61PRI. BOOMUP / DOWN
R14
10�
CR34 CR68
CR53
UP
DO
WN C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
TB1
TB2
TB3
P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
CR52
CR69
TS63PRI. BOOMEXT. / RET.
C7
PB
EB
K
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C9
PE
RB
K/R
D
R14(A)
5�
TS62TURNTABLEROTATE
C4
TR
LW
H
CW
CC
W
TB13
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
TB42
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C4
0L
SO
R
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
SN
SR
-GN
DB
R
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
K
GN
DB
R
C6
-24
C6
-11
C5
-24
C5
-23
C6
-36
C6
-37
C5
-20
C5
-21
C11
8L
SO
R
TB118 C6
-31
C6
-3
C6
-2
C6
-1
C6
-12
P2
10
PW
RB
K
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C6
-21
C6
-30
C6
-38
C6
-16
BL
/RD
C2
11P
LO
BL
/BK
S2
12
PL
OG
R/B
K
GR
/WH
J133
J133B
K
RD
OR
WH
1 4 5 2
BL
3 6
BR
BL
BK
GR
J134
C1
29
DA
RD
/BK
C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
H4
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C3
6S
TC
BL
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
K
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
PB
FR
D/W
H
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
C1
PB
UR
D
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C8
PB
RB
K/W
H
C7
PB
EB
K
C6
TR
FW
H/R
D
C5
TR
RW
H/B
K
C4
TR
LW
H
C6
-9
C6
-8
C6
-7
C6
-6
C6
-5
C6
-4
TB9
TB8
TB7
TB5
TB4
NO14
13
WH
BK
Y27 Y2 Y4 Y3 Y5 Y6
U4
Y12 Y21 Y22 Y15 Y25 Y26 Y13 Y24 Y23
21
22
NC
BR
RD
4 3 2 1
24 23
14 13
NO
NO
22 21
14 13
NO
NC22 21
14 13NO
NC22 21
14 13NO
NC
WH
BK
/WH
BK
BR
RD
4 3 2 1 4 3
2 1
BR
BL
BK
BK
/WH
BR
BL
BK
WH
BK
BR
RD
2 1
2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
BR
RD
WH
BK
2324
NO
1314
NO
2324
NO
1314
NO
2122
NC
1314
NO
C6
-13
C6
-25
C6
-23
C6
-40
C6
-22
C6
-35
C6
-34
C6
-33
C4
2L
SO
R/R
D
C4
0L
SO
R
P1
34
PW
RR
D
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
DE
SC
EN
TA
LA
RM
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D’S
LS
B2
SL
OO
SE
CA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
DR
IVE
ED
CR
EV
ER
SE
DR
IVE
ED
CF
OR
WA
RD
GR
OU
ND
CR
34
-P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MS
PE
ED
RE
DU
CT
ION
RE
LA
Y
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
LS
T3
O-
BO
OM
UP
/DO
WN
GR
OU
ND
BO
X-
ZO
NE
AO
PE
RA
TIO
NA
ND
SP
EE
DR
ED
UC
TIO
NL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
B1
EO
-B
OO
ME
XT
EN
DC
AP
AC
ITY
OP
ER
AT
ION
AL
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
B1
ES
-B
OO
ME
XT
EN
DC
AP
AC
ITY
SA
FE
TY
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
LS
T3
S-
BO
OM
AN
GL
ES
TO
WE
DG
RO
UN
DB
OX
-Z
ON
EA
SA
FE
TY
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
/RE
TR
AC
TF
LO
WC
ON
TR
OL
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
LS
T1
OD
RIV
EE
NA
BL
EL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
B1
RO
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
TD
RIV
E/R
OTA
TE
SP
EE
DL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS
T2
OA
NG
LE
ST
OW
ED
DR
IVE
SP
EE
DR
ED
UC
TIO
NL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
S1
7P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-O
PE
RA
TIO
NA
L
S1
8P
RIM
AR
YB
OO
MA
NG
LE
SE
NS
OR
-S
AF
ET
Y
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 144
Electrical Schematic, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
6 - 143
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 145 6 - 146
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 146 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Ground Control Box Terminal Strip Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
BK
C5
-5
RD
-TB
20
B
RD
-TB
20
A
BL
/RD
TS
53
-1(D
11)
BL
/RD
C5
-10
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
WH
-TB
23
B
BK
-C3
2-5
HARNESS TOSWITCH PANEL
BK
C3
2-4
BL
/WH
C3
2-3
RD
U1
6-2
RD
/12
BA
TT
+R
D/1
2B
AT
T+
WH
KS
1-1
(D2
)W
H/1
2C
7B
-2
RD
C6
-25
BK
/RD
C5
-18
WH
/RD
C5
-23
WH
/BK
C5
-20
WH
C5
-21
BK
/RD
C6
-9
BK
/WH
C6
-8
BK
C6
-7
WH
/RD
C6
-6
WH
/BK
C6
-5
WH
C6
-4
RD
/WH
C6
-3
RD
C2
B-6
BL
/BK
C3
B-1
1
GR
C2
B-5
GR
/WH
C2
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-8
GR
C4
B-7
OR
/RD
C2
B-4
OR
/BK
C2
B-3
OR
C2
B-2
BL
/RD
C2
B-1
BL
C1
B-1
0
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
RD
C1
B-1
RD
/BK
C1
B-2
WH
/BK
C1
B-5
RD
/WH
C1
B-3
WH
C1
B-4
WH
/RD
C1
B-6
BK
C1
B-7
GR
/BK
C4
B-6
GR
C4
B-5
OR
/BK
C4
B-3
OR
C4
B-2
BL
/RD
C4
B-1
BK
/RD
C3
B-9
BK
/WH
C3
B-8
BK
C3
B-7
WH
/RD
C3
B-6
WH
/BK
C3
B-5
WH
C3
B-4
RD
/WH
C3
B-3
RD
/BK
C3
B-2
RD
C3
B-1
OR
/RD
TS
62
-5(D
68
)
OR
CR
34
#8
6
BL
/BK
L4
6(+
)
BK
/RD
TS
54
-1(D
13
)
RD
TS
51
-4
BK
/12
KS
1-3
WH
HM
(+)
OR
/BK
TS
59
-3
OR
TS
59
-1
BK
/WH
TS
63
-3
BK
CR
69
-87
A
RD
C6
-1
13
4
118
13
3
13
2
59
13
4A
15
5
46
OR
/RD
C4
B-4
(D6
7)
RD
C6
-24
BL
/BK
C6
-11
OR
C6
-31
RD
C6
-23
OR
/RD
C5
-19
GR
C5
-7
BL
/BK
C6
-37
37
BL
/BK
C1
B-1
1
24
14
15
23
20
18
17
22 21
33
29
30
32 31
28
13 9 8 7
35 134 26
34
RD
/12
CB
2-2
GR
/BK
TS
57
-1
GR
TS
57
-3
BK
TS
52
-3
BK
/RD
R1
4(A
)
27
36
RD
TS
61
-4
WH
/BK
TS
62
-1
WH
TS
62
-3
RD
/WH
CR
34
#3
0
RD
/BK
CR
68
-87
A
5
WH
/RD
R1
4(A
)
WH
C5
-11
BL
C6
-36
RD
/WH
C5
-24
RD
C5
-6
RD
/BK
C6
-28
BL
/RD
C6
-13
RD
/BK
C6
-2
45
44
3941
42
40
43
GR
/WH
C6
-39
OR
C6
-40
OR
/RD
C6
-22
OR
/BK
C5
-2
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
12
VP
OW
ER
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
FL
OW
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CC
W
PR
IB
OO
MF
LO
W
PR
IB
OO
MD
OW
N
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
CW
PR
IB
OO
MU
P
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
-L
SB
1R
O
PR
IB
OO
ME
XT
/RE
TF
LO
W
PO
WE
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
RE
VE
RS
E/
ED
C-
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LA
LA
RM
EN
GIN
ES
TA
RT
12
VIG
NIT
ION
SU
PP
LY
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R(O
PT
ION
)
ST
EE
RC
W
ST
EE
RC
CW
GA
S/L
PF
UE
LS
EL
EC
T
RP
M/
TA
CH
SIG
NA
L
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
-L
ST
20
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
FO
RW
AR
D/
ED
C+
DR
IVE
SP
EE
D
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CC
W
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
CW
12
VB
AT
TS
UP
PLY
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PW
RT
OP
LA
TF
OR
M
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
LO
OS
EC
AB
LE
LE
D
HO
RN
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
MP
EN
AB
LE
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R
BO
OM
SP
EE
DR
ED
UC
TIO
N
KE
YS
WIT
CH
PO
WE
R(A
)
PR
IB
OO
MR
ET
RA
CT
EN
GIN
ER
PM
16/22CABLE
C5
BC
DA
12V TOPLATFORM
3
ENGINEHARNESS
18/22CABLE
C6
FUNCTIONMANIFOLD
C1BC7B C2BC3BC4B
1 2
BA
SE
TE
RM
INA
TIO
NB
LO
CK
RD
-T
B1
34
C1 4 7
C3
2
8
BL
/WH
-TB
13
2C
BK
-C7
B-1
WH
-TS
51
-5
RD
-TS
53
-2
GN
/BK
-TB
13
3C
BR
-GN
D
3 5 6
12
BK
-TB
22
C
OR
-134
A(D
)
RD
-44
C
CABLERESTRAINT
WH
/BK
-32C
BK
-GN
D
WH
-134
A(C
)
BL-
GN
DG
R-G
ND
D3
0R
D/B
KT
B4
4C
D2
9
WH
-BE
AC
ON
(LE
FT
)O
R-B
EA
CO
N(R
IGH
T)
TB
2C
-DE
SC
.A
LA
RM
CABLERESTRAINT
GROUNDSTUD
ES0505D
CR
52
CR
53
CR
68
CR
69
GN
DB
R
TS
61
C2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TS
63
C7
PB
EB
K
TB
2D
R2
PB
DR
D/B
K
TB
7D
R7
PB
EB
K
C6
-30
C2
11L
OB
L/B
K
C6
-38
C2
12
LO
GR
/BK
RD
/BK
BK
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND CUTOUT RELAY, OPERATIONALCR53
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND CUTOUT RELAY, SAFETYCR69
HOUR METERG6
KEY SWITCHKS1
LED - CHECK ENGINEL2
LED - CABLE TENSIONL46
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONP1
FUNCTION ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCHP4
RESISTOR, 10 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R14
RESISTOR, 5 TURNTABLE ROTATE SPEED��R14(A)
RESISTOR, 7.5 PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN SPEED��R16
AUXILIARY PUMPTS51
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCHTS52
FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS53
RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS54
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS57
PLATFORM LEVEL UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS59
PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN TOGGLE SWITCHTS61
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCHTS62
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCHTS63
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN CUTOUT RELAY, SAFETYCR68
CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15A
LABEL
CB2
DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY BOOM SPEED REDUCTION RELAYCR34
DRIVE LIGHT RELAY (OPTION)CR23
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN CUTOUT RELAY, OPERATIONALCR52
(UN
US
ED
)
GR
/BK
C3
2-8
(UN
US
ED
)
(UN
US
ED
)
(UN
US
ED
)
(UN
US
ED
)
RD
C3
2-1
KS
1-2
WH
/BK
C4
B-9
WH
DL
1
RD
DL
2
BK
GN
D1
TB
21
C
CR
23
10
AM
PF
US
E
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
OP
TIO
NR
EL
AY
BR
GN
D2
F1
9
321
TS64
BR
-GN
DS
TU
D
GR
-C5
-8
ENGINE FAULT CODE TEST TOGGLE SWITCHTS64
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 147
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
BL
/RD
-C5
-15
D2
NC
WH
/RD
-TS
62
-4
BR
-HM
(-)
OR
-TB
118
D
RD
-TS
63
-2
23
WH
/RD
-TB
6D
RD
/WH
-TB
3D
RD
/WH
-TS
61
-1
D4RD
-TS
61
-2
12
D6
8
D1
3
BK
/RD
-TB
35
D
BK
-TB
33
D
RD
- TB
20
D
OR
/RD
-TB
15
5D
WH
-TB
21
D
BK
-TB
22
D
BL
/BK
-TB
59
D
RD
-TB
1D
RD
/BK
-CR
52
-30
RD
/WH
-R1
4
WH
-TB
4D
WH
/BK
-TB
5D
WH
/RD
-R1
4(A
)
BK
-CR
53
-30
BK
/WH
-TB
8D
BK
/RD
-TB
9D
GN
/BK
- TB
18
D
GN
-TB
17
D
OR
/BK
-TB
15
D
OR
-TB
14
D
WH
-TB
23
D
RD
-R1
6
RD
-R1
6
RD
-TS
61
-2
RD
-TS
51
-1
BR
-CR
34
#8
5
BR
-HM
(-)
BR
-L4
6(-
)
BR
- GN
DS
TU
D
64
5
32
1
WH
-IS
M#
10
RD
-CB
2-1
RD
-P1
-2
WH
-C3
2-6
WH
-TS
51
-2
WH
-KS
1-1
RD
-L4
5(+
)
4
3
2B
1B
2A
1A
641
3
3 2 1456
1236 5 4
123
3 2 1
12
31
TO
GR
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
L4
6
L2
TS
52
CB
2
TS
54
3
42
B
KS
1
B1
1N
C
P1
TS
51
NO
P4
TS
61
TS
63
TS
59
TS
57
TS
62
R1
6
R1
4
R1
4(A
)
CR
34
TS
53
12
3
RD
-C3
2-7
BL
/RD
-TB
39
D
G6
86
85 3
0
87
A
87
+ -
D11
4
3
NO
BK
C6
-12
RD
-TB
27
D
D1
01
ES0505D
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 148
Ground Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
6 - 147
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 149
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
6 - 150
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 150 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
J1
-P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
HC
2P
-9
J1
-SN
SR
GN
DB
RC
1P
-10
C1
23
PB
SR
D/B
KC
2P
-8
LS
18
-C1
77
LS
BL
/RD
C1
P-1
2
TS
1-V
15
5P
CE
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
TS
48
-C4
9D
LIT
EW
H/B
KC
4P
-9
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RC
4P
-5
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KC
4P
-6
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RC
4P
-2
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KC
4P
-3
TS
9-C
15
PL
DO
R/B
KJ2
2-8
TS
9-C
14
PL
UO
RJ2
2-7
TS
7-C
18
PR
RG
R/B
KJ2
2-3
TS
7-C
17
PR
LG
RJ2
2-4
J2
2
TS
4-C
35
RP
MB
K/R
DC
1P
-9
TS
15
-C1
43
DE
LB
L/B
KL
1-C
13
DR
E(A
)B
L/R
D
TS
14
-C2
9M
SR
D/W
H
TS
15
-C1
44
DE
RB
L/W
H
D40
J1
C2
8T
TA
RD
/BK
L4
8-C
28
TTA
RD
/BK
H1
C1P-2 C28TTA RD/BK
9
J1
1
RD
LS
18
RD
C2
P-6
JC
7-3
C1
64
PE
SR
D/W
H
JC
3-2
P1
62
JP
W1
OR
JC
3-1
JS
GN
D1
BR
JC
3-3
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
JC
3-4
C1
60
JP
LW
H/R
D
JC
7-5
C1
63
PE
SW
H/B
K
JC
7-2
P1
62
JP
W2
OR
JC
7-1
JS
GN
D2
BR
C2
P-9
P1
09
AN
GG
R/W
H
JC
7-4
C1
65
TR
SW
H/R
D
C2
P-1
0S
NS
RG
ND
BR
JC
3-5
C1
59
ST
CB
L/W
H
C1
P(G
Y)
C2
P(B
K)
C3
P(G
R)
C4
P(B
R)
C2
PB
DR
D/B
KC
3P
-2
C3
7S
TC
CB
L/B
KC
1P
-11
TS
1-C
27
AU
XR
DC
1P
-1
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HC
1P
-3
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
C1
P-6
TS
2-C
33
ST
RB
KC
1P
-7
C4
TR
LW
HC
3P
-4
C5
TR
RW
H/B
KC
3P
-5
C3
6S
TC
BL
C1
P-1
0
C3
PB
FR
D/W
HC
3P
-3
J2
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
C2
P-3
C3
0E
DC
+W
HC
1P
-4
C3
1E
DC
-W
H/B
KC
1P
-5
C4
2L
SO
R/R
DC
2P
-4
C9
PE
RF
BK
/RD
C3
P-9
C6
TR
FW
H/R
DC
3P
-6
C8
PB
RB
K/W
HC
3P
-8
C1
3D
RE
BL
/RD
C4
P-1
C1
PB
UR
DC
3P
-1
C7
PB
EB
KC
3P
-7
C4
0L
SO
RC
2P
-2
1
11
P2
-P2
2P
WR
BK
C7
P-1
L4
7-C
59
CN
KB
L/B
KC
3P
-11
TS
47
-C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C2
P-7
P3
-C4
6H
RN
GR
C2
P-5
TS
3-C
39
LP
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
TS
2-P
25
FS
RD
C9
P-3
J3
-P2
4F
SW
HC
9P
-2
P2
-P2
3P
WR
WH
C7
P-2
P2
-P2
6E
ST
PB
KC
9P
-1
WH
L1
WH
C9
P-2
BK
P2
J31
3
2
1
J7 J8
1
6
TS
75
-2C
18
4P
LW
H
C3
P-1
2P
10
9L
SB
L/W
H
L5
0(-)
C1
69
LE
D2
GR
L5
1(-)
C1
69
LE
D1
GR
TS
75
-3S
NS
RB
R
C1
P-1
2C
17
7L
SB
L/W
H
TS
75
-1P
10
9T
SG
R/W
H
CA
NH
I
CA
NL
OW
U13ALC-500
OPTION OPTIONH1
+ -
GROUND
J22-1,2,9,10,11 AND 12
BATGND C7P-3
BATGND J3-1
C7P C9
FOOTSWITCH
12VBATTERY
J8
-P1
09
LS
GR
/WH
C3
P-1
2
ES0505D
WH TS7
WH/RD C32BRK
(SPLICE TOC32BRK, C1P-6)
OR/RD C40LS
(SPLICE TOC40LS, C2P-2)
LIFT / DRIVE SELECT (OPTION)
CR30
CR27
WH TS14
BR BATGND
(GROUND STUD)
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORMSWITCH PANEL
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 151
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
RD
C1
P-1
RD
/BK
H1
(D4
0)
BL
/RD
J1
-16
D12
BK
/RD
C1
P-9
BR
GN
DS
TU
D
OR
/RD
C4
P-4
RD
/WH
J1
-8
BK
C1
P-7
RD
C9
P-3
BL
/BK
J1
-7
BL
/WH
J1
-6
BL
/BK
C3
P-11
GR
/BK
C4
P-6
/J2
2-3
GR
C4
P-5
/J2
2-4
WH
C9
P-2
TS15
1 6
JC3
WH
/RD
J1
-4
BL
/WH
J1
-5
BR
J1
-14
OR
J1
-13
RD
/WH
J1
-2
OR
J1
-11
BR
J1
-12
WH
/BK
J1
-3
WH
/RD
J1
-1
1
6
GR
C2
P-5
+
1TS4
TS7P3
NO
TS9
JC7
OR
/BK
C4
P-3
/J2
2-8
OR
C4
P-2
/J2
2-7
TS1
TS14
TS2
L48
+
NC
P2
BK
J3
-3
BK
C9
-1
RD
LS
18
BK
C7
P-1
WH
C7
P-2
+
L51 L50
+
TS75
GR
J8
-10
GR
/WH
J8
-6
WH
J8
-2
GR
J8
-5
BR
J8
-8
RDBK
BKBK
RDRD
TS3
BL
/RD
C2
P-1
D10
ES0505D
H1
COMPONENT INDEX
TILT ALARM
JC3 JOYSTICK - DRIVE / STEER
JC7 JOYSTICK - PRIMARY BOOM UP / DOWN, EXTEND / RETRACT, TURNTABLE ROTATE
L1 LED - DRIVE ENABLE
L47 LED - CABLE TENSION
L48 LED - TILT ALARM
L50 LED - ZONE B, 500 LB CAPACITY
L51 LED - ZONE A, 1000 LB CAPACITY
P2 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
P3 HORN BUTTON
TS1 AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
TS4 RPM SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TS9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS14 DRIVE SPEED TOGGLE SWITCH
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
CONTROL HARNESSTO PLATFORM BOX
1
NOTE: DASHED LINES INDICATE OPTIONS.
ROCKER / STEER OPTION
+
L47
TS75 ZONE SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
U13 ALC500 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER CARD
TS2 ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS3 FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
CR27 BRAKE CIRCUIT (LIFT / DRIVE OPTION)
CR30 LIMIT SWITCH (LIFT / DRIVE OPTION)
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 1526 - 151
Platform Control Box Switch Panel Wiring Diagram, S-80X,Continental TME27 Models
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 153 6 - 154
Continental TME27 Engine Harness
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 154 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Continental TME27 Engine Harness
WHITE/LT GREEN 1854
TAN/BLACK 18
PINK/TAN 18
RED/TAN 14
WHITE/BLUE 18
RED 14
85
30
86
86
85
AUX PWM4 RECIRC
AUX PWM3 RECIRC
AUX PWM5 RECIRC
BLACK/RED 1686
PINK/BLACK 18AUX PWM4AUX PWM2AUX PWM1AUX PWM3
87888990
RED/BLACK 18GRAY/RED 18
RED/TAN 14
PINK/TAN 18
PINK/BLACK 18
WHITE/BLUE 18
RED 14 30
86
85
WHITE 14 30
85
PINK/YELLOW 16
86
30
70
TAN/ORANGE 18
77AUX PWM5
FPUMP
V BAT
GROUNDDBW+/STEP +
DBW-/STEP -8485
78
80
8281
79
83
MIL
EGOH 2EGOH 3
FUEL LOCKOFF
BUZZ
RELAYEGOH 1
STARTER
76
71
73
7574
72
TAN/BLACK 18
LT BLUE/BLK 18
PINK/WHITE 18
PINK/YELL 16
BLACK 16
RED/TAN 16
BLACK/YELLOW 16BLACK/WHITE 16
WHITE/BLACK 18
WHITE/BLUE 18
YELLOW/LT GREEN 18
ORANGE 18
61INJ1 LS
INJ8 LSINJ7 LSINJ6 LSINJ5 LSINJ4 LSINJ3 LSINJ2 LS
GROUND
68
62
6463
6667
65
69
TACHPULSE IN
V BATV BAT PROT
PC RXPC TX
AUX ANA PUD1
57
5958
60
5655
BROWN/BLUE 16
BROWN/WHITE 16
BROWN/GREEN 16BROWN/YELLOW 16
BLACK 16
PINK/YELLOW 16
DK GREEN 18
RED/TAN 16
F4
BAT +
PINK/TAN 18
RED/TAN 14
5A
F2
F1
20A
FUEL PUMP RELAY
PINK/DK GREEN 16
POWER RELAY
87
PINK/YELLOW 1687
F3
15A
15A
RED 12
RED 14
PINK 18
RED 14
PINK/DK GREEN 16
PINK/YELLOW 16
PINK/DK GREEN 16
PIN
K/D
KG
RE
EN
16
BL
AC
K1
6
PINK/TAN 18
WHITE/BLACK 18
STARTER RELAY
LT BLUE/PINK 14
BLUE/GREEN 14
EPR RELAY
87A
87
PINK/YELLOW 1687
15A
F5
FUEL LOCKOFF
PINK/YELLOW 16
WHITE 14
A
B
STARTER RELAY
BLACK 16BLACK 16 BLACK 12
GROUND
SPLICE WITHIN 6" FROM CONNECTOR
WHITE/PURPLE 18
TAN/BROWN 18
GRAY/WHITE 18GRAY/DK BLUE 18
TAN/BROWN 18
LT GREEN/BLACK 18
GRAY/DK BLUE 18GRAY/WHITE 18
YELLOW/GRAY 18
5V EXTAUX ANA PU3AUX ANA PU2AUX ANA PU1
OIL PGOV 2GOV 1
5V RTN
4748
46
49
5253
5150
SPK COIL 4B
ECT
V SWITCHAUX DIG 3AUX DIG 2AUX DIG 1
EGT
38
4039
41
IAT
45
4344
42
DK BLUE/YELLOW 18
LT GREEN/WHITE 18
DK BLUE/YELLOW 18
TAN 18
PINK/TAN 18
YELLOW/BLACK 18
30KNK 2 -
SPK COIL 4ASPK COIL 3BSPK COIL 3ASPK COIL 2BSPK COIL 2ASPK COIL 1BSPK COIL 1A 31
32
3637
353433
CAM POSCRK NEG
SPD NEGSPD POSCAM NEG
KNK 1 -KNK 2 +
KNK 1 +
2223
2928
2627
2524
YELLOW/RED 18
YELLOW/LT GREEN 18
YELLOW 18
PURPLE/ORANGE 18GRAY/BROWN 18
LT BLUE/DK BLUE 186TPS1/STEP2 +
PURPLE/YELLOW 18DK BLUE 18
WHITE/RED 18
DK BLUE 18
LT GREEN 18
14CAN 1 +
5V RTN5V EXT
CAN 2 TERM +CAN 2 +
CRK POS
CAN 2 -
CAN 1 - 15
21
17
1920
18
16
TPS2/STEP2 -MAP
AUX ANA PD2FPP2-IVS
AUX ANA PD1FPP1
AUX ANA PD3CAN 1 TERM + 13
10
1211
987
PURPLE/WHITE 18
LT GREEN/RED 18BLACK/LT GREEN 18
TAN/DK GREEN 18
PURPLE/LT BLUE 18
DK GREEN/ORANGE 18
EGO 2
EGO 4EGO 3
EGO 1
3
54
12
LT GREEN/BLACK 18
TXDK GREEN 18
BLK/LT GREEN 18
LT GREEN/RED 18
B
C5V
DRTN
COMM
ORANGE 18 ARX
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
DK BLUE/YELLOW 18
PIN
K/D
KG
RE
EN
16
PIN
K/D
KG
RE
EN
16
YE
LL
OW
/BL
AC
K1
8
BL
AC
K/L
TG
RE
EN
18
PIN
K/D
KG
RE
EN
16
YE
LL
OW
/RE
D1
8
BL
AC
K/L
TG
RE
EN
18
PIN
K/D
KG
RE
EN
16
BL
AC
K/L
TG
RE
EN
18
BL
AC
K/L
TG
RE
EN
18
YE
LL
OW
/LT
GR
EE
N1
8
NOTE: COIL FIRING ORDER 1-3-4-2, ECM PINS FIRED 1A-2A-1B-2B
NOTE: INJECTORS CONNECT TO ECM PINS PER 1-3-4-2 FIRING ORDER
INJECTOR 2
BROWN/GREEN 16
BROWN/YELLOW 16
INJECTOR 4 INJECTOR 3
BROWN/WHITE 16
COIL 4
BAB
LA
CK
16
C D
COIL 3
A B
BL
AC
K1
6
C D
BROWN/BLUE 16
INJECTOR 1
COIL 2
A
BL
AC
K1
6
DCB
COIL 1
A
BL
AC
K1
6
DB C
YE
LL
OW
18
TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH
BLUE/WHITE 18
WHITE/ORANGE 18
LT BLUE/BLACK 18
TAN/BROWN 18
ORANGE 18
GRAY/RED 18
ESL/TEST SWITCH
FUEL SELECTTEMP SENDER12
11
109 MIL
BLACK 16BLUE/GREEN 14
PURPLE/YELLOW 18
WHITE/ORANGE 18
BLUE/WHITE 18
RED/BLACK 18
LT BLUE/PINK 14
BLACK/RED 16
GRAY/WHITE 18GRAY/DK BLUE 18
YELLOW/LT GREEN 18
PINK/YELLOW 16
PINK 18
VEHICLE INTERFACE 1
DEUTSCH DT04 RECEPTACLE
FUEL PUMP -FUEL PUMP +
GOV SELECT 2GOV SELECT 1
START COMMAND
2
4
678
3
5TACH
IGN OUT1 VSW
NOT USED (PLUGGED)NOT USED (PLUGGED)
START IN (AUTOCRANK)
NOT USED (PLUGGED)CAN LOW11
12
FPP2 IVS
GROUND
CAN HIGH
AUX ANA PU14
765
8910
POST CAT HEGO
DBW THROTTLE CONNECTOR
A
C
A
C
PRE CAT HEGO
TAN/ORANGE 18BLK/LT GREEN 18LT GREEN/RED 18
PURPLE/LT BLUE 18LT BLUE/DK BLUE 18
PINK/WHITE 18
TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH
PURPLE/ORANGE 18
GRAY/BROWN 18
2
6
345
1
BLK/LT GREEN 18
PURPLE/ORANGE 18
GRAY/BROWN 18 B
TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH
WHITE/PURPLE 18
PURPLE/WHITE 18
TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH
LT GREEN/RED 18
BLK/LT GREEN 18
PURPLE/WHITE 18
WHITE/PURPLE 18
B
LT GREEN/RED 18
LT GREEN 18
BLACK/LT GREEN 18TAN/DK GREEN 18PINK/DK GREEN 16BLACK/YELLOW 16
BLACK/LT GREEN 18DK GREEN/ORANGE 18
PINK/DK GREEN 16BLACK/WHITE 16
A
B
DC
4
A
B
DC
LT GREEN/RED 18TAN 18
BLACK/LT GREEN 18
BLACK/LT GREEN 18
YELLOW/GRAY 18 ECT
32
1
B
TMAP
A
SPLICE WITHIN 6" OF CONNECTOR
BLACK/LT GREEN 18
LT GREEN/RED 18
DK BLUE 18
GASOLINE SENSOR INTERFACE
WHITE/LT GREEN 18 4
LT GREEN/WHITE 18LT GREEN/RED 18
BLACK/LT GREEN 18
CAM SENSOR
3
1
2
VEHICLE INTERFACE 2
DEUTSCH DT06 PLUG
VREF
ANA RETURNFPP1
1
32
PINK/YELLOW 16
CRANK SENSOR
BLACK/LT GREEN 18
WHITE/RED 18 A
BLPG TEMP
WHITE/ORANGE 18WHITE/ORANGE 18
BLUE/WHITE 18
JUNCTION MUST BE MADE WITHIN 6 INCHES OF CONNECTOR
JUNCTION MUST BE MADE WITHIN 6 INCHES OF CONNECTOR
BLUE/WHITE 18
WHITE/ORANGE 18
WHITE/ORANGE 18
BLUE/WHITE 18
WHITE/ORANGE 18
COBRA EPR
3
6
7
BLACK 16 GROUND
CAN +
VBAT
WHITE/ORANGE 18
BLUE/WHITE 18
CAN + TERM2
1 CAN -
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 155
Platform Level Cutout, CTE Option
Y19
MANUAL PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT WHEN OUT OF STOWED
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
GROUND
CR21NO
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
C1
4P
LU
OR
C42LS OR/RD
TS
9-3
TS
9-1
C2P-4J2-4
J2
2-8
C4
-2T
B1
4
TB
15
C4
-3
GROUND BOX
PLATFORM BOX
CR20NO
C1
5P
LD
OR
/BK
C1
4P
LU
OR
J2
2-7
Y20
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 156
Platform Level Cutout, CTE Option
6 - 155
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 157
Continental Options Schematic
6 - 158
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 158 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Continental Options Schematic
R21IGN WH
P22BAT BK
P134PWR RD
P2C9P-1
BK
FS1
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
C9P-3
C9P-2
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
F1810 A
TS49WORK LIGHT
WH
WH
BK
BK
L30L30
PLATFORM BOXGROUND
TS48DRIVE LIGHT
F1910A
C4
-9C
49
LIT
EW
H/B
K
L29 L29
CR23
TB21
CO
NT
INE
NTA
LT
ME
27
EN
GIN
EV
EH
ICL
EIN
TE
RF
AC
E1
HARNESS
C26TSR GR/BK 12
G2G3G1
VO
LTM
ET
ER
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
GA
UG
EC
25
PS
RB
L/B
K
CO
OL
AN
TT
EM
P.
GA
UG
E
WO
RK
LIG
HT
S
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
S
ES0505C
TS43CONTROL BOXHEATER
R22
10�
R21
10�
THS1NC
PL
AT
FO
RM
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
HE
AT
ER
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 159
Deutz and Perkins Options Schematic
R21IGN WH
P22BAT BK
P134PWR RD
P2C9P-1
BK
FS1
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
C9P-3
C9P-2
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
P25FS RD
P24FS WH
P26ESTP BK
F1810 A
TS49WORK LIGHT
WH
WH
BK
BK
L30L30
PLATFORM BOXGROUND
TS48DRIVE LIGHT
TS47GENERATOR
TB45
C2
-7C
6-3
9
C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
Y29
HY
DR
AU
LIC
GE
NE
RA
TO
RO
PT
ION
CR46
BE
LTD
RIV
EN
GE
NE
RA
TO
RO
PT
ION
F1910A
C4
-9C
49
LIT
EW
H/B
K
L29 L29
CR23
TB21
G2
G1
G3
VO
LTM
ET
ER
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
GA
UG
E
C2
6T
SR
WH
/RD
WO
RK
LIG
HT
S
DR
IVE
LIG
HT
S
ES0503DES0504D
C2
5P
SR
WH
/BK
C10-2
C10-3C10-1C10-4
CO
OL
AN
TT
EM
P.
GA
UG
E
TS43CONTROL BOXHEATER
R22
10�
R21
10�
THS1NC
PL
AT
FO
RM
CO
NT
RO
LB
OX
HE
AT
ER
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 160
Deutz and Perkins Options Schematic
6 - 159
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 161 6 -162
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Wiring Diagram
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 162 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Wiring Diagram
L1
L2
L3N
RED
ORANGE
BLACK
GREEN
GREEN
BLACK
WHITE
RED
8 GA 4 CONDUCTOR
208 VACOUTLET
SILVER
GREEN
L1 L2 L3
NEUTRAL BUSS BAR
12.5 KW HYDRAULIC GENERATOR
NEMA 4 CONTROL BOX
50 AMP 3 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH INTEGRAL GFI
BRASS
SILVER
120 VAC GFI
GREEN 12GA
BLACK 12GA
110 VACGFI
BRASS
BLACK
GREEN
WHITE
XY
Z
8 GA 5 CONDUCTOR
20 AMP CIRCUITBREAKER
GROUNDSTUD ONPANEL
12 GA 3 CONDUCTOR
1 2
3
N
5 4
6
BLACK 12GA
12 GA 3 CONDUCTOR
ENCLOSURE
ES0506B
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 163
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Electrical Schematic
TB24
TIME DELAY
MODULE 4S
5 SW INPUT3 GND
1 N.O.
2 COM
8 N.C.
C1P-4C1P-5
C3
0E
DC
WH
C3
1E
DC
WH
/BK
C1
B-4
C1
B-5
C5
-20
C5
-21
C32BRK WH/RD C2
P-7
P25FS-RD
P24FS-WH
TS4
C1
P-9
RP
MH
I
GENERATOR
D12
RP
MLO
FOOTSWITCH
P26ESTP-BK
TS47
P22PWR-BK
ON
C1
P-3
CR66
753
18
642
C2
B-7
C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
TB45TB35
C3
5R
PM
BK
/RD
C1
B-9
CR
4
HIG
HID
LE
RE
LA
Y
TB29
C1
B-3
C2
9M
SR
D/W
HM
OT
OR
ST
RO
KE
VA
LVE
C5
-18
C5
-24
D98
D99
C57
BK
-2Y75
Y75
C57
RD
-1
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
20
0P
SI
OMRON
RELAY
SX Controller
BY
PA
SS
CO
IL
3
1
2
A
B
C
124 ohms
124 ohms1k ohms
V150HG GR/BK
V151HG GR
RS232TxD
A1BATTERY +
A2SENSOR POWER +5 VDC
A3BATTERY-
B1VALVE 0 FWD COIL
B2VALVE 1 NC
B3DIGITAL OUTPUT BYPASS
C1TxD
C2RxD
C3/BOOT
D1ANALOG 0 JOYSTICK
D2ANALOG 1 NC
D3C41 RPM
E1NOT USED
E2NOT USED
E3NOT USED
F1DIG IN 0
F2DIG IN 1 GENERATOR ON
F3DIG IN 2
RS232RxD
75
31 8
6
42
C1
B-4
C1
B-5
C5
-20
C5
-21
D A
U4
CB
DR
IVE
ED
C+
DR
IVE
ED
C-
PILOT PRESSURE SIGNAL
FROM GENERATOR MANIFOLD
DIVERTER MANIFOLD
N.O.
NC
CR50
PS4
C4
5G
EN
GR
/WH
C6
-39
C5
-12
BK 16-2
C5
-23
BR
AK
E
RE
LE
AS
E
TB32
C1
P-6
C3
2B
RK
WH
/RD
D65
BR-2
(16-2)
TB21
TB41
C5
-4W
H
C5
-12
OR
/BK
C4
1R
PM
OR
/BK
P2
OMRON
RELAY
20
ALC-500
15
16
19
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 1646 - 163
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Electrical Schematic
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 165
Belt Driven Generator Option
6 - 166
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 166 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Belt Driven Generator Option
120VAC / 60HZGFI OUTLETLINE BK
NEUTRAL WH
GND GR
GND BR
P20BAT
TG3
TG1TG4
TG2
CR46
CB4
15A
LINE BK
FIELD BK/WH
GND BR
NEUTRAL WH
R20BAT RD
C45GEN TO GBOX
FIELD GR
NEUTRAL WH
NEU
LINE
GND
LINE BK
BA
TT
ER
Y
30A
CB6
BELT DRIVENGENERATOR
VO
LTA
GE
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
220VAC / 50HZGFI OUTLETLINE BK
NEUTRAL WH
GND GR
GND BR
P20BAT
TG3
TG1TG4
TG2
CR46
CB2
12.5A
LINE BK
FIELD BK/WH
GND BR
NEUTRAL WH
R20BAT RD
C45GEN TO GBOX
FIELD GR
NEUTRAL WH
NEU
LINE
GND
LINE BK
30A
CB6 87A
87
8586
30
87A
87
8586
30
VO
LTA
GE
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
BELT DRIVENGENERATOR
BA
TT
ER
Y
-
+
LINE
FIELD
CB630A
CB4
VOLTAGEREGULATOR
BK/WH 14GA
BK 12GA
5
54321
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
3
4
1
PIN#
2 WH 12GA
COLOR
NEUTRAL
CIRCUIT#
RD 12GA
BR 12GA
R20BAT
GND
LINE
NEUTRAL
BK
WH
CIRCUIT #COLORPIN#
1
4
3
GENERATOR
C45GEN
GENERATOR
BATTERY-
OUTLET4
3
2
1
12.5A- 220V15A- 120V
A B
BATTERY+
PLUG
CR46
BA
BA FIELDGR2
TG120 VAC / 60 HZ with Regulator
220 VAC / 50 HZ with Regulator
-
+
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 167
Relay and Fuse Panel Legend
Deutz TD2011L04i
1 2
5 6
3 4
7 8
F22
F7
F17
F20
CR1 CR39 CR3
1 2
5 6
3 4
7 8
F7
F17 B1PBAT
B3PBAT
CR17
CR5 CR2CR5
CR17
R21IGN
02GND
B1BAT
P24PWR
CR15
CR2
NOT USED
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CR1 START RELAY
CR2 IGNITION / FUEL RELAY
CR3 HIGH IDLE RELAY
CR5 HORN RELAY
CR15 GLOW PLUG RELAY
CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER RELAY
CR39 AUXILIARY PUMP RELAY
CR39 AUXILIARY PUMP RELAY
F7 FUSE, 30A, OIL COOLER FAN / HORN
F17 FUSE, 30A, ENGINE / AUXILIARY PUMP
F20 FUSE, 20A, ENGINE RPM SOLENOID
F22 FUSE, 60A, GLOW PLUGS
1 2
5 6
3 4
7 8
F22
F7
F17
CB20
CR1 CR39 CR3CR5
CR17
R21IGN
02GND
B1BAT
P24PWR
CR15
CR2 CR4
Perkins 804D-33LABEL DESCRIPTION
CR1 START RELAY
CR2 IGNITION / FUEL RELAY
CR3 HIGH IDLE RELAY
CR5 HORN RELAY
CR15 GLOW PLUG RELAY
CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER RELAY
CR39 AUXILIARY PUMP RELAY
F7 FUSE, 30A, OIL COOLER FAN / HORN
F17 FUSE, 30A, ENGINE / AUXILIARY PUMP
CR4 ENGINE RPM SOLENOID RELAY
CB20 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 10A, ENGINE RPM SOLENOID
F22 FUSE, 60A, GLOW PLUGS
Continental TME27LABEL DESCRIPTION
CR1 START RELAY
CR2 IGNITION / FUEL RELAY
CR5 HORN RELAY
CR17 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER RELAY
CR39A AUXILIARY PUMP RELAY
F7 FUSE, 30A, OIL COOLER FAN / HORN
F17 FUSE, 30A, ENGINE / AUXILIARY PUMP
02PGND
R21PIGN
CR1 CR39A
CR39B
CR39B AUXILIARY PUMP ENGINE CUTOUT RELAY
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 168
Relay and Fuse Panel Legend
6 - 167
Section 6 • Schematics September 2015
6 - 169 6 - 170
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models
September 2015Section 6 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
6 - 170 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X Part No. 122985
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models
TRACTION MANIFOLD
HYDRAULIC ROTARY COUPLER
X X X X
RIGHTREAR
LEFTREAR
M3
CDL
M1
50%
50%
M4
M2
CDR
280 psi19 bar
TESTBA
A
B
B
A
T
8B 6B8C 6C 6A 8A 3 1
1386 2 54
E
3750 psi256 bar
A
B
310 psi21 bar
51 psi3.5 bar
T2
CP
2SPEED
25 psi2 bar
BRAKE
PR1
V1V2
S1
1.7 gpm6.4 L/min
M
2A 2C
0.3 gpm1.1 L/min
54
950 psi66 bar
B
A
OUT
IN
2B
TEST
3200 psi221 bar
PR2
PR2 PR1
L R
B
X
S L13.5 gpm13 L/min
30 psi2 bar
S
2400 psi165 bar 0.6 gpm
2.3 L/min
7
7
102 psi7 bar
RESERVOIR
BRAKE/2 SPEEDMANIFOLD
DRIVE PUMP
RETURNFILTER
PLATFORMROTATE
SLAVECYLINDER
MASTERCYLINDER
TURNTABLE ROTATE3 gpm / 11.4 L/min
S80 PLATFORM MANIFOLD
AUXILIARYPUMP
PLATFORM LEVELCYLINDERS
PRIMARY LIFT CYLINDER15 gpm / 57 L/min (UP)8 gpm / 30 L/min (DOWN)
STEER CYLINDER
RIGHTLEFT
OSCILLATE VALVE
OSCILLATE CYLINDERS
LEFT RIGHT
BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT16 gpm / 61 L/min (EXTEND)7 gpm / 26.5 L/min (RETRACT)
OIL COOLER
HIGH PRESSUREFILTER
FUNCTION MANIFOLD
9 FUNCTIONPUMP38cc
250 psi17 bar
2900 psi200 bar
E E
F F
DA
BB
AA
G
CC
G G G
3.5 gpm13 L/min
BA BC
BB BD
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SG
SISJ SK
SF
SH
SNSO
SP
SQ
SR
SS
ST
30 psi2 bar
P4
T4T4
P4
P3T3ST2 ST1
OSC TEST
OSCT2
T1
PTEST
P2
P1 T5 SW1 SW2 L1 L2 EXT RET
PLM1 PLS1 PLS2 PLM2
EA
EB
EC
EF
EE
RA RB
RDRC
OC
DF
DEDC
DA
DBDD
X
ED
PA PB
SM
SL
0.070 inch1.8 mm
0.030 inch0.8 mm
0.025 inch0.6 mm
FUNCTIONENABLE VALVE
M2
1 2
X
MEDIUMPRESSUREFILTER
J1 J2
0.8 gpm3 L/min
JIB BOOM CYLINDER(S-85 OPTION)
G G
EH
EG
2400 psi165 bar
XX
1000 psi / 69 bar4.5:1
COUNTERBALANCE VALVES
3:1
1:1
1.5:1
RATIO
1000 psi / 69 bar
3500 psi / 241 bar
3000 psi / 207 bar
PRESS
4.5:1 3500 psi / 241 bar
3300 psi / 228 bar3:1
3000 psi / 207 bar3:1G
D
C
B
A
E
F
HS0166C
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 171
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models
REARRIGHT
REARLEFT M1
CDL
T
M2 LEFTFRONT
M3
50%
50%
M7
M5
CDR
50%
280 psi19 bar
50%
TESTBA
6 8 3 1
M4
50%
50%
FRONTRIGHT
M8
M6
2
E
3750 psi256 bar
A
B
310 psi21 bar
51 psi3.5 bar
T2
CP
2SPEED
25 psi2 bar
BRAKE
PR1
V1V2
S1
1.7 gpm6.4 L/min
M
2A 2C138A6A6C8C
0.3 gpm1.1 L/min
950 psi66 bar
B
A
OUT
IN
2B
TEST
3200 psi221 bar
PR2 J1 J2
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
PR2 PR1
L R
0.040 inch1 mm
6B8B
B
S L1
3.5 gpm13 L/min
30 psi2 bar
S
1000 psi / 69 bar4.5:1
COUNTERBALANCE VALVES
3:1
1:1
1.5:1
RATIO
1000 psi / 69 bar
3500 psi / 241 bar
3000 psi / 207 bar
PRESS
4.5:1 3500 psi / 241 bar
2400 psi165 bar
3300 psi / 228 bar3:1
3000 psi / 207 bar3:1
0.8 gpm3 L/min0.6 gpm
2.3 L/min
7
7
102 psi7 bar
G
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC ROTARY COUPLER
BRAKE / 2 SPEEDMANIFOLD
DRIVE PUMP
RETURNFILTER
TRACTION MANIFOLD
PLATFORMROTATE
SLAVECYLINDER
MASTERCYLINDER
TURNTABLE ROTATE3 gpm / 11.4 L/min
PLATFORM MANIFOLD
AUXILIARYPUMP
PLATFORM LEVELCYLINDERS
PRIMARY LIFT CYLINDER15 gpm / 57 L/min (UP)8 gpm / 30 L/min (DOWN)
STEER CYLINDERS
RIGHTLEFT
OSCILLATE VALVE
OSCILLATE CYLINDERS
LEFT RIGHT
BOOM EXTEND / RETRACT16 gpm / 61 L/min (EXTEND)7 gpm / 26.5 L/min (RETRACT)
JIB BOOM CYLINDER(S-85 OPTION)
OIL COOLER
HIGH PRESSUREFILTER
FUNCTION MANIFOLD
9 FUNCTIONPUMP38cc
250 psi17 bar
2900 psi200 bar
D
C
B
A
E
F
E E
F F
G G
DA
BB
AA
G
CC
G G G
3.5 gpm13 L/min
BA BC
BB BD
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SG
SI SJ SK
SF
SH
SNSO
SP
SQ
SR
SS
ST
30 psi2 bar
P4
T4T4
P4
P3T3ST2 ST1
OSC TEST
OSCT2
T1
PTEST
P2
P1 T5 SW1 SW2 L1 L2 EXT RET
PLM1 PLS1 PLS2 PLM2
EA
EB
EC
EF
54
54
EE
EH
EG
RA RB
RDRC
OC
DN
DM
DJ
DK
DL
DI
DGDDDB
DA
DHDE
DC DF
ED
PA PB
SM
SL
0.040 inch1 mm
0.030 inch0.8 mm
0.025 inch0.6 mm
0.040 inch1 mm
FUNCTIONENABLE VALVE
M2
1 2
X
MEDIUMPRESSUREFILTER
2400 psi165 bar
X X
HS0166C
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 172
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models
6 - 171
Section 6 • SchematicsSeptember 2015
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Part No. 122985 S-80 • S-85 • S-80X 6 - 173
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Hydraulic Schematic
OIL COOLER
0.031 inch /0.79 mm
WELDERMANIFOLD
DRIVE PUMP
B
A
3.5 GPM / 13.25L/min
PMP B CLR PMP A
270 PSI / 18.6 BAR@ 3.5 GPM / 13.25 L/min
MTR B MTR A G1
G2
21 GPM / 79.5 L/min G2 G1
21CC
TANK
13
GENERATOR12.5 KW
HY
DR
AU
LIC
RO
TA
RY
CO
UP
LE
R
PRESSURE SWITCH200 PSI / 13.8 BARN.O.
CASE
CY
CX
CU
CV
CW
CZ
HS0166C
September 2015 Section 6 • Schematics
6 - 174
12 kW Hydraulic Generator Hydraulic Schematic
6 - 173
Dis
trib
ute
d B
y:
Genie North AmericaPhone 425.881.1800
Toll Free USA and Canada
800.536.1800
Fax 425.883.3475
Genie Australia Pty Ltd.Phone +61 7 3375 1660
Fax +61 7 3375 1002
Genie ChinaPhone +86 21 53853768
Fax +86 21 53852569
Genie SingaporePhone +65 67533544
Fax +65 67533544
Genie JapanPhone +81 3 6436 2020
Fax +81 3 5445 1231
Genie KoreaPhone +82 2 558 7267
Fax +82 2 558 3910
Genie BrasilPhone +55 11 4082 5600
Fax +55 22 4082 5630
Genie HollandPhone +31 183 581 102
Fax +31 183 581 566
Genie ScandinaviaPhone +46 31 57 51 00
Fax +46 31 57 51 04
Genie FrancePhone +33 2 37 26 09 99
Fax +33 2 37 26 09 98
Genie IbericaPhone +34 93 572 5090
Fax +34 93 572 5091
Genie GermanyPhone 0800 180 9017
Phone +49 4221 491 810
Fax +49 4221 491 820
Genie U.K.Phone +44 1476 584333
Fax +44 1476 584334
Genie Mexico CityPhone +52 55 5666 5242
Fax +52 55 5666 3241
California Proposition 65
WarningThe exhaust from this product
contains chemicals known to
the State of California to
cause cancer, birth defects
or other reproductive harm.